Storage

®
Storage
Product Info Specification Guide
Back to Menu
February 2015
Availability
Electronic price list updated with release Ten Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This Book 2
180.F (U.S.) and 146.F (Canada), dated
February 16, 2015. Additional Resources 4
Spec News is available on village.steelcase.com.

Search AdStock and download the current
release’s Spec News.
Understanding
View or download Steelcase Specification Guides
at http://www.steelcase.com/en/resources/design/ TS Series Storage Products 5
spec-guides/pages/specguides.aspx.
Universal Storage Products 23
Transitional products in this specification guide are 900 Series Products 83
maintained for existing customers only and are
likely to be phased out over time. These products Overfile Cabinets 99
are indicated with a S. Products that are sched-
uled to be culled are indicated with an G, followed Storage Tops, Shelves, and Accessories 103
by the last order entry date. Lighting 115
Victor2 131
Specifying
TS Series Storage Products 137
Universal Storage Products 155
900 Series Products 245
Overfile Cabinets 253
Storage Tops, Shelves, and Accessories 255
Lighting 273
Victor2 285
cFor a list of all trademarks, refer to the last page Resources and Surface Materials 291
of this specification guide.
© 2015 Steelcase Inc.
For Canadian Pricing

Calculate in the following order to avoid
rounding errors:
• Multiply the base price and each option by 1.09.
• Round each to the nearest dollar.
• Add base and options for total list price.
Specification Guide 1
February 2015
Ten Tips:
How to Get the Most Out of This Book
.. .. .. ..
. Tip 1 . Tip 3 . Tip 4 .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Study the product ..
. . . detail pages in the .
.. .. .. Understanding section ..
.. .. .. to learn everything an ..
. . . expert knows about .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. specific products. Each ..
Chapter Name
.. .. .. product detail page in ..

.. .. .. this section contains ..
. . . the following features, .
.. .. .. where applicable: ..
.. .. .. • Product Drawing ..
. . . • Actual Dimensions .
.. Watch the tabs on the
.. Find cross references .. ..
.. .. • Product Details
right-hand edges of the by looking for page numbers .. ..
. . . • Connections .
.. pages. They’ll always .. flagged with an arrow. .. ..
• Wiring and Cabling
.. indicate which chapter .. .. • Surface Materials ..
. you are in. . . • Application Topics .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. • Shipping ..
. . . .
. Tip 2 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Application Topics
..
.
Universal Storage Products
Statement of Line
. . Product Details .
.. .. .. gives specific information provides additional ..
.. 171/2"D,
225/8"D,
or 285/8"D
Flush steel
front
183/8"D,
231/2"D,
or 291/2"D
..Proud steel
or wood front
Understanding
cPage 204
Specifying
cPages 206–209
171/2"D
or 225/8"D
Flush steel
front
183/8"D
or 231/2"D
Proud steel
or wood front
Understanding
cPage 210
Specifying
cPages 212–215
.. on the product and how it resources relevant to ..
. Fixed Pedestals
. Mobile Pedestals
. is used. the product. .
.. .. .. ..
15"W 15"W
251⁄ 2"H • 21"H •
27"H • 27"H •
. . . Connections .
.. 18"D
or
231/8"D
187/8"D
24"D
or
.. 231/8"D
or
291/8"D
24"D
or
30"D .. Surface Materials ..
Product Drawing describes how the
.. .. .. ..
Understanding Understanding
cPage 92 cPage 26
Flush steel Proud steel Specifying Flush steel Proud steel Specifying
front or wood front cPages 96–102 front or wood front cPages 30–33
Lateral Files Open Side Towers

shows you what the product product is assembled lists what material is
. 28"H
30"W
•
36"W
•
42"W
•
. 52"H
24"W
•
30"W
. used for each part of .

.. 40"H
52"H
651⁄2"H
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• ..
Tip: 42"W lateral files are available 18"D and 187⁄8"D only.
651⁄2"H •
Drawings show door hinged left.
Units are also available with door hinged right. .. looks like and points out or how it attaches to ..
.. 231/8"D 24"D
.. 231/8"D
or
291/8"D
24"D
or
30"D
.. important features. another product. the product. ..
. . Understanding
cPage 34
Flush steel Proud steel
Understanding
cPage 50
. .
.. .. .. ..
Flush steel Proud steel Specifying Specifying
front or wood front cPages 38–48 front or wood front cPages 54–57
Full Front Towers Vertical Drawer Towers

24"W 24"W
.. •
.. •
.. ..
52"H 52"H
651⁄2"H • 651⁄2"H •
Drawings show door hinged left. Drawings show door hinged left.
Units are also available with door hinged right. Units are also available with door hinged right.
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
8 Storage Specification Guide
Universal Fixed Pedestals Universal Fixed Pedestals
.. Use the Statement of .. .. ..

. . . 27"H fixed pedestals Non-locking pedestal
Universal Storage
are floor-standing and can
Product Details is available as an option.
Surface Materials
.. Line pages for an .. .. support worksurfaces at

281⁄2"H.
cSpecifying, pages 206–209 Drawer fronts are
.. Pedestal, steel drawer
fronts, and integral
pulls
• Paint
.. overview of the available . .. Finished back and

available in steel or wood
veneer.
.. Contemporary, handle,
components, their sizes, and ..

sides are standard. jazz, and bar pulls
• 0835 Black
. . .
Pull on proud-front • 9201 Polished Chrome
Top is open and accommo- pedestal is available in • 9211 Nickel
Pencil tray to hold small Filler conceals the gap that
.. .. .. ..
dates attachment to a a variety of shapes. Box drawers are a Optional basic drawer • 9212 Silver
welded steel construction interior includes full-depth office supplies is included 3"H may exist between the face
worksurface. Attachment
page references for hardware is included. and available with proud or

flush fronts. One divider is
box and file drawers on
18"D, 24"D, and 30"D
with each box/box/file
pedestal.
27"H fixed pedestals
of a panel and the back of a
27"H pedestal. Fillers are
Wood veneer drawer
fronts
.. .. .. ..
included with each box pedestals. All box drawers also used to provide stability
Lock is standard on have base alignment with • Wood veneer—
3"H base is integral to drawer. include full extensions. All Label holders are for pedestal and worksurface
additional information. pedestals and secures

all drawers. Lock is located
in the top drawer. Locks are
27"H pedestal case. drawer accessories are
omitted from pedestals with
available from Customer
Service Parts. Label holder
other Universal Storage
components that have a 3"H
base.
configurations that are not
panel-wrapped.
Open pore finishes
• Customiz stain (option)
.. .. .. ..
this option. fits inside the integral pull of Tip: Fillers for proud front
standard factory-installed, Lock
flush-front mobile pedestals pedestals conceal a 1⁄2"
keyed random. To use 251⁄ 2"H fixed • 9201 Polished Chrome
and over the top edge of gap. Fillers for flush front
cLock and Keying, page 416 pedestals in a freestanding • 9250 Ember Chrome
drawer front on proud-front pedestals conceal a 13⁄8"
application underneath (option)
. . . drawers.
adjustable-height work-
surfaces, use a pedestal
gap.
. Drawer bodies, drawer
.. .. .. Pull on flush-front
pedestal is full width and
conversion kit. Pedestals are
fixed when used underneath
worksurface installed at
lower heights.
Freestanding applica-
tions that don’t require
..
attachment to a worksurface
should be used with a con-
suspensions, rails,
dividers, and glides
• Black
.. .. .. ..
Leveling glides adjust to integral. Full-width wood pull version kit that includes a
install pedestals on uneven is available as an option. steel top and counterweight
File drawers are a welded Application Topics
floors. 251⁄ 2"H pedestals package.
steel construction and Connections
have a 7⁄8" adjustable glide cPage 216 Storage Capacities
available with proud or flush
. . . range, and 27"H pedestals

have a 17⁄8" adjustable glide Drawers open their full
fronts. Drawer body sides
are full-height and accom-
Flush-front pull is full-
width and integral with the
. cPage 422
.. .. .. range. depth for total access to the

contents. Box and file
drawers are available.
modate front-to-back filing
of hanging letter-size file
folders.
drawer. Pull is available on
steel drawer fronts only.
Optional full-width
Locks are available
factory- or field-installed.
183/8"D .. Safe Use of
Storage Products
cPage 414
.. .. .. wood pull attaches to

integral pull with double-
sided tape. Wood pull, if
selected, ships separate from
Factory-installed locks are
standard and available
keyed random only. Optional
field-installed locks are
231/2"D
.. Shipping
Pedestals are normally
.. .. .. pedestal and is field installed.
Contemporary
available with consecutive,
specific, and random keying
options. Master-keyed locks
are also available. Field-
291/2"D
Field-installed acces-
.. shipped in heavy-duty,
recyclable stretch wrap to
reduce the amount of
corrugated board needed.
. . . pull installed lock cylinders must

be specified separately.
Fixed pedestals are
intended to attach under a
sories are available,
including pencil trays,
.
.. .. .. Drawer fronts can be
removed and changed in the
field to create a different
aesthetic or to replace
Handle
pull
cLock and Keying, page 416
Individual drawer locks

are available on file/file
worksurface for security and
support. Three pedestal
depths are available to
correspond with Universal
media trays, stationery
trays, dividers, and rails.
cPage 237
..
.. .. .. damaged drawer fronts.
Jazz pull
pedestals for applications
where you want to limit
access to each drawer.
Pedestals include a security
Worksurface depths. Proud-
front pedestals exactly
match the depth of Universal
Wiring & Cabling
Fixed pedestals do not
..
. . . .
Worksurfaces. Flush-front accommodate cable-routing.
shield above each drawer to pedestals are 7⁄ 8" shorter. Plan accordingly when
prevent unauthorized access.
.. .. .. Bar pull
Individual locking drawers
are only available with field-
installed locks. Consecutive,
installing pedestals
underneath worksurfaces
with grommets or other
cable-routing accessories.
..
.. .. ..
specific, and random keying
Actual Dimensions
Depth with flush steel front
Depth with proud steel or
171⁄2", 225⁄8", and 285⁄8",
183⁄8", 231⁄2", and 291⁄2"
Proud-front pulls are
available in the following
styles—contemporary
(standard), handle, jazz, and
options are available.
Master-keyed locks are also
available. Field-installed lock
..
. . . .
wood front cylinders must be specified
bar. Each pull is 128 mm
separately.
and available on steel
.. .. .. ..
Width 15" cLock and Keying, page 416
or wood veneer drawers.
Height 251⁄ 2" and 27"
.. .. .. 90 Storage Specification Guide Storage Specification Guide

.. 91
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . Wiring and Cabling Shipping describes how ..
.. .. .. Actual Dimensions
.. .. .. table lists the dimensions details the cable- the product is packaged for ..
. . . of the product. management and cable delivery. ..
.. .. .. routing capabilities of the ..
.. .. .. product. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
February 2015
Ten Tips:
How to Get the Most
Out of This Book
.. .. .. ..
. Tip 5 . Tip 6 . Tip 10 .
.. .. .. ..
.. Refer to the specifying .. .. ..
Required to Specify
. pages for all the information . . Style .
.. needed to order a product. .. .. Number Page ..
Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome loc
.. Each product specifying page .. .. 2LF18422AF 118 ..
. contains a variety of elements to . . .
.. .. .. 2LF18422F 117 ..
.. help you complete a specification: .. Select key number from FR305–FR4 .. 2LF18423AF 118 ..
• Product Drawing factory installation.
.. .. Specify plug and order lock cylinders
.. 2LF18423F 117 ..
.. • Standard Includes .. seperately for field installation. .. ..
2LF18424AF 118
. • Required to Specify . c Page 302 . .
.. • Options .. Specify key consecutive and must se .. 2LF18424F 117 ..
.. • Related Products .. beginning key number from FR305–F .. 2LF18425AF 118 ..
Specify master key random.
. • Specification Information . . .
.. .. Italic typeface on
.. Refer to the style
..
.. • Dimensions .. .. ..
• Style Number specifying pages usually number index when you
. . . .
.. • Price .. identifies wording that you .. know a style number and ..
.. .. should use in your order. .. you need to find the page ..
. Standard Includes . . that has more details about .
.. .. .. the product.
..
.. (under the dark grey band) .. .. ..
. provides a list of what . Tip 7 .
cPage 352
.
. comes standard with the . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. product. .. .. ..
Tip: When you choose an
. . optional interior, it will apply . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Required to Specify Specification .. to all the openings in the .. ..
. (under the dark grey band) Information . cabinet. Order interior com- . .
.. itemizes the information that (under the light grey band) .. ponents for field installation .. ..
. you must provide to order provides product . separately. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Product Drawing the standard product and the dimensions, style numbers, .. cSee page 164 .. ..
. shows you what the preferred sequence for and prices for the standard . . .
.. product looks like. specification. product and any surface .. .. ..
.. material choices that are .. .. ..
. available. . . .
.. .. Watch for tips throughout .. ..
.. .. the text that give you .. ..
. . explanations and helpful . .
.. Universal Over the Case Bins with Flat Fronts .. Universal Over the Case .. ..
instructions.
Bins with Flat Fronts
For Use with Pathways Technology Wall, Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, and Montage
.. 164 PRICE ADJUSTMENT: Products reflect 164 pricing, a 3% price increase is not required.
164
The Canadian pricing factor is 1.2 for Price List 138.
.. PRICE ADJUSTMENT: Products reflect 164 pricing, a 3% price increase is not required.
The Canadian pricing factor is 1.2 for Price List 138.
.. ..
. Standard Includes Required to Specify
. Specification Information
. .
.. cNeed help?
Product details,
page 92
• Overhead bin with lift-up door: paint price group 1
• Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light
• Shelf backstop
• On-module attachment brackets with safety catch:
1 Style number
2 Paint color number for overhead bin
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 330.
.. DDimensions
dD
d
W H
DNumber
dof Doors
d
DNew
dStyle
dNumber
DOld
dStyle
dNumber
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
d d d d d
black paint only
• Off-module attachment brackets, if specified:
black paint only
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Pathways Technology Wall, Answer, and Kick
153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QTAK N.A. $458
Tip 8
. . . .
Overhead Storage
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QTAK N.A. $476
.. Surface
Materials
Options
Overhead bin with one door
• Paint price group 1
• Paint price group 2
No cost
+$ 39
U.S. Price Required to Specify
Specify paint color number.

.. 153⁄4"
153⁄4"
153⁄4"
36"
42"
48"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
1
1
1
RBB36QTAK
RBB42QTAK
RBB48QTAK
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
$499
$517
$534
.. ..
.. • Paint price group 3 +$ 67
Overhead bin with two doors

• Paint price group 1 No cost

.. 153⁄4"
153⁄4"
60"
72"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
2
2
RBB60QTAK
RBB72QTAK
N.A.
N.A.
$857
$933
.. ..
.. +$ 55
.. .. ..
• Paint price group 2 Specify paint color number. d d d d d
• Paint price group 3 +$ 93 Specify paint color number.
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Series 9000
Brackets Off-module attachment brackets
. • One vertical off-module bracket +$ 50
. . .
Tip: For Montage, vertical Specify with one vertical off-module 153⁄4" 25" 161⁄4" 1 RBB25QS9 N.A. $452
off-module brackets can be bracket.
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QS9 N.A. $456
.. .. .. ..
used with 30"W to 60"W • Two vertical off-module +$100 Specify with two vertical off-module
bins only. brackets brackets.
153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" 1 RBB35QS9 N.A. $485
• Horizontal off-module brackets +$107 Specify with horizontal off-module
for use with Pathways brackets, Pathways Technology Wall. 153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QS9 N.A. $485
Technology Wall
.. Tip: Maximum width for a

horizontal off-module bin
mounted on an enhanced
off-module Montage panel
• Horizontal off-module brackets +$107
for use with 24"W to 48"W
Montage bins
Specify with horizontal off-module
brackets, Montage. .. 153⁄4"
153⁄4"
153⁄4"
42"
45"
60"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
1
1
2
RBB42QS9
RBB45QS9
RBB60QS9
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
$504
$511
$793
.. ..
. is 48"W. Upmount brackets
• Upmount kit +$150 Specify with upmount kit.
. 153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" 2 RBB70QS9 N.A. $892
. .
.. Door
Mechanism
• Assist mechanism on
standard door
+$150 per door Specify with assist mechanism on
standard door. .. d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Avenir

d d
.. ..
.. Shelf
Accessories
Lock and
• Four dividers: white plastic
Lock
+$ 37 Specify with dividers.
.. 153⁄4"
153⁄4"
153⁄4"
24"
30"
36"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
1
1
1
RBB24QAVR
RBB30QAVR
RBB36QAVR
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
$452
$456
$485
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
Keying • No lock –$ 55 per door Specify with no lock.
• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock. 153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QAVR N.A. $504
Keying 153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QAVR N.A. $511 Security top cannot be
.
• Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 316
Related • Accessories cPage 120 . 153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QAVR N.A. $793
installed on a file with a lift- . .

.. .. .. ..
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QAVR N.A. $892
Products • Shelf lights cPages 250–255 d d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Montage up door in the top position.
.. .. 153⁄4"
153⁄4"
24"
30"
161⁄4"
161⁄4"
1
1
RBB24QMON
RBB30QMON
N.A.
N.A.
$458
$476
.. ..
. . 153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QMON N.A. $499
Learn what you cannot . .

.. .. .. ..
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QMON N.A. $517
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QMON N.A. $534

153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QMON N.A. $857
.. .. 153⁄4"
d
72" 161⁄4"
d
2
d
RBB72QMON N.A.
d d
$933 do by looking for drawings .. ..
. . crossed out with an “X.” . .
.. 96 Storage Specification Guide
..
Storage Specification Guide 97
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . Tip 9 . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. Use the surface .. ..
.. .. materials listings in the .. ..
.. .. Surface Materials section of .. ..
.. .. this book to find surface .. ..
. . material color numbers. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Options Related Products .. cPage 291 .. ..
. (under the black band) lists provide specification . . .
.. all the options that apply to information for products .. .. ..
.. the product, their price, and that are directly related. .. .. ..
. what is required to specify. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
February 2015
Additional Resources
.. Storage products are .. .. .. .. ..

. . Printed Materials . . Support . Related Products .
.. supported with an array of .. .. .. .. ..
.. informational materials, .. Surface Materials .. .. Steelcase Capabilities .. Steelcase and other ..
. tools, and software to help . Reference Manual . . Steelcase products are . manufacturers produce .
.. you plan an installation .. This publication provides: .. .. distributed, installed, and .. products that are ideal to ..
.. efficiently. .. • An explanation of the .. .. serviced through a network .. use with Storage products. ..
. . surface materials . . of more than 600 dealers . Some of them are listed .
.. .. .. Digital Publications .. .. .
.. Product brochures and .. • “Available on” matrices .. If your device has a bar .. worldwide. Steelcase is also .. here along with details about ..
.. planning tools can be .. • Vertical surface fabric and .. code reader App, scan this .. represented with offices and .. how to get product literature. ..
.. ordered through your .. seating upholstery .. QR code for a direct link to .. corporate showrooms in 26 .. ..
. Steelcase area office by . selection listing . the online digital public- . U.S. cities, 4 Canadian cities, . Huddleboard products ..
.. calling 1.800.784.0358 .. • Technical data for surface .. ations. Utilizing this QR
.. and in France, Germany, .. are included with Meeting ..
.. or through the AdStock web .. materials .. code allows you to search
.. Great Britain, and Japan. .. Spaces. ..
. site at village.steelcase.com. . • Surface material care and . . Every Steelcase product . cSee Meeting Spaces .
.. .. .. across multiple specification .. .. ..
.. .. cleaning instructions .. guides, share across social .. meets our exceptionally high .. Specification Guide. ..
. . . media, or print out pages. . standards of quality and . .
.. Product Brochures .. .. You can also access these
.. durability and comes with the .. Details worktools ..
.. .. Computer Tools .. digital publications at
.. Steelcase assurance of .. include a full line of ..
. Storage Overview . . . excellence in service. . ergonomically designed .
.. Brochure .. Electronic Catalog .. www.steelcase.com or .. .. ..
.. .. .. village.steelcase.com. .. .. products that enhances ..
03-0004065 Accurate sales quotations
. . . . For assistance, please . and improves the work .
. . and purchase orders for . . . .
.. .. .. Storage Product .. call your local dealer, .. setting. Product platforms ..
Universal Storage Steelcase products are
.. .. .. Training .. the Steelcase Solutions .. include computer support ..
Product Overview created with specification
. . . Basic training for the . Resource Team, or the . tools, organizational .
.. 03-0000387 .. software that uses .. .. .. ..
majority of Steelcase filing Steelcase Solutions worktools, and personal
.. .. Steelcase Electronic .. .. .. ..
and storage products is Fulfillment Team at lighting.
. Universal Bin and . Catalog data. Use the data . . . .
.. .. .. available as part of the .. 1.888.STEELCASE .. cFor additional product ..
Shelves Overview to specify and price style
. . . Building Product Muscle . (1.888.783.3522) or . information, visit .
.. 02-0002587 .. numbers and options for .. .. .. ..
(BPM) curriculum on the send an email to steelcase.com/details or
.. .. every Steelcase product. .. .. .. ..
Steelcase University Web lineone@steelcase.com call 888.783.3522.
. Creating Order Out of . The data is updated . . . .
.. Chaos Knowledge .. bimonthly by Steelcase .. site at .. .. ..
.. .. .. village.steelcase.com. .. Call the Steelcase Solutions .. ..
Paper and provided to software
. . . . Resource Team prior to . .
.. Provides keen insights into .. programs including: the .. .. .. ..
The Filing and Storage BPM placing an order, when
.. the issues surrounding .. Hedberg Business System, .. .. .. ..
is an interactive, Web-based working on a bid, or when
. effective information man- . SmartTools–Steelcase’s . . . .
.. .. .. course filled with photos, .. you need information about .. ..
agement. The booklet also design and specification
.. .. .. detailed positioning, state- .. product applications and .. ..
provides important statistics software (for more
. . . ment of line, and feature/ . specifications. . .
.. backed by extensive .. information on SmartTools, .. .. .. ..
please email advantage information, as
.. Steelcase research. It’s a .. .. .. Call the Steelcase Solutions .. ..
SmartTools@steel-case.com), well as practice exercises
. great tool to help differen- . . . Fulfillment Team if you have . .
.. tiate Steelcase storage .. the ProjectMatrix .. designed to build sales- .. .. ..
.. .. .. people’s knowledge of filing .. submitted an order to .. ..
products from the ProjectSymbols libraries, as
.. .. .. and storage products. The .. Steelcase and you need to .. ..
competition. well as 20-20 CAP Studio.
. . . course also contains print- . speak to your Solutions . .
.. Form number S11278 .. .. .. Fulfillment Team Represen- .. ..
Furniture Symbol able job aids to provide
.. .. .. ongoing performance sup-
.. tative about the order. Also .. ..
. . Graphic Data . . . .
.. .. .. port. The Filing and Storage .. call if you have any post- .. ..
Planning Tools Steelcase creates 2D and
.. .. .. BPM is course is SAL379. .. shipment quality or warranty .. ..
3D furniture symbols (with
.. Quick Ship Guide .. .. .. concerns or service parts .. ..
attributes) for planning and
. This handbook describes . . . questions. . .
.. .. initially specifying Steelcase .. .. .. ..
all Steelcase, Turnstone, products. This data is
.. Details, and Coalesse
.. .. .. Outside the U.S.A., Canada, .. ..
. . incorporated into several . . . .
.. products that are available .. .. .. Mexico, Puerto Rico, and .. ..
add-on software packages
.. for Rapid2 (ships in 2 days), .. .. .. the U.S. Virgin Islands, call .. ..
that work in either a
. Rapid5 (ships in 5-7 days), . . . 1.616.247.2500. . .
.. .. Microstation or an AutoCAD .. .. .. ..
or Coalesse Rapid10 (ships drafting environment.
.. in 10 days).
.. .. .. For information about .. ..
. . . . Steelcase, the name of your . .
.. .. For more information .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. nearest Steelcase dealer, .. ..
about these and other
.. .. .. .. or for product literature, call .. ..
software tools to help
.. .. .. .. 1.800.333.9939, or visit our .. ..
you plan effective work
.. .. .. .. Web site: www.steelcase.com. .. ..
environments, please email
. . fsl@steelcase.com. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Understanding
TS Series Storage
TS Series Storage
Products
Statement of Line 6
TS Series Pedestals 8
TS Series Bins 10
TS Series Laminate Common Shelves 12
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files 14
TS Series Tower Too 16
TS 200 Series Lateral Files 18
TS 200 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors and
Roll-Out Shelves 20
Storage Specification Guide 5
February 2015
Statement of Line
c Page 8 c Page 8
Specifying Specifying
22"D 28"D c Page 138 22"D c Page 140
TS Series Fixed Pedestals TS Series Mobile Pedestals with Steel Top

151⁄4"W 151⁄4"W
27"H • 21"H •
265⁄ 8"H •
c Page 8 161/4"H c Page 10
221/2"D c Page 141 c Page 143
TS Series Mobile Pedestals with Seat Cushion TS Series Bins

151⁄4"W 161⁄4"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W
22 3⁄4"H • • * 153⁄4"D • • • • • • •
*With handle
c Page 12 c Page 14
73/4"H Specifying Specifying
c Page 145 181/8"D c Page 146
TS Series Laminate Common Shelves TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 301/2"W 36"W
15"D • • • • • 27"H • •
c Page 16 c Page 18
24"D c Page 148 18"D c Page 150
TS Series Tower Too TS 200 Series Lateral Files

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
48"H •* 28"H • • •
54"H • 40"H • • •
66"H • 52"H • • •
*Available with open side shelving only. 651⁄2"H • • •
6 Storage Specification Guide
February 2015
Statement of Line
TS Series Storage
February 2015
TS Series Pedestals
.. TS Series pedestals
..
. Lock is standard keyed .
.. provide fixed and mobile
random and controls all of
..
.. storage for personal items
the drawers. Lock cylinders
..
. and filing of infrequently .
.. referenced materials.
must be specified sepa- ..
.. cSpecifying, page 138
rately. Consecutive and spe- ..
. cific keying options are .
.. available. Master-keyed
..
.. Top of pedestal is open locks are also available.
..
.. to attach beneath the Products with locks ship with
..
.. worksurface. a lock face ring and remov-
..
. .
.. able plastic plug to accom- ..
.. modate a lock cylinder ..
. Finished back and installed on site. .
.. cLock and Keying Options,
..
sides are standard.
.. page 302
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Leveling glides on .
.. pedestals adjust to install ..
.. furniture on uneven floors. ..
. Leveling glide range is 1". .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Handle pull is standard. .
.. ..
. Ledge pulls are available as .
.. an option on drawers and ..
.. doors. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Pedestal file drawers
..
.. are made of steel with steel
..
. .
.. ball-bearing suspensions ..
.. and open their full depth for ..
. total access to the contents. .
.. File drawer accommodates
..
.. letter- and legal-size filing
..
.. (legal filing requires the use
..
. .
.. of optional dividers). ..
.. ..
. Cushions are 13⁄4" and .
.. upholstered with piping
..
.. along the top and bottom
..
. Handle on mobile .
.. pedestal can be posi-
edges. ..
.. tioned in front or at rear to
..
. .
.. access contents of drawer. ..
.. Also available without ..
.. handle. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. Actual Dimensions .
.. ..
.. Fixed Pedestals Mobile Pedestals ..
. with Steel Top with Cushion Top .
.. ..
.. Depth 213⁄ 16" and 2713⁄ 16" 23" 22"
..
. .
.. ..
.. Width 153⁄ 16" 153⁄ 16" 153⁄ 16" ..
. Height 27" 21" and 265⁄ 8" 21" .
.. ..
February 2015
TS Series Pedestals
.. .. .. .. . ..
Application Topics ..
TS Series Storage
. Product Details . . Connections . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Box, box, file and file, .. Mobile pedestal fits . ..
. . . file pedestals attach . under 24"D and 30"D work- .. .
.. .. .. beneath 24"D and 30"D .. surfaces or can be moved .. ..
.. .. .. worksurfaces. Attachment .. wherever storage is needed. .. ..
. . . hardware is provided. . cFor interior dimensions, . .
.. .. .. .. . ..
.. Handle pull .. .. .. see Storage Capacities and .. ..
Dimensions page 310. .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Dividers and pencil .. .. .. ..
. . tray for use with . . . .
.. .. .. .. Surface Materials .. ..
.. .. mobile pedestals must .. .. .. ..
. . be ordered separately. . . Pedestal . .
.. .. Mobile pedestal accessories .. .. • Paint .. ..
.. Ledge pull .. are not interchangeable with .. .. .. ..
. . under-worksurface pedestal . . . .
.. Pull Choices .. .. .. Handle pull .. ..
.. .. accessories. .. .. • 0835 Black .. ..
. . cPage 142 . . • 9211 Nickel . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Ledge pull .. ..
. . . Pedestal filler, ordered . . .
. . . separately, adds structure . • 4799 Platinum . .
.. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. .. and fills the gap between the .. • 7207 Black
.. ..
pedestal and panel. TS .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Series pedestal filler works .. Lock .. ..
.. .. .. with Kick panels only. .. • 9201 Polished Chrome .. ..
. . To file legal-size or . . . .
.. .. .. cPage 138 .. .. ..
side-to-side letter-size Cushion top
. . filing in pedestal file draw- . . . .
.. .. .. .. • Upholstery .. ..
.. .. ers, specify optional 15"W .. .. .. ..
. file rails.
.. Extra handle pull, avail- .. .
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.. able as an option on mobile .. .. .. .. ..
. pedestals, allows pedestals .. . . . .
.. to be moved easily within .. .. .. .. ..
.. the workstation. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Large (3⁄16" diameter) . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. perforation is available as .. .. .. ..
. . an option on mobile pedestal . . . .
.. Box drawer and file .. .. .. .. ..
drawer fronts.
.. drawer dividers and . .. .. .. ..
.. pencil tray for use with .. .. .. .. ..
Counterweights are
. fixed pedestals are avail- .. . . . .
.. .. included to provide added .. .. .. ..
able as optional acces-
.. .. stability. All pedestals are .. .. .. ..
sories. Mobile pedestals
. . shipped with a factory- . . . .
.. have different dividers that .. .. .. .. ..
installed counterweight
.. are not interchangeable. .. .. .. .. ..
package that meets or
. . exceeds standards for the . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. industry. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Bins
.. TS Series bins can be

.. ..
.. attached to Answer and Kick .. ..
.. with integrated hooks. These .. ..
. storage bins provide overhead . .
.. storage in the workspace.
.. ..
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Flat-front and radius- . ..
. front lift-up doors open .. .
.. and close quietly. When up, .. ..
.. the doors rest on top of the .. ..
. case to provide more stor- . .
.. On-module attachment .. Lock in bin is concealed
..
.. hooks are integral to the age space inside. .. ..
from view beneath the shelf.
. end supports and are used . .
.. to mount bins on panels of
.. Locks are available factory-or ..
.. the same width as bins.
.. field-installed. Factory- ..
. . installed locks are standard .
.. Locks are standard on .. and available keyed random
..
.. bins to secure the door(s). .. only. Two-door units are
..
Safety catch locks over-
. Lock is located underneath . .
. head storage unit to frame to . keyed alike. Optional field- .
.. the center of the shelf. Locks .. installed locks are available
..
prevent accidental removal.
.. are standard factory- .. with consecutive, specific,
..
. installed, keyed random. . .
.. .. and random keying options. ..
.. Two-door units are keyed .. Master-keyed locks are also ..
. Bin is steel and ships alike. . available. Field-installed lock .
.. assembled. cLock and Keying Options, .. cylinders must be specified
..
. page 302 . .
.. .. separately. ..
.. .. cLock and Keying, page 302 ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Backstop prevents note- .. ..
.. books and equipment from .. ..
. Recess beneath unit can . .
.. damaging the surface of the .. ..
.. panels or walls. accommodate a shelf light. .. ..
. cPage 274 . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Shelf lights are available .
.. .. for use beneath bins. Lights ..
.. .. recess into the bottom of ..
. . overhead bins. .
.. .. ..
.. .. cPage 274 ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Dividers are available as ..
. . an option for use on bins. .
.. .. Dividers ship in a package of ..
.. .. four. ..
. . cPage 139 .
.. .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. ..
. Depth 153⁄ 4" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", and 72" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 161⁄ 4"
.. ..
February 2015
TS Series Bins
.. .. Additional support for .. .. .. ..
TS Series Storage
. . . Wiring & Cabling . Guidelines for . .
.. .. stability may be required .. .. .. ..
.. .. when overhead bins are .. .. Stackable .. ..
. . attached to panels. . . Components . .
.. .. Counterbalancing loads on .. .. .. ..
.. .. opposite sides of the panels .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. increases stability. .. .. First Tier .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. TS Series bins cannot .. .. .. ..
.. .. be attached to upmount .. .. .. ..
. . brackets. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Back of storage bin is . .. .. .. ..
. open to allow panel surface .. . . . .
.. to show. Metal backstop pre- .. .. Vertical wire managers
.. .. ..
.. vents contents of bin from .. .. are available to conceal
.. le
50 .. ..
. . . . sca Correct . .
.. damaging panel surface. .. .. cords that are routed from .. .. ..
.. .. .. light mounted beneath .. .. ..
. Overhead storage bin . . overhead storage. . . .
.. height accepts standard .. .. cPage 283
.. First Tier .
. ..
.. and A4 binders. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Surface Materials .. .. ..
Connections
. . . Overhead bin . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Paint
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Wall channels are avail- .
. Lock .. 50
.. ..
le
. . . • 9201 Polished Chrome . sca Incorrect . .
.. .. able to attach bins to con- .. .. .. ..
.. .. crete or block walls. Wall .. .. .. ..
Dividers TS Series bins,
. . channels can be used to . . . .
.. .. attach bins and tackboards
.. • White plastic .. Universal bins, and .. ..
.. .. to wood, dry wall, or plaster .
. .. shelves can hang from the .. ..
. . . . first stacked tier only. . .
.. .. walls if the wall is reinforced. .
. .. .. ..
.. .. cPage 46 .. Application Topics .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Steel support hooks .. .. .. .. ..
.. on end supports insert .. .. .. .. ..
. into the slotted channel of a .. . . . .
Clearance
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. panel or wall channel and . .. .. .. ..
lock into place with a safety ..
213/8"
. . . . .
.. catch. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. On-module steel sup- .. .. .. .. ..
. port hooks can be used . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. above and adjacent to .. .. .. .. ..
. slatwall. . . . . .
.. .. .. Clearance between .. .. ..
.. .. .. Universal Systems worksur- .. .. ..
.. .. .. faces or Universal tables .. .. ..
. . . and bottom of overhead bins . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
Wall channel horizontal . is 213⁄ 8" when storage unit is
.. .. . .. .. ..
brace is required with wall . installed in the highest posi-
. . . . . .
.. .. channels to support shelves .
. tion on a 66"H panel and .. .. ..
.. .. and bins that are wider .. glides are adjusted all the .. .. ..
. . than 48". . way into the panel. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
cPage 46
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Storage Capacities and . . .
.. .. .. Dimensions .. .. ..
.. .. .. cPage 310. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Bracket Application .. .. ..
.. Width of overhead bin . .. .. .. ..
Rules
. must match the width of the .. . . . .
.. .. .. cPage 56 .. .. ..
panel or panels that it is
.. attached to. Bin may span .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Stability Guidelines . . .
.. up to two frames. .. .. .. .. ..
cSee Answer Specification
.. .. .. Guide. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Laminate Common Shelves

.. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Laminate common
.. ..
.. shelf has a wood core and
.. ..
. . .
.. is covered with Low- .. ..
.. Pressure Laminate and .. ..
. High-Pressure Laminate. . .
.. Plastic edge band is
.. ..
.. selectable.
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . TS Series Laminate .
.. .. common shelf ships with ..
.. .. steel support brackets. ..
. Tip: For anticipated heavy . .
. loads on 42" and 48"W lami- . Support brackets hook into .
.. Laminate common shelf .. the vertical panel slots or ..
.. nate common shelves, a .. ..
field-installed reinforcing wall channel and lock into
. . place with a safety catch. .
.. channel (TSATRC39) can be .. ..
.. used. .. Support brackets can be ..
. . used in either orientation. .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. .
.. .. Wiring and Cabling ..
. . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Vertical wire managers ..
.. .. are available to conceal ..
. . cords that are routed from .
.. .. ..
.. .. light mounted beneath ..
. . overhead storage. .
.. .. cPage 283 ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Surface Materials ..
.. .. .
.. .. Shelf
..
. . .
.. .. • Laminate ..
.. .. ..
. . Edge .
.. .. • Plastic
..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Supports ..
.. .. • Paint ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 15" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24", 30", 36", 42", and 48" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 7 3⁄ 4" .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Laminate
Common Shelves
TS Series Storage
February 2015
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files

.. ..
. Lock cylinders are speci- . Product Details .
.. fied separately from the
.. ..
.. lateral file. Random, consecu- .
. ..
. . .
.. tive, and specific keying are .
. ..
.. available. Master-keyed locks .
. ..
. are also available. Products . .
.. with locks ship with a lock
.. ..
.. . Handle pull ..
face ring and removable plas- .
.. tic plug to accommodate a
.. ..
.. lock cylinder installed on site. .
. ..
. . .
.. cLock and Keying Options, .
.. ..
Top of lateral file is
.. page 302
.. ..
open to attach beneath the
. .
.. worksurface. .. ..
.. .. Ledge pull ..
. Finished back and . .
.. Lateral file drawers are .. Pull Choices ..
.. sides are standard.
made of steel with steel ball- .. Handle pull is standard. .
. bearing suspensions and . Ledge pulls are available as ..
.. .. ..
.. open their full depth for total . an option on drawers and ..
. access to the contents. .
. doors. .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Leveling glides on .. ..
. . .
.. lateral files adjust to
Lateral file drawers are .. ..
. install furniture on uneven . .
.. floors. Leveling glide range
standard with two side-to- .. ..
.. is 1".
side hanging file frames to .. ..
. file letter- or legal- size . .
.. papers. Clearance is pro- .. ..
.. vided for two rows of filing. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Large (3⁄16" diameter) .
. . perforation is available as ..
.. .. ..
Tip: The actual depth of
.. .. an option on the 301⁄ 2"W ..
under-worksurface lateral
. . underworksurface lateral .
.. files is 181/8"D, which will .. only. ..
.. not accommodate the use .. ..
. of the 18"D TS Series . .
.. .. ..
straight worksurfaces.
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Under-worksurface lat- ..
.. .. eral file drawer ..
.. .. dividers, front-to-back ..
.. .. file rails, and side-to- ..
. . side hanging file .
.. .. ..
frames, ordered sepa-
.. .. .
. . rately, are available for use ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. with under-worksurface ..
.. .. lateral files. ..
. Depth 181⁄ 8" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 301⁄ 2" and 36" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 27" .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Under-
Worksurface Lateral Files
.. .. .. .. .. ..
TS Series Storage
. Connections . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Kick plate (2"H) and .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. lock bar align with under- .. .. .. .. ..
.. worksurface pedestal and .. .. .. .. ..
. Tower Too. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Surface Materials .. .. .. .. ..
.. Lateral file
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. • Paint . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Handle pull
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. • 0835 Black .. .. .. .. ..
.. • 9211 Nickel .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Ledge pull
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. • 4799 Platinum .. .. .. .. ..
.. • 7207 Black .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Lock
.. .. .. .. ..
.. • 9201 Polished Chrome
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Tower Too
.. TS Series Tower Too

.. ..
.. accommodates paper filing, .. ..
.. miscellaneous storage, and .. ..
. wardrobe storage. . .
.. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
Handle pull
.. .. ..
Finished top, sides,
.. .. ..
and back allow storage
.. .. ..
cabinet to be positioned Doors open 98° for access
. . .
.. anywhere. to contents. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Ledge pull .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Shelves are fixed and can .. ..
.. accommodate binders or .. ..
. other storage needs. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Contemporary ..
. . pull .
. . .
.. Lock, standard, is located
.. Pull Choices ..
.. on the lock bar and secures
.. Handle pull is standard. ..
. . Ledge pulls are available as ..
.. file drawers below. Lock .. ..
.. cylinders are specified sepa- .. an option on drawers and
doors. Contemporary pulls .
. rately from the tower. . .
.. Random, consecutive, and
.. are available as unique ..
. Drawers open their full . Tower Too style numbers. .
.. specific keying are available. .. ..
.. Consecutive and specific depth for total access to the .. ..
. keying options are available. contents. Drawers have full- . .
.. Master-keyed locks are also height sides; hanging file .. ..
.. available. Products with folder frames are not .. ..
. needed for front-to-back . .
.. locks ship with a lock face .. ..
.. ring and removable plastic letter-size filing. Legal or .. ..
. plug to accommodate a lock side-to-side filing is accom- . .
.. cylinder installed on site. modated using Universal .. ..
.. cLock and Keying Options, filing rails. Tower Too file .. ..
. drawers and optional box . .
.. page 302 .. ..
.. drawers are made of steel .. ..
. with steel ball-bearing . .
.. Safety interlock sys- suspensions. .. ..
.. tem allows only one drawer cFor interior dimensions, .. ..
.. to be opened at a time. see Storage Capacities and .. ..
. Dimensions page 314. . .
.. .. ..
.. Leveling glides on .. ..
. lateral files adjust to . .
.. .. ..
.. install furniture on uneven .. ..
.. floors. Leveling glide range .. ..
. is 3⁄ 4". . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 24" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 48", 54" and 66" .. ..
February 2015
TS Series Tower Too
.. .. .. .. .. ..
TS Series Storage
. . . . Connections . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Tower Too ..
. . . . . • Paint .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Handle pull ..
. . . . . • 0835 Black .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. • 9211 Nickel ..
66"H Wardrobe 60%
.. left .. .. Towers are available with .. .. ..
.. .. .. open side shelving in place .. .. Ledge pull ..
. . . of the upper cabinet. Fixed . . • 4799 Platinum .
.. .. .. .. .. • 7207 Black ..
.. .. .. shelves provide two open- .. .. ..
ings (with clearance of 5"H Kick plate (2"H) and
. . . . lock bar align with fixed . Lock .
.. .. .. on 48"H units, 12"H on 54"H .. .. ..
.. .. .. units, and 18"H on 66"H .. pedestals and under-work- .. • 9201 Polished Chrome ..
. . . units). . surface lateral files. . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
54"H Wardrobe Wardrobe interior can
.. .. .. .. .. ..
left be specified with wardrobe
. . . . . .
.. .. hook or wardrobe rod with .. .. .. ..
.. .. shelf. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. 48"H Wardrobe .. .. .. .. ..
. right . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Two box drawers in . .. .. ..
.. .. place of top file drawer .. .. .. ..
. . is available as an option on .. . . .
.. .. 48"H, 54"H, and 66"H tow- .. .. .. ..
.. 66"H Wardrobe .. ers. Box drawers have 3⁄4 .. .. .. ..
. right . . . . .
.. .. extension. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. 54"H Wardrobe . . . . .
.. right .. .. .. .. ..
.. TS Series Tower Too is .
. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. available 48"H, 54"H, or .. .. .. .. ..
.. 66"H. Wardrobe storage can .
. .. .. .. ..
.. be left or right. 48"H is open .
.. .. .. .. ..
. side only. Dome, field-installed only, . . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. .. can be added to Tower Too .. .. .. ..
. . for a unique aesthetic. .. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . All locking (one lock for . . . .
.. .. wardrobe, second lock for .. .. .. ..
.. .. drawer, third lock for cabinet .. .. .. ..
. . if applicable), is available as .. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. an option on 48"H, 54"H,
.. .. .. ..
. . and 66"H towers. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
TS 200 Series Lateral Files
.. TS 200 Series lateral .. ..

.. files are ideal for high-density .. ..
.. paper storage. They accom- .. ..
. modate basic paper filing . .
.. needs at an economical price. .. ..
.. cSpecifying, page 150 .. ..
. . .
.. Top is standard 1"H steel. .. ..
.. Other top options are .. ..
.. available. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Label holders are .. ..
. included with each drawer. . .
.. Label holder fits inside the .. TS 200 Series lateral ..
.. integral pull or can be affixed .. drawer and door fronts ..
. Finished back is to the front of the drawer or . are flush with integral pulls. .
.. .. ..
.. standard. door. Perforated labels are .. ..
. included and can be created . .
.. using the template available .. ..
.. on www.steelcase.com/label. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
Lock is standard on lateral
.. .. ..
files and secures all drawers
. . .
.. and lift-up door. On 52"H .. ..
.. and 651⁄ 2"H files, lock is .. ..
. located at top left corner of . Drawer interiors include .
.. .. one hanging folder bar per
..
drawer that is third from the
. . .
.. bottom. On 28"H and 40"H Drawers open their full .. drawer, which accommo- ..
.. files, lock is located at top depth for total access to the .. dates side-to-side filing of ..
. left corner of top drawer. . letter-, A4 international-, and .
.. contents and are standard .. legal-size hanging folders.
..
Locks are standard factory-
.. 12"H. TS 200 Series draw- .. Alternative interiors are
..
installed, keyed random.
. ers and lift-up doors have . .
.. cLock and Keying Options, flush fronts. .. available as options; your ..
.. page 302 .. specification will apply to all ..
. . the drawers within a single .
.. Pulls on TS 200 Series .. lateral file. Additional bars
..
.. Base is 3"H and is integral drawers and receding .. ..
to the case. are available and must be
. doors are inset and full width . .
.. .. specified separately. ..
.. to provide a neutral look. They .. cPage 266 ..
Leveling glides adjust up are located at the top of a
. . .
.. to 7⁄ 8" to install lateral files drawer and at the bottom of a .. ..
.. on uneven floors. receding door. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Rails accommodate front- ..
. . to-back filing of letter-, A4 .
.. .. international-, and legal-
..
.. .. size hanging folders. Rail
..
. . .
.. .. packages accommodate ..
.. .. two rows of letter-size files ..
. . in 30"W and 36"W drawers .
.. .. and three rows of letter-size
..
.. .. files in 42"W drawers.
..
.. .. See Storage Capacities
..
.. .. and Dimensions page 310.
..
.. .. Additional rails are available
..
. . .
.. .. and must be specified ..
.. .. separately. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 18" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 28", 40", 52", and 651⁄ 2" .. ..
February 2015
TS 200 Series
Lateral Files
.. .. .. .. .. ..
TS Series Storage
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Wood veneer Laminate .. ..
.. .. .. .. with square with square .. ..
.. .. .. .. edge profile edge profile .. ..
Dividers accommodate
. side-to-side filing of expand- . . . . .
.. .. .. .. Field-installed tops are
.. ..
able folders and other Locks are available fac- Security top is available Overfile cabinets are
.. .. .. .. available in two choices—
.. ..
objects. Divider packages tory- or field-installed. as an option for installations separate components that
. . . . . .
.. include three dividers and .. Factory-installed locks are .. where the file will be installed .. wood veneer with square .. are field installed on top of ..
.. one hanging folder bar per .. standard and available .. beneath a worksurface, but .. edge profile or laminate with .. lateral files, combination ..
. . . not physically attached. Thin . square edge profile. Tops . .
.. drawer. Additional dividers .. keyed random only. Optional .. .. .. cabinets, storage cabinets, ..
steel top prevents unautho- can be used on an individual
.. are available and must be .. field-installed locks are avail- .. .. .. and wardrobe cabinets to ..
rized access to the contents lateral file, or larger tops can
. specified separately. . able with consecutive, spe- . . . provide space for additional .
.. .. .. of the cabinet. Security top .. be used to connect files to .. ..
cPage 267 cific, and random keying make a credenza. files, ring binders, or
.. .. options. Master-keyed locks .. is not structural and can be .. .. miscellaneous storage. ..
. . . specified on 28"H files only. . cPage 258 . .
. . are also available. Field- . . . cSee page 254. .
.. .. installed lock cylinders must .. Security top reduces overall .. .. ..
.. .. be specified separately. .. height of file to approxi- .. .. ..
. . cLock and Keying, page . mately 27"H. . . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. 302 .. .. .. ..
Counterweight pack- Lateral file, including
. . . . . .
.. .. .. ages must be specified as .. .. steel top, drawer ..
. . . an option for lateral files that . . fronts, lift-up door, .
.. .. .. .. .. fixed shelf, and TS 200 ..
are not ganged to another
.. .. .. .. .. Series pulls ..
case or bolted to the floor
. . . . . .
.. .. .. or wall. Counterweights can .. .. • Paint ..
.. .. .. also be ordered separately. .. .. ..
. . . cPage 270 . . Wood veneer top .
.. Lift-up door with fixed .. .. .. .. • Wood veneer— ..
.. shelf is standard in the top .. .. .. .. Open pore finishes ..
. position of 651⁄ 2"H cases. . . Connections . . .
.. .. .. .. .. • Customiz stain (option) ..
Door is 131⁄ 2"H to accommo-
.. .. .. .. .. ..
date standard-height binders.
. . No-top lateral files are . . . Laminate top .
.. Door recesses inside the .. available for installations
.. .. Field-installed acces- .. • Laminate ..
.. case. .. where cases will be installed
.. .. sories are available, includ- .. • Open Line laminate ..
. . . . ing drawer accessories and . .
.. .. under a worksurface or be- .. .. .. (option) ..
Lift-up door is available counterweight packages.
.. .. neath a common top shared .. .. .. ..
with an optional roll-out shelf cPage 266
.. .. among several lateral files. .. .. .. Lock ..
in place of the standard fixed
. . Hardware is included to . . . • 9201 Polished Chrome .
.. shelf. .. attach case to worksurface.
.. .. Anchor bracket secures .. • 9250 Ember Chrome ..
.. .. No-top option reduces
.. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. (option) ..
. . . . in seismic zones to reduce . .
.. .. height of file by 1". .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. the risk of hazards during .. Drawer bodies, roll-out ..
.. .. .. .. earthquakes. Four bracket .. shelves, hanging folder ..
. . . . packages are required for . bars, rails, and dividers .
.. .. .. .. each cabinet. .. • Black ..
.. .. Steel top
.. .. Note: Local seismic .. ..
. . . Ganging hardware is . requirements vary. . .
.. .. 1"H .. included to increase stability
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Compliance with local code .. Application Topics ..
Veneer top and maintain alignment by requirements is the respon-
. . 13/16"H . . . .
.. .. .. joining adjacent components .. sibility of the customer or .. Storage Capacities and ..
.. .. Laminate top .. side by side, back to back, .. their authorized agent. For a .. Dimensions ..
. . 13/16"H . or both. Lateral files can also . California Office of . cPage 310. .
.. .. .. be bolted to the floor, or
.. .. ..
.. Roll-out shelf includes .. .. .. Statewide Health Planning .. ..
three dividers and one hang- attached to a worksurface or and Development (OSHPD)
.. .. .. wall for stability.
.. .. ..
.. ing file folder bar to function .. .. .. approved anchor bracket, .. Shipping ..
.. as a backstop. .. Laminate and wood .. .. contact Specials. .. Lateral files are normally ..
. . veneer tops with . . Tip: Anchor bracket cannot . shipped in heavy-duty, recy- .
.. Safety interlock sys- .. square-edge profiles .. .. be used with pedestals. .. ..
clable stretch wrap to reduce
.. tem allows only one drawer .. are available in place of .. .. cPage 271 .. ..
the amount of corrugated
. or roll-out shelf to be opened . standard 1"H steel tops. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. board needed. ..
.. at a time. .. Laminate and wood veneer .. .. .. ..
. . tops are 3⁄ 16" taller than steel . . . Counterweight pack- .
.. .. tops and will add that dimen- .. .. .. ..
ages ship separately from
.. .. sion to the overall height of .. .. .. ..
case and must be
. . the lateral file. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. field-installed. ..
February 2015
TS 200 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors and Roll-Out Shelves
.. TS 200 Series lateral .. ..

.. files with lift-up doors .. ..
.. and roll-out shelves are .. ..
. ideal for high-density side- . .
.. tab filing. They accommo- .. ..
.. date basic paper filing needs .. ..
. . .
.. at an economical price. Top is standard 1"H steel. .. ..
.. cSpecifying, page 152 Other tops are available .. ..
.. field-installed. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Lift-up doors are . .
.. .. ..
.. equipped with roll-out .. ..
. shelves. . .
.. .. Lift-up door in the top
..
.. .. position of 651⁄ 2"H
..
Roll-out shelves open
. . cases is 131⁄ 2"H to
.
.. their full depth for total .. ..
.. Finished back is access to the contents and .. accommodate standard- ..
. standard. are standard 12"H. TS 200 . height binders. All other .
.. .. doors are 12"H and accom- .
.
Series lift-up doors have
.. .. modate side-tab files. All
..
flush fronts.
. . .
. . doors recede inside the .
.. .. case.
..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Label holders are .. ..
.. Lock is standard on lateral Label holder fits inside the .. ..
. files and secures all lift-up integral pull or can be affixed . .
.. .. ..
.. doors. Lock is located at top to the front of the drawer or .. ..
. left corner of the top. Locks door. Perforated labels are . .
.. are standard factory- included and can be created .. ..
.. installed, keyed random. using the template available .. ..
. cLock and Keying Options, on www.steelcase.com/label. . .
.. .. ..
.. page 302 .. ..
. Pulls on TS 200 Series . .
.. .. ..
.. Base is 3"H and is integral lift-up doors are inset and .. Each roll-out shelf ..
. to the case. full width to provide a neutral . includes one divider pack- .
.. look. They are located at the .. age to function as a back- ..
.. bottom of a lift-up door. .. stop. Divider package ..
Leveling glides adjust up
. . includes three dividers and .
.. to 7⁄ 8" to install lateral files .. .
.. on uneven floors. .. one hanging folder bar. Two ..
hanging folder bars are .
.. .. ..
. . available as an option and .
.. .. replace the divider package ..
.. .. when specified. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Safety interlock sys- .
.. .. tem allows only one roll-out ..
. . shelf to be opened at a time. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 18" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 28", 40", 52", and 651⁄ 2" .. ..
February 2015
TS 200 Series
Lateral Files with Lift-Up
Doors and Roll-Out Shelves
.. .. .. .. .. ..
TS Series Storage
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Wood veneer Laminate .. .. .. ..
.. .. with square with square .. .. .. ..
.. .. edge profile edge profile .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Field-installed tops are
.. .. .. ..
.. Locks are available fac- .. .. Overfile cabinets are .. .. ..
available in two choices—
. tory- or field-installed. . . separate components that . . .
.. Factory-installed locks are .. wood veneer with square .. are field installed on top of .. .. ..
.. standard and available .. edge profile or laminate with .. lateral files, combination .. .. ..
. keyed random only. Optional . square edge profile. Tops . cabinets, storage cabinets, . . .
.. .. can be used on an individual
.. .. .. ..
.. field-installed locks are avail- .. .. and wardrobe cabinets to .. .. ..
lateral file, or larger tops can
. able with consecutive, spe- . . provide space for additional . . .
.. cific, and random keying .. be used to connect files to .. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. .. ..
.. options. Master-keyed locks .. make a credenza. .. laneous storage. .. .. ..
. are also available. Field- . cPage 258 . cPage 254 . . .
. . . . . .
.. installed lock cylinders must .. .. .. .. ..
.. be specified separately. .. .. .. .. ..
. cLock and Keying, page . . Surface Materials . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. 302 .. .. .. .. ..
Lateral file, including
. . . . . .
.. Counterweight pack- .. .. steel top, lift-up door, .. .. ..
. ages must be specified . . and TS 200 Series . . .
.. .. .. pulls .. .. ..
.. as an option for lateral .. .. .. .. ..
• Paint
. files that are not ganged to . . . . .
.. another case, attached to a .. .. .. .. ..
.. worksurface, or bolted to the .. .. Lock .. .. ..
. floor or wall. Counterweights . . • 9201 Polished Chrome . . .
.. .. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome .. .. ..
.. can also be ordered .. .. .. .. ..
(option)
. separately. . . . . .
.. cPage 270 .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Roll-out shelves, hang- .. .. ..
. . . ing folder bars, and . . .
.. .. Field-installed acces- .. dividers .. .. ..
.. Connections .. sories are available, includ- .. • Black .. .. ..
. . ing roll-out shelf accessories . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. and counterweight packages. .. .. .. ..
.. .. cPage 266 .. Application Topics .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Anchor bracket secures .. Storage Capacities and .. .. ..
.. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. Dimensions .. .. ..
. . in seismic zones to reduce . cPage 310. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. the risk of hazards during .. .. .. ..
.. .. earthquakes. Four bracket .. .. .. ..
. . packages are required for . Shipping . . .
.. .. each cabinet. .. .. .. ..
Lateral files are normally
.. .. Note: Local seismic .. .. .. ..
shipped in heavy-duty, recy-
. . requirements vary. . . . .
.. .. .. clable stretch wrap to reduce .. .. ..
.. .. Compliance with local code .. the amount of corrugated .. .. ..
. . requirements is the respon- . board needed. . . .
.. .. sibility of the customer or .. .. .. ..
.. Ganging hardware is .. .. .. .. ..
included to increase stability their authorized agent. For a Counterweight pack-
. . California Office of . . . .
.. and maintain alignment by .. .. ages ship separately from .. .. ..
.. joining adjacent components .. Statewide Health Planning .. case and must be .. .. ..
.. side by side, back to back, .. and Development (OSHPD) .. field-installed. .. .. ..
.. or both. Lateral files can also .. approved anchor bracket, .. .. .. ..
.. be bolted to the floor, or .. contact Specials. .. .. .. ..
. attached to a worksurface or . Tip: Anchor bracket cannot . . . .
.. .. be used with pedestals. .. .. .. ..
.. wall for stability. .. .. .. .. ..
cPage 271
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Understanding
Universal Storage
Products
Universal Storage
When ordered and installed Statement of Line 24
in accordance with Steelcase
specification and installation
guidelines, these products
meet applicable ANSI/BIFMA
standards.
Universal Pedestals 30
Universal Sliding Door Bins 34
Universal Over the Case and In The Case Bins 38
Dimensions for Custom Field-Installed Picture Frame
Door Inserts 41
Universal Shelves and Universal Personal Shelves 42
Dividers 44
Horizontal Wall Attachment Brackets 45
Wall Hang Channels and Horizontal Braces 46
Universal Curved Front Bins 48
Universal L-Shelves and Universal Stationary Shelves 52
Accessories for Universal Curved Front Bins and
Universal L-Shelves 54
Slim Shelves 55
Bracket Application Rules for Bins and Shelves 56
Application Rules for Overhead Storage on
Answer and Kick Panels 59
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer
Lateral Files 60
Universal Towers and Workstation Verticals 64
Universal Lateral Files 68
Universal Combination Cabinets 72
Universal Storage Cabinets 76
Universal Wardrobe Cabinets 78
Universal Bookcases 80
Storage Specification
Specification Guide Guide 23
23
February 2015
Statement of Line
171/2"D, 183/8"D, 171/2"D 183/8"D

225/8"D, 231/2"D, or 225/8"D or 231/2"D Understanding
Understanding
or 285/8"D or 291/2"D cPage 30
cPage 30
Flush steel Proud steel Flush steel Proud steel Specifying
Specifying
front or wood front front or wood front cPage 160
cPage 156
Universal Fixed Pedestals Universal Mobile Pedestals

15"W 15"W
251⁄ 2"H • 21"H •
27"H • 27"H •
35"W to 75"W
Understanding
cPage 34
161/4"H Specifying
cPage 164
Universal Sliding Door Bins

For Use with Answer, Kick, Avenir, and Montage
36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
153⁄4"D • • • • • •
For Use with Series 9000
35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W 75"W
153⁄4"D • • • • • • •
60"W to 72"W
24"W to 48"W
161/4"H 161/4"H
Understanding
cPage 38
Flat Steel or Flat Steel or Radius Steel Front Specifying
Wood Front Wood Front cPage 168
Universal Over the Case and In The Case Bins with Flat, Radius, and Wood Flat Fronts
For Use with Answer, Kick, Avenir, Montage, and V.I.A.
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
153⁄4"D • • • • • • • •
25"W 30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W 75"W
153⁄4"D • • • • • • • • •
February 2015
Statement of Line
Understanding
cPage 42
Universal Storage
71/2"H 111/2"H
Specifying
Universal Shelf Universal Personal Shelf cPage 180
Universal Shelves and Universal Personal Shelves

24"W 25"W 30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 48"W 60"W 70"W 72"W
Universal Shelves
For use with Answer, Kick, Avenir, and Montage
143⁄4"D • • • • • • •
For use with Series 9000
143⁄4"D • • • • • • • •
Universal Personal Shelves
For use with Answer, Kick, and Avenir
1311⁄16"D • • • • •
1311⁄16"D • • • • • •
Understanding
cPage 48
36" W
scale 30
Specifying
15" cPage 190
Universal Curved Front Bins with Steel and Wood Doors

30"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 48"W
161⁄2"D • • • •
161⁄2"D • • • • •
Understanding
36" W
36" W 15" scale 30

cPage 52
15" scale 30
Specifying
Universal L-Shelf Universal Stationary Shelf cPage 192
Universal L-Shelves and Universal Stationary Shelves

30"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 48"W
Universal L-Shelves
14"D • • • • •
Universal Stationary Shelves
14"D • • • • •
Storage Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 25
February 2015
Statement of Line, continued
Understanding
cPage 55
Specifying
cPage 194
Slim Shelves
For Use with Answer, Kick, Avenir, and Montage
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W 96"W
6"D • • • • • • • •
25"W 30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W
6"D • • • • • • • •
Universal One-High
18"D 18"D 187/8"D

or 187/8"D or or
231/8"D or 231/8"D 24"D
24"D
Flush steel Proud steel Flush steel Proud steel
front or wood front open front open front
Universal 1.5-High
Flush steel front Proud steel Flush steel Proud steel

or wood front open front open front
Two Drawer
Understanding
cPage 60
Specifying
Flush steel front Proud steel front cPage 196
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files

30"W 36"W 42"W
One-High 16"H • • •
1.5-High 22"H • • •
Two Drawer 28"H • • •
Tip: 42"W lateral files are available 18"D and 187⁄8"D only.
February 2015
Statement of Line
18"D, 187/8"D, 18"D 187/8"D

231/8"D 24"D or or
or or 231/8"D 24"D
291/8"D 30"D
cPage 64 cPage 64
Universal Storage
front or wood front cPage 204 front or wood front cPage 208
Universal Open Side Towers Universal Dual Door Towers

24"W 24"W
471⁄2"H • 471⁄2"H •
52"H • 52"H •
651⁄2"H • 651⁄2"H •
231/8"D 24"D 231/8"D 24"D

or or
291/8"D 30"D
cPage 64 cPage 64
Universal Full Front Towers Universal Vertical Drawer Towers

24"W 24"W
52"H • 52"H •
651⁄2"H • 651⁄2"H •
Storage Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 27
February 2015
Statement of Line, continued
231/8"D 24"D 18"D 187/8"D

or or or or
291/8"D 30"D 231/8"D 24"D
cPage 64 cPage 68
Universal Workstation Verticals Universal Lateral Files

15"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
52"H • 40"H • • •
651⁄2"H • 52"H • • •
651⁄2"H • • •
Tip: 42"W lateral files are available 18"D and 187⁄8"D only.
18"D 187/8"D 18"D 187/8"D

or or or or
231/8"D 24"D 231/8"D 24"D
cPage 72 cPage 76
Universal Combination Cabinets Universal Storage Cabinets

30"W 36"W 42"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
52"H • • • 28"H • • •
651⁄2"H • • • 40"H • • •
831⁄2"H • • • 52"H • • •
Tip: 42"W combination cabinets are available 18"D and 187⁄8"D only. 651⁄2"H • • •
831⁄2"H • • •
Tip: 42"W storage cabinets are available 18"D and 187⁄8"D only.
February 2015
Statement of Line
231/8"D 24"D
15"D
Universal Storage
cPage 78 cPage 80
Flush steel Proud steel Specifying Specifying
front or wood front cPage 238 cPage 242
Universal Wardrobe Cabinets Universal Bookcases

30"W 36"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
52"H • • 28"H • • • •
651⁄2"H • • 40"H • • • •
831⁄2"H • • 531⁄2"H • • • •
651⁄2"H • • • •
831⁄2"H • • • •
February 2015
Universal Pedestals
.. 27"H fixed pedestals

.. ..
. Drawer fronts are . Product Details .
.. are floor-standing and can .. ..
available in steel or wood
.. support worksurfaces at .. ..
281⁄2"H. veneer. Mobile pedestals
. . .
.. cSpecifying, page 156 maintain drawer pull and .. ..
.. cSpecifying Storage drawer front alignment with .. ..
. other storage components . .
.. Accessories, page 255 .. ..
that have a 3" base.
.. .. ..
Top is open and accommo-
.. Pull on proud-front .. ..
dates attachment to a
.. pedestal is available in .. ..
worksurface. Attachment
. a variety of shapes. . .
.. hardware is included. .. ..
.. .. Box drawers are a ..
. Lock is standard on . .
.. 3"H base is integral to .. welded steel construction ..
pedestals and secures
.. 27"H pedestal case. .. and available with proud or ..
all drawers. Lock is located
. in the top drawer. Locks are . flush fronts. One divider is .
.. Pull on flush-front .. included with each box ..
.. standard factory-installed, .. ..
keyed random. pedestal is full width and drawer.
. integral. This pull is available . .
.. cLock and Keying, page .. ..
.. 304 on steel drawer fronts only. .. ..
. Full-width wood pull is avail- . .
. able as an option. Wood . .
.. .. ..
.. Leveling glides adjust to pull, if selected, ships separ- .. ..
. install pedestals on uneven ately from pedestal and is . .
.. floors. 251⁄ 2"H pedestals field installed, attaching to .. ..
.. have a 7⁄8" adjustable glide the integral pull with double- .. ..
. range, and 27"H pedestals sided tape. . .
.. .. ..
. have a 17⁄8" adjustable glide . .
.. range. .. ..
.. Drawers open their full .. ..
. Mobile pedestals fit depth for total access to the . .
.. contents. Box and file .. ..
.. under a worksurface and .. ..
can be moved wherever drawers are available.
. . .
.. storage is needed. They .. File drawers are a welded ..
.. provide an auxiliary work- .. steel construction and ..
. surface when you need Top on mobile pedestal . available with proud or flush .
.. .. fronts. Drawer body sides
..
.. more space to spread out is 1⁄8"H steel. Additional top .. ..
your work. options are available. are full height and accom-
. . .
.. cSpecifying, page 160 .. modate front-to-back filing ..
.. cSpecifying Storage .. of hanging letter-size file ..
. Accessories, page 255 . folders. .
.. .. ..
.. .. Optional rails accommo-
..
.. .. date side-to-side filing of
..
. . .
.. .. letter-, A4-, and legal-size ..
.. Finished back and .. hanging folders. ..
. sides are standard. . Exception: Legal-size file .
.. .. folders cannot be filed in
..
.. .. 171⁄ 8"D or 183⁄ 8"D pedestals.
..
.. .. ..
. Mobile pedestal cushion top . .
.. provides a temporary seat ideal for .. ..
Four casters are hard
.. informal gatherings. Optional .. ..
composition and non-locking,
. handle can be extended to easily . .
.. with a full-rotation swivel .. ..
.. transport mobile pedestal. .. ..
mechanism. Casters are
. Available factory- or field-installed. . .
exposed at the base of box/
file pedestals and concealed
.. .. ..
with the base of box/box/file
. . .
.. and file/file pedestals. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Drawer fronts can be ..
removed and changed in the
.. Fixed Box/File Box/Box/File and File/File .. field to create a different ..
. . aesthetic or to replace .
.. Depth with flush steel front 171⁄2", 225⁄8", and 285⁄8" 171⁄2"and 225⁄8" 171⁄2"and 225⁄8" .. ..
.. .. damaged drawer fronts. ..
. Depth with proud steel or 183⁄8", 231⁄2", and 291⁄2" 183⁄8"and 231⁄2" 183⁄8"and 231⁄2" . .
.. .. ..
wood front
.. .. ..
. Width 15" 15" 15" . .
.. .. ..
.. Height 251⁄ 2" and 27" N.A. N.A. .. ..
. . .
.. 1⁄8"H top
.. ..
Overall height with N.A. 21" 27"
February 2015
Universal Pedestals
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Connections . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Steel top . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. 1"H .. .. ..
. . . . 183/8"D . .
.. .. .. Laminate top .. .. ..
.. .. .. with square .. .. ..
.. .. .. edge 13/16"H .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. 231/2"D .. ..
. . . Laminate top . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. Pencil tray to hold small .. Locks are available .. with bullnose .. .. Pedestals may require ..
. office supplies is included . factory- or field-installed. . 17/16"H . 291/2"D . counterweights when used .
.. with each box/box/file .. Factory-installed locks are .. .. .. in stand-alone desks. ..
.. .. .. Veneer top .. .. ..
pedestal. standard and available cSee Desk Stability
. . . 13/16"H . . .
.. .. keyed random only. Optional .. .. .. Guidelines, in the Answer ..
.. Optional basic drawer .. field-installed locks are .. .. Fixed pedestals are .. Solutions Specification ..
. interior allows box/box/file . available with consecutive, . . intended to attach under a . Guide. .
.. pedestals to be ordered .. specific, and random keying .. .. worksurface for security and .. ..
.. without rails, box drawer .. options. Master-keyed locks .. Steel, laminate, and .. support. Three pedestal .. Freestanding applica- ..
. dividers, or pencil trays. . are also available. Field- . wood veneer tops are . depths are available to . tions that don’t require .
. . . . . .
.. .. installed lock cylinders must .. available in place of .. correspond with Universal .. attachment to a worksurface ..
.. .. be specified separately. .. standard 1⁄8"H steel tops. .. Worksurface depths. Proud- .. should be used with a ..
. Contemporary . cLock and Keying, page . 1"H steel tops, 13⁄16"H . front pedestals exactly . conversion kit that includes ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. pull .. 304 .. laminate with square edge .. match the depth of Universal .. a steel top, counterweight
profile, 17⁄16"H laminate with Worksurfaces. Flush-front package, and components .
. . . . . .
.. .. Individual drawer locks .. bullnose edge profile on the .. pedestals are 7⁄ 8" shorter. .. to convert the locking ..
. . are available on file/file . front edge, and 13⁄16"H wood . . system to a safety interlock ..
.. Handle .. .. .. .. .
.. .. pedestals for applications .. veneer with square edge .. .. system. ..
pull
. . where you want to limit . profile. . . cPage 159 .
.. .. access to each drawer. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Pedestals include a security .. .. .. ..
. Jazz pull . . . . .
.. .. shield above each drawer to .. .. .. ..
.. .. prevent unauthorized access. .. .. .. ..
. . Individual locking drawers . . . .
.. .. are only available with field- .. .. .. ..
.. .. installed lock cylinders. .. .. .. ..
Bar pull
. . Consecutive, specific, and . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. random keying options are .. .. .. ..
. . available. Master-keyed . . . .
.. .. locks are also available. .. .. Filler conceals the gap that
.. ..
.. c:scape pull .. Field-installed lock cylinders .. Handle of mobile .. may exist between the face
.. Field-installed acces- ..
.. .. must be specified .. pedestal cushion top is .. of a panel and the back of a
.. sories are available, ..
. Proud-front pulls are . separately. . retractable. In the stowed . . including pencil trays, .
.. .. .. .. 27"H pedestal. Fillers are .. ..
.. available in the following .. cLock and Keying, page .. position, handle is flush with .. also used to provide stability .. stationery trays, dividers, ..
. styles—contemporary, . 304 . mobile pedestal front. In the . for pedestal and worksurface . and rails. .
.. handle, jazz, and bar. Each .. .. travel position, handle is .. configurations that are not
.. cPage 265 ..
.. pull is 128 mm and available .. Non-locking pedestal .. completely extended and .. panel-wrapped.
.. ..
.. on steel or wood veneer .. is available as an option. .. articulates upward for longer .. Tip: Fillers for proud front
.. ..
. drawers. c:scape pulls (200 . . distance transport. Cushion . pedestals conceal a 1⁄2"
. Wiring & Cabling .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. mm) are available on steel .. .. top is also available without .. gap. Fillers for flush front .. ..
Fixed pedestals do not
. drawers only. . . a handle. . pedestals conceal a 13⁄8" .
.. .. .. .. .. accommodate cable-routing. ..
gap. Plan accordingly when .
.. Label holders are .. .. Mobile pedestal .. .. ..
. . . . . installing pedestals .
.. available through Service .. .. cushion top for field- .. .. ..
.. Parts. Label holder fits .. .. installation can be used with .. .. ..
with grommets or other
. inside the integral pull of . . mobile pedestals . . .
.. .. .. .. .. cable-routing accessories. ..
flush-front drawers and over RPM2421CP, RPM2421CF,
.. the top edge of drawer front .. .. and RPM2421CW only. .. .. ..
.. on proud-front drawers. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. 3"H .. .. .. ..
.. Safety interlock .. .. .. .. ..
. system allows only one . . . . .
.. .. 27"H fixed pedestals .. .. .. ..
.. drawer to be opened at a .. have base alignment with .. .. .. ..
. time for added stability. . other Universal Storage . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
components that have a 3"H
.. .. .. .. .. ..
base.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Pedestals, continued 31
February 2015
Universal Pedestals, continued
.. .. . .. .. ..
. Surface Materials . Application Topics .. . . .
.. . . .. .. ..
.. Pedestal, steel drawer .. Storage Capacities and .. .. .. ..
. fronts, and integral .. Dimensions .. . . .
.. pulls .. cPage 310. .. .. .. ..
.. • Paint .. .. .. .. ..
. . Safe Use of . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. Contemporary, handle, .. Storage Products .. .. .. ..
jazz, and bar pulls . cPage 325
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. • 0835 Black .. .. .. .. ..
. • 9201 Polished Chrome . . . . .
.. • 9211 Nickel .. Shipping .. .. .. ..
.. • 9212 Silver .. .. .. .. ..
. . Pedestals are normally . . . .
.. .. shipped in heavy-duty, .. .. .. ..
.. c:scape pull .. .. .. .. ..
recyclable stretch wrap to
. • 4140 Arctic White Gloss . . . . .
.. • 4144 Black Gloss .. reduce the amount of .. .. .. ..
.. • 4799 Platinum Metallic .. corrugated board needed. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Wood veneer drawer .. .. .. .. ..
. fronts . . . . .
. • Wood veneer— . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Open pore finishes .. .. .. .. ..
. • Customiz stain (option) . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Lock .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. • 9250 Ember Chrome . . . . .
.. (option) .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Drawer bodies, drawer .. . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. suspensions, rails, .. .. .. .. ..
. dividers, and glides . . . . .
.. • Black .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Laminate top . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Laminate .. .. .. .. ..
. • Open Line laminate . . . . .
.. (option) .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Square edge profile . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. on laminate top .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Plastic .. .. .. .. ..
. Tip: Bullnose edge tops . . . . .
.. have a self-edge .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Bullnose edge profile . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. on laminate top .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Plastic edge default .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Cushion top .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Upholstery .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Pedestals
Universal Storage
February 2015
For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage, and V.I.A.
.. Universal sliding door

.. ..
.. bins, attach to panels with .. ..
.. an on-module bracket and .. On-module attachment ..
. provide overhead storage in . brackets are independent .
.. the work space. Door is
.. of the storage bin and ..
.. available in steel or wood.
.. unique to the panel system ..
. . they are used on. The .
.. .. following style number ..
.. .. suffixes indicate the panels ..
.. .. they attach to: ..
. . TAK = Answer and Kick .
.. .. S9 = Series 9000 ..
Safety catch locks
.. .. AVR = Avenir ..
overhead storage unit to
. . MON = Montage .
.. frame to prevent accidental .. ..
.. removal. .. VIA = V.I.A. ..
. . If the storage bin needs to .
.. .. be attached to a different ..
.. .. panel in the future, ..
. . additional on-module .
.. Metal backstop prevents .
.. ..
.. notebooks and equipment attachment brackets can be ..
. from damaging panel
.. purchased through Service .
. . Parts. .
.. On-module attachment surface. .. ..
.. brackets are used to .. ..
. mount bins on panels of the . .
.. .. ..
same width as bins and are
.. .. ..
included with the bin as a
. . .
.. standard component. Lock is standard on bins .. ..
. to secure the door. The . .
.. .. ..
door can be locked in the
.. .. ..
closed position on either
. . .
.. Steel and wood front the right- or left-hand side .. ..
.. doors glide smoothly from of the bin. Lock is located .. ..
. underneath the center of . .
.. one side of the case to the .. ..
the shelf. Lock is standard
.. other. .. ..
factory-installed, keyed Vertical off-module
. . .
.. random. A no-lock option is .
. brackets, optional, can be ..
.. Bin ships assembled. available. .. used to mount one or two ..
. cLock and Keying, . sides of an overhead bin .
.. .. ..
page 304 off-module on Answer,
.. .. ..
. . Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, .
.. Recess beneath unit can .. Montage, and V.I.A. with ..
.. accommodate a shelf light. .. vertical slot patterned ..
.. cPage 274 .. panels. To mount an ..
. . overhead bin with one side .
.. .. ..
.. .. off-module, specify with one ..
. . vertical off-module bracket. .
.. .. To mount an overhead bin ..
.. .. with two sides off-module, ..
.. .. specify with two vertical off- ..
. . module brackets. Both of .
.. .. ..
.. .. these brackets attach to the ..
. . on-module bracket that .
.. .. comes standard with the ..
.. .. overhead bin. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Vertical off-module ..
. . brackets are used with .
.. .. bins up to 12" wider than ..
.. .. the panel, allowing them to ..
.. .. overhang the panel seam. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
Depth 153/4"
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 35", 36", 42", 45", 48", 60", 66", 70", 72", and 75" .. ..
. Height 161/4" . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
.. .. .. .. .. .
Omit brackets option .
. . . . . Connections .
.
.. .. .. must be specified when bin .. .. .
.. .. .. is being used in hutch kit .. .. .
.
. . . or Series 9000 service . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
module application, or when .
.. .. .. .. .. .
attaching bin to a horizontal .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. wall attachment bracket. .. .. .
.
.. .. .. Order hutch kit or Series .. .. .
.
.. .. .. 9000 service module .. .. .
.
.. .. .. package separately. .. .. .
.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. . .
Universal Storage
Upmount brackets, .
.. Horizontal off-module .. optional, are for use on .. .. Shelf lights are available .. .
.
. brackets, optional, . Answer, Kick, Series 9000, . . for use beneath bins. Lights .. .
.. .. .. .. .
accommodate off-module Avenir, and Montage. recess into the bottom of the .. Steel support hooks .
.. .. .. .. .. .
installations of overhead Brackets enable overhead overhead storage unit. on end supports insert into .
. . . . . .
.. bins on all widths of .. storage to be used on lower .. .. cPage 274 .. the slotted channel of a .
.
.. Montage enhanced off- .. panel heights. Bins using an .. .. .. panel or wall channel and .
.
. module panels. . upmount bracket must be . . . lock into place with a safety .
.. .. .. .. .. .
Tip: Maximum width for a installed on a panel of the catch. .
.. .
horizontal off-module bin that .. same width. For Montage,
.. .. .. .
. . . . . .
. is mounted on an enhanced . upmount brackets attach . . . .
.. .
off-module Montage panel is .. near the top of a 55"H
.. 38"H .. .. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
48"W. frame. .
. . . . . .
.. Tip: Horizontal off-module .. .. .. .. .
Universal sliding door .
.. brackets push bin out from .. .. .. .. .
bin may be mounted at .
. panel 5/8" on enhanced off- . . . . .
.. .. .. 38"H or lower if another .. .. .
module Montage panel. .
. . . panel-mounted component . . .
.. Tip: Only two pairs of off- .. .. .. .. .
prevents it from being .
.. module brackets and .. .. .. .. .
seated upon. .
. associated storage can be . . . Dividers are available as . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
mounted per frame. an option for use on bins. .
.. .. .. .. . .
Dividers ship in a package of . .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. four. .. .
.
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
.. Width of overhead bin ..
.. .. .. .. .. must match the width of the ..
panel or panels that it is .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. attached to when using an .
.
.. .. .. .. .. on-module bracket. Bin may ..
.. .. .. .. .. span up to two frames. .
.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Lock in bin is concealed .. .. .
Additional support for .
.. Horizontal off-module .. .. from view beneath the shelf. .. .. .
stability may be required .
. brackets cannot span a . . Locks are available factory- . . .
.. .
vertical frame rail or joint on .. Two upmount bin
.. or field-installed. Factory- ..
Back of storage bin is
.. when overhead bins are .
.. .. .. .. . attached to panels. .
enhanced off-module brackets can be hung installed locks are standard open to allow panel surface .. .
.. Montage panel only. .. .. and available keyed random .. .. Counterbalancing loads on ..
side-by-side in an in-line, to show. Metal backstop
.
..
.
..
.
.. only. Optional field-installed .
.. .. opposite sides of the panels ..
T- or X- application. prevents contents of bin .
.. .. .. locks are available with .. .. increases stability. .
from damaging panel .
. . On Montage, Universal . consecutive, specific, and . surface. . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
in the case bins can be random keying options. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
upmounted over or adjacent to Master-keyed locks are also Overhead storage bin .
. . . . . .
.. .. a slatwall. .. available. Field-installed lock .. height accepts standard .. .
.
.. .. .. cylinders must be specified .. and A4 binders. .. .
.
. . On Answer, bins can be . separately. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
upmounted on slatwall skin as cLock and Keying, page 304 .
.. .. .. .. .. .
long as there is not another .
.. .. .. .. .. .
bin or another slatwall skin on .
.. .. .. .. .. .
the adjacent inline panel. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
. . . . . Horizontal wall .
.. .. .. .. .. .
attachment brackets .
.. .. .. .. .. .
are available to attach .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. storage bins to wall of .
.
.. .. .. .. .. building. Specify as .
.
. . . . . separate style number. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
Tip: Select the omit .
.. .. .. .. .. .
brackets option when .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ordering the bin. .
.
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Sliding Door Bins, continued 35
February 2015
Universal Sliding Door Bins for Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,
and V.I.A, continued
.. .. .. . .. ..
. . Wiring & Cabling . Application Topics .. . Guidelines for .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Stackable ..
. . . . . Components .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Clearance
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. First Tier ..
213/8"
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Hanging components .. ..
. . . . cannot be used next to a . .
.. .. Vertical wire managers .
. .. double-pane window at a 90 .. ..
.. .. .. Clearance between .. .. ..
degree corner. 50
Wall channels are are available to conceal Universal Systems sca
le
. . . . . Correct .
.. available to attach bins to .. cords that are routed from .. Worksurfaces or Universal .. .. ..
.. .. light mounted beneath .. tables and bottom of .. Bracket Application .. ..
concrete or block walls. Wall
. . overhead storage. . overhead bins is 213⁄ 8" when .. Rules . .
.. channels can be used to .. .. ..
attach bins and tackboards cPage 283 storage unit is installed in .. cPage 58 First Tier ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. to wood, dry wall, or plaster . . the highest position on a . .
. . . 66"H panel and glides are . Stability Guidelines . .
.. walls if the wall is reinforced. .. . ..
Surface Materials .. adjusted all the way into cSee Answer Specification .. ..
.. cPage 46 .. .. .. ..
. the panel. Guide
. . Overhead bin . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Paint
.. .. .. Storage Capacities and .. .. ..
• Wood door (optional)
. . . Dimensions . . .
.. .. .. .. .. 50
..
. . Locks . cPage 310. . . sca
le
Incorrect .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• 9201 Polished Chrome
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• 9250 Ember Chrome TS Series bins,
. . . . . .
.. .. (optional) .. .. .. Universal bins, and ..
.. .. .. .. .. shelves can hang from the .
..
. . On-module and . . . first stacked tier only.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
vertical off-module
.. .. .. .. .. ..
attachment brackets
. . . . . .
.. .. • Black paint only .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Horizontal off-module . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
attachment brackets
.. Wall channel horizontal .. .. .. .. ..
for Montage
. brace is required with wall . . . . .
.. channels to support bins that
.. • Paint to match bin .. .. .. ..
.. are wider than 48".
.. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 46
.. Upmount brackets .. .. .. ..
. . • Paint . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Dividers Hanging components
. . . . . .
.. .. • White plastic .. cannot be hung in front of a .
. .. ..
.. .. .. double-pane window. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Overhead storage .. .. .. .. ..
. components cannot be . . . . .
.. attached to Montage frames .. .. .. .. ..
.. with glass tiles. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Overhead storage .. .. .. .. ..
. components cannot be . . . . .
.. attached on a 55" high .. .. .. .. ..
.. Montage frame. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Over The Case and In The Case Bins
.. Universal over the case .. ..

.. bins can be attached to .. ..
.. panels with an on-module .. On-module attachment ..
. bracket and provide overhead . brackets are independent .
.. storage in the work space. .. of the storage bins and ..
.. cSpecifying, page 168 Flat-front and radius-
.. unique to the panel system ..
. . they are used on. The .
.. front lift-up doors open .
. ..
.. and close quietly. When up, . following style number ..
Safety catch locks .
. the doors rest on top of the . suffixes indicate the panels .
.. overhead storage unit to .. ..
case to provide more they attach to:
.. frame to prevent accidental .. ..
storage space inside. TAK = Answer and Kick
. removal. . .
.. .. S9 = Series 9000 ..
.. .. AVR = Avenir ..
. . MON = Montage .
.. .. VIA = V.I.A. ..
.. . If the storage bin needs to ..
. Locks are standard on bins .. .
.. to secure the door(s). Lock .. be attached to a different ..
.. On-module attachment is located underneath the .. panel in the future, ..
. brackets are used to center of the shelf. Locks . additional on-module .
.. .. attachment brackets can be ..
.. mount bins on panels of the are standard factory- .. ..
same width as bins and are installed, keyed random. purchased through Service
. . Parts. .
.. included with the bin as a Two-door units are keyed .. ..
.. standard component. alike. A no-lock option is .. ..
. available. . .
.. .. ..
. 304 . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Backstop prevents .. ..
.. notebooks and equipment .. ..
. from damaging the surface . .
.. .. ..
.. of the panels or walls. .. ..
. Recess beneath unit can . .
.. accommodate a shelf light. .. ..
.. cPage 274 .. ..
Bin is steel and ships Vertical off-module
. . .
.. assembled. .. brackets, optional, can ..
.. .. be used to mount one or ..
. . two sides of an overhead bin .
.. .. ..
.. .. off-module on Answer, Kick, ..
. Universal in the case . Series 9000, Avenir, .
.. .. Montage, and V.I.A. with ..
bins, attach to panels with
.. .. vertical slot patterned ..
an on-module bracket and
.. .. panels. To mount an ..
provide overhead storage in
. . overhead bin with one side .
.. the work space. Door is .. ..
.. available in steel or wood. .. off-module, specify with one ..
Flat-front lift-up doors vertical off-module bracket.
. cSpecifying, page 174 . .
.. (steel or wood) recess into .. To mount an overhead bin ..
. the overhead storage bin. . with two sides off-module, .
.. .. ..
.. .. specify with two vertical off- ..
. . module brackets. Both of .
.. .. these brackets attach to the ..
.. .. on-module bracket that ..
. . comes standard with the .
.. .. ..
.. .. overhead bin. ..
. . .
.. .. Vertical off-module ..
.. .. brackets are used with ..
. . bins up to 12" wider than .
.. .. ..
.. .. the panel, allowing them to ..
. . overhang the panel seam. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 153⁄ 4" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", 66", and 72" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 161⁄ 4"
.. ..
February 2015
Universal Over The Case
and In The Case Bins
.. .. .. .. .. .
The omit insert custom .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. material must be ordered .. .. .
.
.. .. .. from a material vendor. .. .. .
.
. . . If an omit insert option is . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
specified and a door assist .
.. .. .. .. .. .
mechanism is also required, .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. an assist mechanism must .. .. .
.
.. .. .. be specified as a separate .. .. .
.
. . . option to the storage bin. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
The weight of a custom .
.. .. .. .. .. .
insert on a Universal over .
. . . . . .
Universal Storage
.. .. .. the case bin can not exceed .. .. Back of storage bin is .
Upmount brackets are Picture frame door, Lock in bin is concealed .
.. .. .. 101⁄ 2 pounds. An insert for a .. .. open to allow panel surface ..
optional for use on Answer, optional, is available on from view beneath the shelf.
. . .
Universal over the case and .. . .
Universal over the case to show. Metal backstop
.. Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, .. .. Locks are available factory-or .. .
.. storage bin door with an prevents contents of bin .
.. and Montage. Brackets .. in the case bins with flat .. field-installed. Factory- .. .
.. assist mechanism must from damaging panel .
. attach the bin near the top of . steel fronts only, and is an . installed locks are standard . .
.. .. .. weigh within the range of .. .. surface. .
54"H panel to enable aluminum door frame with and available keyed random .
.. .. .. 7 1⁄ 4 pounds to 101⁄ 2 pounds .. .. .
overhead storage to be used acrylic, markerboard, or only. Two-door units are .
. . .
glass inserts. An omit insert .. . .
or the assist mechanism will Overhead storage bin
.. on lower panel heights. Bins .. .. keyed alike. Optional field- .. .
.. not function correctly. height accepts standard .
.. using an upmount bracket .. option is also available .. installed locks are available .. .
. Custom materials being and A4 binders. .
. must be installed on a panel . which allows custom . . with consecutive, specific, . .
.. .. .
material to be field installed .. .. ..
installed in a door insert
of the same width. and random keying options. .
.. .. .
in the aluminum door frame. .. .. ..
must comply with local When mounting on
Master-keyed locks are also .
.
..
.
..
.
.
building codes. Consult with .
.. available. Field-installed lock .
.. Answer or Kick panels, ..
.. .. The acrylic door insert ..
local authorities to determine
.. cylinders must be specified .. top of bin cannot be loaded. ..
. compliance requirements. .
. . is a white acrylic. A door . . separately. . .
.. .. .. The use of safety glass is .. .. .
assist mechanism is not cLock and Keying, page .
. . . required if installing custom . . .
.. .. available as an option on a .. .. 304 .. Connections .
glass in a door insert. To .
.. .. bin with an acrylic door .. .. .. .
install customer provided .
. . insert due to the light . . . .
.. .. .. material in a picture frame .. .. .
weight door. .
.. .. .. door with the insert omitted, .. .. .
.
. . .
The markerboard door .. . .
make sure the material is cut
.. .. .. .. .
.
insert is a e3 ceramicsteel ..
precisely to the sizes listed
.. .. .. .. .
.. on the dimensions matrix. .
. . writing surface allowing . . .
.. .. .. cSee Dimensions for .. .. .
smooth writing, easy .
.. .. .. Custom Field-Installed .. .. .
erasability, and resistance .
. . . Picture Frame Door . . .
.. .. to chemicals, scratches, .. .. .. .
Inserts, page 41 .
.. .. bacteria, and fire. If a .. .. .. .
.
. . markerboard door insert . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
option is specified and a Steel support hooks .
.. .. .. .. .. .
door assist mechanism is Shelf lights are available on end supports insert .
.. .. .. .. .. .
also required, an assist for use beneath bins. Lights into the slotted channel of a .
. . . . . .
.. .. mechanism must be .. .. recess into the bottom of .. panel or wall channel and .
.
.. Two upmount bin .. specified as a separate .. .. overhead bins. .. lock into place with a safety .
.
. brackets can be hung . option to the storage bin. . . cPage 274 . catch. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
side by side in an in-line, .
. . . . . .
.. T-, or X-application. Bin can .. The glass door insert .. .. .. .
.
.. be upmounted on slatwall .. is tempered translucent . .. .. .
.
. skin as long as there is . glass. If a glass door insert .. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
not another bin or another option is specified and a .
.. .. .. .. .. .
slatwall skin on the adjacent door assist mechanism is .
. . . Door assist . . .
.. in-line panel. .. also required, an assist .. .. .. .
mechanism, optional, .
.. .. mechanism must be .. .. .. .
consist of a gas cylinder and .
. Omit brackets option . specified as a separate . . . .
.. .. .. spring that provides an .. .. .
must be specified when bin option to the storage bin. .
.. .. .. assisted open and close of .. .. .
is being used in hutch kit or Due to the weight of the .
. . . the door. When opening the . . .
.. Series 9000 service module .. glass door insert, it is .. .. .. .
door, the spring pulls the .
.. application, or when .. recommended to specify .. .. .. .
door to the fully recessed .
. attaching bin to a horizontal . the optional door assist . . Divider is available as an . .
.. .. .. position. When closing the .. .. .
wall attachment bracket. mechanism. option on overhead bins. .
.. .. .. door, the assist mechanism .. .. Width of overhead bin ..
Order hutch kit or Series Dividers ship in a package
. . . will slowly close the door. . . must match the width of the ..
.. 9000 service module .. .. .. of four. .. panel or panels that it is .
.. package separately. .. .. Universal bins ship with two .. .. .
assist mechanisms per door cPage 183 attached to when using an .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. when specified. .. .. on-module bracket. Bin may ..
.. .. .. .. .. span up to two frames. .
.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .
.
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Over The Case and In The Case Bins, continued 39
February 2015
Universal Over The Case and In The Case Bins For Use With Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,
and V.I.A, continued
.. .. .. . .. ..
Application Topics .. Guidelines for
Additional support for
. . Wiring & Cabling . . .
.. stability may be required .. .. .. Stackable .. ..
.. when overhead bins are .. .. .. Components .. ..
. attached to panels. . . . . .
.. Counterbalancing loads on
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Clearance
opposite sides of the panels
. . . . First Tier . .
.. increases stability. .. .. .. .. ..
213/8"
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Vertical wire managers .
.. Clearance between .. scale 50 .. ..
.. .. Correct
are available to conceal
.. worksurfaces and bottom of .. .. ..
. . cords that are routed from overhead bins is 213⁄ 8" when .. . .
.. .. light mounted beneath
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. storage unit is installed in .. ..
. Horizontal wall .
overhead storage.
. the highest position on a .. First Tier . .
.. attachment brackets .. cPage 283 .. 66"H panel and glides are .. .. ..
.. are available to attach .. .. adjusted all the way into the .. .. ..
. storage bins to wall of . . panel. . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. building. Specify as a .. Surface Materials .. . .. ..
separate style number. . Storage Capacities and ..
. . Overhead bin . . .
.. Tip: Select the omit brackets .. .. Dimensions .. .. ..
• Paint
.. option when ordering the .. .. cPage 310. .. .. ..
. bin. . . . cale 50 . .
.. .. Lock .. .. s Incorrect .. ..
. . • 9201 Polished Chrome . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• 9250 Ember Chrome
.. .. .. .. TS Series bins, .. ..
(optional)
. . . . Universal bins, and . .
.. .. .. .. shelves can hang from the .. ..
.. .. On-module and vertical .
. .. first stacked tier only. .. ..
. . off-module attachment . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
brackets
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Black paint only
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Horizontal off-module .. .. .. ..
. . attachment brackets . . . .
.. .. .. Hanging components .. .. ..
for Montage
.. .. .. cannot be hung in front of a .. .. ..
• Paint to match bin
. . . double-pane window. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Upmount brackets .. .. .. ..
.. Wall channels are .. • Paint .. .. .. ..
. available to attach bins to . . . . .
.. concrete or block walls. Wall .. .. .. .. ..
Dividers
.. channels can be used to .. .. .. .. ..
• White plastic
. attach bins and tackboards . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. to wood, dry wall, or plaster . . . . .
.. walls if the wall is reinforced. .. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 46 .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Hanging components . . .
.. .. .. cannot be used next to a .. .. ..
.. .. .. double-pane window at a 90 .. .. ..
. . . degree corner. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Bracket Application . . .
.. .. .. Rules .. .. ..
.. .. .. cPage 58 .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Stability Guidelines . .. ..
. . . cSee Answer Specification .. . .
.. Wall channel horizontal
.. .. Guide. .. .. ..
.. brace is required with wall
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. channels to support bins that .. .. .. .. ..
.. are wider than 48". .. .. .. .. ..
. cPage 46 . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Dimensions For Custom Field-Installed Picture Frame Dimensions For Custom
Field-Installed Picture
Frame Door Inserts
Door Inserts
.. .
.
. For Universal Over the Case Bins .
.. .
DCustom Picture Frame Door Inserts
.
.. .
Width Thickness
.
. DBin DDoor DHeight .
.. +/–0.02" +/–0.02"
.
dWidth dWidth d+/–0.02" .
.. .
d d d .
. .
.. .
24" 24" 15.933" 23.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. 25" 25" 15.933" 24.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
.. 30" 30" 15.933" 29.314" 0.138"
.
.
. .
Universal Storage
.. .
35" 35" 15.933" 34.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. 36" 36" 15.933" 35.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
.. 42" 42" 15.933" 41.314" 0.138"
.
.
. .
.. .
45" 45" 15.933" 44.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. 48" 48" 15.933" 47.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
.. 60" 30" (per door) 15.933" 29.314" 0.138"
.
.
. .
.. .
66 33" (per door) 15.933" 32.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. 70" 35" (per door) 15.933" 34.314" 0.138" .
.. .
.
.. .
72" 36" (per door) 15.933" 35.314" 0.138" .
. .
.. .
75" 371⁄ 2" (per door) 15.933" 36.314" 0.138" .
. .
.. d d d .
.
.. .
.
. Tip: A custom insert cannot be factory installed. Custom insert must be ordered from a material vendor and will not be handled like a Steelcase Customer's .
.. .
Own Material. In selecting materials for customer supplied inserts, consider material characteristics, such as effects from thermal changes, humidity changes, .
.. .
aging characteristics, and strength of material. Do not use materials that allow the overall size of the custom insert to deviate by amounts larger than the .
. .
.. acceptable tolerances listed in the matrix. .
.
.. .
.
. .
.. .
.
.. For Universal In the Case Bins .
.
. .
.. DCustom Picture Frame Door Inserts .
.
.. Width Thickness .
DBin DDoor DHeight .
. +/–0.02" +/–0.02" .
.. dWidth dWidth d+/–0.02" .
.
.. d d d .
.
.. .
24" 24" 15.000" 23.164" 0.138" .
. .
.. .
25" 25" 15.000" 24.164" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. 30" 30" 15.000" 29.164" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. .
.. 35" 35" 15.000" 34.164" 0.138" .
.
.. .
36" 36" 15.000" 35.164" 0.138" .
. .
.. .
42" 42" 15.000" 41.164" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. .
.. 45" 45" 15.000" 44.164" 0.138" .
.
.. .
48" 48" 15.000" 47.164" 0.138" .
. .
.. .
60" 30" (per door) 15.000" 29.164" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. .
.. 66 33" (per door) 15.000" 32.164" 0.138" .
.
.. .
70" 35" (per door) 15.000" 34.164" 0.138" .
. .
.. .
72" 36" (per door) 15.000" 35.164" 0.138" .
.. .
.
. .
.. 75" 371⁄ 2" (per door) 15.000" 36.664" 0.138" .
.
.. d d d .
.
. .
.. .
Tip: A custom insert cannot be factory installed. Custom insert must be ordered from a material vendor and will not be handled like a Steelcase Customer's .
.. .
Own Material. In selecting materials for customer supplied inserts, consider material characteristics, such as effects from thermal changes, humidity changes, .
. .
.. aging characteristics, and strength of material. Do not use materials that allow the overall size of the custom insert to deviate by amounts larger than the .
.
.. acceptable tolerances listed in the matrix. .
.
. .
.. .
.
February 2015
Universal Shelves and Universal Personal Shelves
For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, and Montage
.. Universal shelves—
.. ..
.. supported by Answer, Kick, .. ..
.. Series 9000, Avenir, and .. ..
. Montage— provide overhead . .
.. storage in the work space.
.. ..
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Universal personal .. ..
. shelves provide a wall- .. ..
.. supported surface that .. ..
.. attaches to Answer, Kick, . .
. .. ..
.. Series 9000, and Avenir.
.. ..
. .
. .. Shelf lights are available ..
.. .. ..
.. for use beneath shelves.
. Lights recess into the bottom ..
. ..
.. .. of the overhead storage unit. ..
.. Metal backstop on ..
. cPage 274
. Universal shelves .. ..
.. prevents notebooks and .. ..
.. equipment from damaging . .
. panel surface. Universal . .
.. .. ..
.. personal shelves do not .. ..
. have a backstop. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. On-module attachment . .
.. hooks are integral to the .. ..
. end supports and are used . .
.. .. ..
.. to mount shelves on panels .. ..
. of the same width as bins. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Dividers are available .
. Safety catch locks shelf
.. ..
.. units to frame to prevent field installed for use on
.. accidental removal.
.. Universal shelves. Dividers ..
. . ship in a package of four. .
.. .. ..
.. Dividers cannot attach to .
..
. Universal personal shelves. ..
. .. ..
..
Shelves are steel and ship .. ..
.. A 11/2" gap exists
ready to assemble. . .
. .. between the personal shelf ..
..
.. .. and the panel to allow for ..
.. .. cable routing. ..
. . .
.. .. The height dimension ..
.. .. of the bracket (from ..
. . top of personal shelf to .
.. .. ..
. .. the bottom of the bracket) ..
.. .. is 61/2" H.on ..
.. . .
. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. . .
. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. . .
. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. . .
. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. ..
..
.. .. ..
. Actual Dimensions . .
.. .. ..
.. Universal shelves Universal personal shelves .. ..
. . .
.. Depth 143/4" 1311/16" .. ..
.. .. ..
. Width 24", 25", 35", 30", 36", 42", 24", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", and 48" . .
.. 45", 48", 60", 70", and 72" .. ..
.. .. ..
. Height 71/2" (Kick, Answer, Series 9000, 111/16" (thickness of shelf) . .
.. and Avenir) and 111/2" (Montage) .. ..
February 2015
Universal Shelves and
.. .. .. .. . ..
. Connections . . . Application Topics .. Guidelines for .
.. .. .. .. . Stackable ..
.. .. .. .. Storage Capacities and .. ..
. . . . Dimensions .. Components .
.. .. .. .. cPage 310. .. on Answer ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. First Tier
..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Steel support hooks .. .. .. .. ..
.. on end supports insert into .. .. Wall channels are .. .. 50
..
. the slotted channel of a . . available to attach shelves . . scale Correct .
.. .. Overhead storage .. to concrete or block walls.
.. .. ..
.. panel or wall channel and .. components cannot be .. .. .. ..
lock into place with a safety Wall channels can be used Hanging components
. . attached to Montage frames .. . . .
.. catch. .. ..
to attach shelves to wood, .. cannot be hung in front of a .
.. ..
.. .. with glass tiles. dry wall, or plaster walls, if .. First Tier ..
double-pane window.
. . .. wall is reinforced. . .. .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. cPage 46 .. .. ..
.. .. 86"H Frames .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . Wiring & Cabling .. .. ..
. . 65"H .. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. 50
..
. . . . . scale Incorrect .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . TS Series bins, .
.. .. 86"H .. .. .. Universal bins, and ..
.. .. .. .. .. shelves can hang from the ..
. . . . . first stacked tier only. .
.. Universal shelves for .. .. .. .. ..
.. use on Montage panels .. .. .. Hanging components .. ..
. have a taller end support to . . . cannot be used next to a . .
.. .. .. .. double-pane window at a 90 .. ..
.. accommodate vertical slots .. .. .. .. ..
in frame. degree corner.
. . 65"H Frames . Vertical wire managers . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
conceal cords and cables Bracket Application
.. Universal shelves cannot .. .. .. .. ..
that are routed vertically Rules
. mount on a 55"H Montage . . . . .
.. .. .. outside of the panels. .. cPage 58 .. ..
.. frame. Contact Steelcase .. .. cPage 283 .. .. ..
.. Specials for a solution on .. .. .. .. ..
Stability Guidelines
. a 55"H frame. . . .
.. .. 65"H .. . cSee Answer Specification .. .
..
.. .. .. Surface Materials .. Guide. .
.. ..
. On-module attachment . . .. . .
.. .. .. Shelf .. .. ..
hooks cannot be attached
.. .. .. • Paint .. .. ..
to upmount brackets.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. 20"H .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 45"H .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Overhead storage .. .. .. ..
.. .. shelves install at 65"H .. .. .. ..
.. .. only. They cannot install .. .. .. ..
.. Width of shelf must .. on a 10"H stacker or any .. .. .. ..
. match the width of the panel . base frame lower than 65"H. .. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. or panels that it is attached .. Tip: A special half-height .. .. ..
. to with the on-module . shelf is available, contact .. . . .
.. brackets. Shelves may span .. Systems Specials Group .. .. .. ..
.. up to two frames. .. for an engineering quote. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Dividers
.. ..
. Dividers
Product Details Specifying Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
.. A carton of four Divider ..
Depth 71⁄2"
.
.. dividers is available as an • White plastic only
1
..
.. option on overhead bins and Width ⁄4 " ..
1
1 ⁄2" at the back
. universal shelves. .
.. ..
.. Height 61⁄2" ..
.. cSpecifying, page 183 ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Divides space in panel- ..
. supported bins and universal .
.. shelves. Dividers will not ..
.. work in universal curved ..
. .
.. front bins or bins and ..
.. shelves introduced prior to ..
. March 2007. .
. .
.. ..
.. Divider can be used on ..
. hutch kit or Series 9000 .
.. service module package ..
.. accessory rail. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Dividers for Overhead ..
Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions
. Storage Bins and .
.. Shelves Introduced Divider Depth 103⁄4" ..
.. prior to March 2007 • Clear textured plastic only ..
. Width 4" at the back .
.. 1 ⁄2 "
at the front
..
.. ..
. Height 41⁄2" .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Divides space in bins and ..
. shelves. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Horizontal Wall Attachment Brackets Horizontal Wall
Attachment Brackets
For Use with Universal Sliding Door, Universal Over the Case and Universal In the Case Bins
.. .. .. .. .. .
. . Product Details . Connections .
Field install:
. Actual Dimensions ..
.. .. .. .. • Concrete walls with Hilti .. .
.. .. .. Horizontal wall .. type anchors. .. Width 24", 25", 30", 35", 36", ..
. . . attachment brackets . • Drywall or plywood with . 42", 45", 48", 60", 70", and 72". ..
.. .. .. can be used to attach .. 5⁄8" thick Toggler R-type .. ..
.. .. .. universal sliding door, .. 3⁄16" wall anchors with .. ..
. . . universal over the case, and . . Surface Materials ..
.. .. .. .. countersunk flat head .. ..
.. .. .. universal in the case bins to .. screw. ..
Horizontal wall a building wall.TS Series
Brackets and steel .
.. .. .. .. • Wood studs with #10 wood .. back ..
.. attachment brackets . .. and universal curved front .. screws of appropriate .. ..
. can attach to wall of building .. . bins cannot attach to . length with countersunk .
• Paint
.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
to accept universal sliding horizontal wall attachment flat head screw.
.. door, universal over the case .. Horizontal wall .. brackets. .. • Steel studs with #10 sheet
.. ..
. and universal in the case . attachment brackets . . . .
.. .. . .. metal screws of .. ..
.. storage bins. Brackets will .. must match the width of the .. .. appropriate length with .. ..
. not accept bins introduced . storage bin. .. . countersunk flat head . .
.. prior to March 2007, TS .. Tip: Select the omit .. .. screw.
.. ..
.. Series bins or universal .. brackets option when .. .. .. ..
. curved front bins. . ordering the bin. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. cSpecifying, page 183 .. .. .. .. ..
. Tip: Specify as a separate . . . . .
. style number. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Shelves can not hang off .. .. ..
. . . horizontal wall attachment . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
brackets.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Horizontal wall . . . .
.. .. .. .. Limit of one bin for each .. ..
attachment brackets
.. .. . .. horizontal wall attachment .. ..
include brackets and a steel .
. . . . bracket. . .
.. .. back to enclose the storage .
. .. .. ..
.. .. bin. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Attaching . .
.. .. .. .. worksurfaces to .. ..
Horizontal wall
.. .. .. .. horizontal wall attachment .. ..
attachment brackets
. . . . brackets is not possible. . .
.. .. can be positioned on wall at .
. .. .. ..
.. .. height needed. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Horizontal wall . .
.. .. .. .. attachment brackets .. ..
.. .. .. .. allow overhead storage bin .. ..
.. .. .. Mounting of horizontal wall .. to fit flush to wall. .. ..
. . . attachment brackets must . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. include attachment to at .. .. ..
. . . least two wall studs, but it is . . .
.. .. .. recommended to attach to .. .. ..
.. .. .. all studs in wall behind the .. .. ..
.. .. .. storage bin. Storage bins .. .. ..
. . . that are 24"W or 25"W . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. can only be mounted with .. .. ..
. . . horizontal wall attachment . . .
.. .. .. brackets if wall is construct- .. .. ..
.. .. .. ed with 16" stud centers. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Wall Hang Channels and Horizontal Braces
For Use with Overhead Storage Bins and Shelves
.. Slotted steel channel .. .. .. Wall channel horizontal .. ..

. . . Product Details . brace is also available in . Surface Materials .
.. can attach to wall of building .. .. .. .. ..
.. to accept shelves, overhead .. .. .. 42" and 48" widths and can .. Wall channel ..
be used in applications • Paint
. storage bins, worksurfaces, . . . . .
.. or tackboards. Channel will .. .. .. where there is concern .. ..
.. .. .. .. regarding the strength of the .. ..
accept all universal bins and wall. These braces must Horizontal brace
. . . . . • Paint .
.. shelves, TS Series bins and .. .. .. also be used with wall- .. ..
.. bins and shelves introduced .. .. .. mounted worksurfaces. .. ..
.. prior to March 2007. .. .. .. . ..
.. cSpecifying, page 187 .. .. .. Wall hang channels for .. ..
. Tip: Must specify bin or shelf . . . shelves, overhead storage .. .
.. with Answer, Kick, Avenir, or .. .. .. bins, or tackboards cannot .. ..
.. Series 9000 bracket to hang .. .. Component limits for .. be used with a wall start .. ..
. . . each pair of wall . junction. . .
.. on wall channel.
Wall channel can be
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . channels are as follows: .. .. ..
positioned on wall at height . • Two bins or shelves
. . . . . .
.. needed. .... • One worksurface and two .. .. ..
.. .... shelves .. .. ..
. . . • One worksurface and one . . .
.. .... bin .. .. ..
.. Connections .... .. .. ..
. Wall channels can be . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. used to support shelves, .... .. .. ..
.. overhead storage bins, .... .. .. ..
. worksurfaces, and tack- . . . . .
.. .... .. .. ..
boards. Wall channels can
.. .... .. .. ..
be shared.
. . . . . .
.. .... .. Worksurfaces may be .. ..
. Field install: . . . attached to wall channels . .
.. .... .. .. ..
• Concrete walls with Hilti with cantilevers, subject to
.. .... .. .. ..
type anchors. the following application
. . . . . .
.. • Drywall or plywood with .... .. guidelines: .. ..
.. 5⁄8" thick Toggler R-type .... .. • All worksurfaces must be .. ..
. 3⁄16" wall anchors with . . . 24"D or less. . .
.. .... .. • Worksurfaces must be .. ..
countersunk flat head
.. .... .. supported by a cantilever .
.. ..
screw. Horizontal brace is
. . . . or legs every 42" or 48". .
.. • Steel or wood studs with .... available to reinforce vertical .. Cantilevers can be shared .. ..
.. #10 sheet metal or wood .... wall channels that support .. when worksurfaces are .. ..
. screws of appropriate . . storage bins, shelves, or . adjacent. . .
.. Screw hole positions .... worksurfaces that are .. • Wall channel horizontal
.. ..
length with countersunk
.. .... attached to walls. Bins and .. braces must be installed .. ..
3
64 /8"H flat head screw. shelves that are 48"W or
. . . . directly behind all wall- . .
.. .... less do not require a hori- .. .. ..
.. Anchors must be used in .... .. mounted worksurfaces, .. ..
zontal brace. All work- and also at the top of the
.. each screw hole location on . .... surfaces require horizontal .. wall channels. .. ..
. the wall channel. . braces. . • Worksurface-supported . .
.. .... .. . ..
.. .... .. pedestals cannot be hung .. ..
. . . . from a wall-mounted .. .
.. .... .. worksurface. .. ..
.. 225/8" .... .. .. ..
.. .... .. . ..
. . . . .
.. .... .. ..
.. .... .. Application Topics ..
screw position
. . . . Reinforce wall by .
.. .... .. ..
positioning studs where wall
.. .... .. ..
225/8" channels will be attached.
. . . . .
.. .... .. See dimensions below. ..
.. .... .. ..
. . . . .
.. Components attach at .... .. Distance between center lines of ..
.. 1" increments, but screws .... .. reinforced wall channels matches ..
.. 1
10 /4" block some slot locations. .... Wall channel horizontal .. width of overhead storage unit. ..
.. .... brace is required for EACH .. ..
.. . .. storage bin or shelf that is .. ..
. Floor . wider than 48". The brace . .
.. .. should be placed at the .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. position along the vertical .. ..
. . wall channel where the top . .
.. Wall hang channels .. .. ..
of the bin or shelf will be Top view
.. and horizontal braces .. placed. .. ..
. Depth 11⁄ 8" (28 mm) . . .
.. .. .. ..
Width of horizontal
.. Width 15⁄ 16" (24 mm) .. brace must match width of .. ..
. . shelf or storage bin. . .
.. Height 66" (1676 mm)
.. .. ..
Tip: Wall channels can be shared.
February 2015
Wall Hang Channels and
Horizontal Braces
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Curved Front Bins
.. Bins, supported by frames,

..
. .
.. provide overhead storage in the ..
.. work space. Bin shelf, top, and Locks are standard on ..
. back are steel. Side panels are the bin. Lock is centered on .
.. .
..
plastic. Door is steel or wood. the underside of the case and ..
.
Bins ship fully assembled. angled forward to provide a ..
.. cSpecifying, page 190 clean aesthetic, yet it is easy ..
.. to access. Locks are standard ..
.. factory-installed, keyed ..
.. random. ..
. c Lock and Keying, page 304 ..
.. ..
.. Safety catches lock
. overhead storage unit to ..
.. bracket and frame to prevent ..
.. accidental removal. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 150% ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Basic attachment .
. brackets are used to .
.. ..
.. mount bins on panels with ..
. vertical slot patterns. .
.. Bracket allows bin to be ..
.. flush with the bracket or to ..
. extend beyond the bracket .
.. ..
. up to 12". .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Basic and open design Easy open AND easy ..
. upmount brackets are close doors open over .
.. optional. Brackets attach bin the top of the bin.
..
.. near the top of 54"H panel to ..
. enable overhead storage to .
.. ..
.. be used on lower panel ..
.. heights. ..
. Exception: Open design .
.. upmount bracket cannot be ..
.. used when double-pane ..
. window is in top position of .
.. ..
.. panel. ..
.. ..
. Tip: When using upmount .
.. brackets with overhead ..
.. storage and daisy chaining ..
. lights, use the open design .
.. ..
.. upmount bracket for better ..
. cord management. .
.. ..
.. ..
.
.. Actual Dimensions .
..
.. Overhead storage bin ..
.. ..
.. Depth 161⁄ 2" ..
.. Inside depth 133⁄ 4" ..
. .
.. Width 30", 36", 42", 45", or 48"
..
.. ..
. Inside width 271⁄ 4", 331⁄ 4", 391⁄ 4", 421⁄ 4", or 451⁄ 4" .
.. ..
.. Height 15" ..
. .
.. Height with door open 23"
..
.. ..
. Inside height 133⁄ 4" .
.. ..
February 2015
.. .. Open design upmount .. Stationary shelves can

.. .. ..
. Product Details . . . . Surface Materials .
.. .. bracket cannot be used .. be added to bins on site. .. .. ..
.. .. when double-pane window .. .. .. Bins ..
. . is in top position of panel. . . . • Paint .
.. .. .. .. .. • Metallic paint (optional) ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . Side panel .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. • Color molded plastic to ..
.. .. .. .. .. match bin color if textured ..
.. .. .. .. .. paint is specified for bin ..
. . . . . • Painted plastic to match .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
bin color if metallic paint is
.. .. .. .. Underline task light’s .. specified for bin ..
3⁄4" profile makes it the ideal
. . . . . .
.. Lock is angled forward so it
.. .. Stationary shelf hangs .. task lighting solution for .. ..
Fronts
.. provides a clean aesthetic,
.. .. from the bottom of curved .. Universal bins and shelves. .. ..
• Paint
. . . front bins with KBIN_ style .. Underline task light includes . .
.. yet it is easy to access. .. . .. • Metallic paint (optional) ..
Bookends hold books and . numbers. Space between .. the lamp, ballast, and 9'
.. Locks are available .. .. .. .. • Wood (optional) ..
other materials upright in bottom of bin and top of cord. It virtually disappears
. factory-or field-installed. . . . .
.. Factory-installed locks are
.. bin. .. stationary shelf is 51⁄2". .. when mounted beneath .. Locks
..
.. standard and available
.. .. Overall stationary shelf .. these storage solutions. .. • 9201 Polished Chrome
..
. . . height dimension is 65⁄32". . Underline mounts flush to . .
. keyed random only. Optional . . . . • 9250 Ember Chrome .
.. field-installed locks are
.. .. Specify the same width as .. the bottom of Universal bins .. (optional)
..
.. available with consecutive,
.. .. corresponding bin. Shelf is .. and shelves using screws. .. ..
. . . steel with molded endcaps. .. Task light is field-installed . Basic attachment .
.. specific, and random keying .. .. .. ..
.. options. Master-keyed locks .. .. Tip: Stationary shelf cannot .. and pre-drilled holes are .. brackets ..
. are also available. Field- . . hang from an upmounted bin .. provided. Spiral 9' cord . • Black .
.. installed lock cylinders must
.. .. or shelf. .. option is designed to drop .. ..
. . . . straight down from fixture. . Basic upmount bracket .
.. be specified separately. .. .. .. .. ..
.. cLock and Keying, page .. .. .. This option is an aesthetic .. • Painted to match bin ..
. 304 . . Connections . alternative to the traditional . .
.. .. .. .. cord. Housing is 24"W and .. Open design upmount ..
.. .. .. Bin comes standard with .. .. ..
Top of bin can align with 3⁄4"H and is available in dark bracket
. . . basic attachment bracket. . . .
.. .. the top of the frame. .. .. champagne, pewter, and .. • Shiny chrome ..
Upmount brackets are
.. .. .. optional. .. black. .. ..
Stationary shelf
. . . cSee Bracket Application . . .
.. .. .. .. For New York City, .. • Paint ..
.. .. .. Rules, page 58. .. .. • Metallic paint (optional) ..
tool-free clips are required
. . . . for flush mount applications . .
.. .. .. .. .. Endcaps for stationary
..
.. .. .. .. within New York. Clips allow .. ..
removal of Underline without shelf
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. use of a tool. .. • 6695 Midnight only ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Attachment rods for ..
. . . . . stationary shelf .
.. .. Back of bin is closed.
.. .. .. • Shiny chrome ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Bin height accepts .. .. .. ..
.. .. standard and A4 binders. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Top of bin cannot be . . . .
.. .. loaded.
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Bin has access holes .. .. .. .. ..
. in bottom of bin for wire . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
management.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Wall channels are . .
.. When curved front bin .. .. .. available to attach bins to
.. ..
.. is in upmounted .. .. .. concrete or block walls. Wall
.. ..
.. position, slotted channels .. .. .. channels can be used to
.. ..
.. are visible. A flat steel back .. .. .. attach bins and tackboards to
.. ..
.. is available through .. .. .. wood, dry wall, or plaster
.. ..
. Specials. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. walls if the wall is reinforced. .. ..
.. .. Ganging bracket is . .. cPage 46 .. ..
. Upmounted curved
. recommended on all panels. .. . . .
.. front bins can be attached .. It joins adjacent overhead .. .. .. ..
.. above or adjacent to a .. bins and shelves for optimal .. .. .. ..
. slatwall as long as there is . visual alignment. Ganging . . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. not another bin or another
.. bracket is ordered separately. .. .. .. ..
. slatwall skin on the adjacent
. .. . . .
.. in-line panel. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Curved Front Bins, continued 49
February 2015
Universal Curved Front Bins For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, and Montage, continued
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Application Topics .. .. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. Storage Capacities and .
. . . . .
. Dimensions .. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 310. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. Hanging components .. .. .. .. ..
..
.. cannot be hung in front of a .. .. .. .. ..
double-pane window. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. Hanging components .. .. .. .. ..
.. cannot be used next to a .. .. .. .. ..
.. double-pane window at a 90 . . . . .
. degree corner.
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
..
Open design upmount .. .
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
. .
.. bin and shelf bracket .. .. .. .. ..
.. cannot be used when . . . . .
. double-pane window is .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
in top position of panel.
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Bracket Application .. .. .. .. ..
.. Rules . . . . .
.. cPage 58 .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Stability Guidelines .. .. .. .. ..
. cSee Answer Specification .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Guide.
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal L-Shelves and Universal Stationary Shelves
.. L-shelf, supported by frames,

..
. .
.. provide overhead storage in the ..
.. work space. L-shelf and back ..
. are steel. L-shelf is partially .
.. field-assembled.
..
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Safety catches lock ..
. overhead storage unit to .
.. bracket and frame to prevent ..
.. accidental removal. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Basic attachment
.. ..
brackets are used to
. .
. mount bins on panels .
.. ..
with vertical slot patterns.
.. ..
Bracket allows bin to be
. .
.. flush with the bracket or ..
.. to extend beyond the Endcaps are molded ..
. bracket up to 12". plastic. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 5⁄ 16"diameter rods .
.. ..
.. provide an open ..
. aesthetic to the sides of .
.. the L-shelf. ..
.. Spacers on shelf attach back ..
. to shelf. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Basic and open design .
.. upmount brackets are ..
.. optional. Brackets attach ..
.. shelf near the top of 54"H ..
. panel to enable overhead .
.. ..
.. storage to be used on lower ..
. panel heights. .
.. Exception: Open design ..
.. upmount bracket cannot be ..
.. used when double-pane ..
. window is in top position of .
.. ..
.. panel. ..
. .
.. Tip: When using upmount ..
. storage and daisy chaining .
.. ..
.. lights, use the open design ..
. upmount bracket for better .
.. cord management. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
Shelf
. .
.. ..
.. Depth 141⁄ 4" ..
. Width 297⁄ 8", 357⁄ 8", 417⁄ 8", 447⁄ 8", or 477⁄ 8" .
.. ..
.. ..
Inside width 253⁄ 4", 313⁄ 4", 373⁄ 4", 403⁄ 4", or 433⁄ 4"
. .
.. ..
.. Height 15" ..
. Shelf thickness 5⁄ 8" .
.. ..
February 2015
Universal L-Shelves and
Universal Stationary Shelves
.. .. .. .. .. .
Application Topics ..
Open design upmount
. Product Details . . Connections . .
.. .. bracket cannot be used .. .. .. ..
.. .. when double-pane window .. L-shelves come standard .. .. Storage Capacities ..
. Spacer . is in top position of panel. . with basic attachment . . and Dimensions .
.. .. .. bracket. Upmount brackets .. .. cPage 310. ..
.. .. Stationary shelves can .. are optional. .. .. ..
. Shelf . . cSee Bracket Application . . .
.. .. be added to bins on site. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Rules, page 58. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. 1/4" gap .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Spacers on shelf provide .. .. .. .. ..
.. 1⁄4" gap between back and .. .. .. Wall channels are .. ..
. . . . available to attach L-shelves . .
.. shelf. Back screws to shelf .. .. .. .. ..
to concrete or block walls.
.. through spacers. .. .. .. .. ..
Wall channels can be used Hanging components
. . Stationary shelf hangs . . to attach L-shelves and . .
.. .. .. .. .. cannot be hung in front of a ..
.. .. from the bottom of L-shelves .. .. tackboards to wood, dry .. ..
double-pane window.
. . with KLSHF_ style numbers. . . wall, or plaster walls if the . .
. . Space between bottom of . . wall is reinforced. . .
.. .. .. Underline task light’s .. .. ..
.. .. L-shelf and top of stationary .. 3⁄4" profile makes it the ideal .. cPage 46 .. ..
. . shelf is 51⁄2". Overall . . . .
task lighting solution for
.. .. stationary shelf height .. .. .. ..
Universal bins and shelves.
.. .. dimension is 65⁄32". Specify .. .. Surface Materials .. ..
Underline task light includes
. . the same width as corres- . . . .
.. .. .. the lamp, ballast, and 9' .. L-shelves .. ..
. . ponding L-shelf. Shelf is . . . .
cord. It virtually disappears • Paint
.. .. steel with molded endcaps. .. .. .. ..
when mounted beneath • Metallic paint (optional)
.. .. Tip: Stationary shelf cannot .. .. .. ..
these storage solutions.
. . hang from an upmounted bin . . . .
.. Bookends hold books and
.. .. Underline mounts flush to .. Endcaps for L-shelf .. ..
.. .. or shelf. .. .. .. ..
other materials upright on the bottom of Universal bins and stationary shelf
. . . and shelves using screws. . • 6695 Midnight only . .
.. shelf. .. .. .. .. ..
Task light is field-installed
.. .. .. .. .. Hanging components ..
and pre-drilled holes are Basic attachment
. . . . . cannot be used next to a .
.. .. .. provided. Spiral 9' cord .. brackets .. double-pane window at a 90 .
.
.. .. .. option is designed to drop .. • Black .. degree corner.
..
. . . straight down from fixture. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
This option is an aesthetic Spacers
.. .. .. .. .. ..
alternative to the traditional • Plastic: 6695 Midnight only
. . . . . .
.. .. .. cord. Housing is 24"W and .. .. ..
.. .. .. 3⁄4"H and is available in dark .. Rods .. ..
.. .. .. champagne, pewter, and .. • Shiny chrome .. ..
. . . black. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Basic upmount bracket .. ..
Ganging bracket is For New York City, tool-
. . . . • Painted to match shelf . .
.. .. recommended on all panels. .. free clips are required for .. .. ..
.. .. It joins adjacent overhead .. flush mount applications .. .. ..
Open design upmount
.. .. bins and shelves for optimal .. within New York. Clips allow .. .. ..
bracket
. . visual alignment. Ganging . removal of Underline without . . .
.. Top of L-shelf can align .. .. .. • Shiny chrome .. ..
bracket is ordered use of a tool. Open design upmount
.. with the top of the frame. .. separately. .. .. .. bin and shelf bracket ..
. . . . Stationary shelf . .
.. .. .. .. .. cannot be used when ..
L-shelves can be mounted • Paint
.. .. .. .. .. double-pane window is ..
in front of slatwall skin or • Metallic paint (optional)
. . . . . in top position of panel. .
.. upmounted on Answer .. .. .. .. ..
.. slatwall as long as there is .. .. .. Endcaps for stationary .. ..
Bracket Application
. not another bin or shelf or . . . shelf . .
.. .. .. .. .. Rules ..
slatwall skin on the adjacent • 6695 Midnight only
.. .. .. .. .. cPage 58 ..
.. in-line panel. .. .. .. .. ..
Attachment rods for
.. .. .. .. .. Stability Guidelines .
stationary shelf
.. L-shelves are intended .. .. .. .. cSee Answer Specification ..
as a companion to the • Shiny chrome ..
. . . . . Guide.
.. Universal curved front bins. .. .. .. .. ..
.. They will not align .. .. .. .. ..
. horizontally if mounted . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. adjacent to a Universal over .. .. .. .. ..
. the case or Universal in the . . . . .
.. case bin in standard or .. .. .. .. ..
.. upmount applications. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Accessories for Universal Curved Front Bins and Universal L-Shelves
.. ..
. Bookends Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
.. Divides space in bins and Bookend Depth 51⁄4" ..
. shelves. • 6695 Midnight only
.. ..
.. Width 6" ..
. Height 8" .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ADA Pull Product Details Surface Materials ..
. .
.. ADA pull mounts to inside • 6695 Midnight only ..
.. of bin door and makes it ..
. .
.. 36" W
possible to close the bin ..
.. scale 100 from a seated position. ADA ..
. pull is ordered separately. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Ganging Bracket .
.. Product Details Surface Materials ..
. .
.. Ganging bracket is • Paint ..
.. recommended on all panels. • Metallic paint (option) ..
. It joins adjacent overhead .
.. ..
.. bins and shelves for optimal ..
. visual alignment. Ganging .
.. bracket is ordered ..
.. separately. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Slim Shelves Slim Shelves
For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, and Montage
.. . .. ..
Slim shelves provide a panel- ..
.
.. Product Details . .
supported surface that attaches .. .. ..
.. to Answer, Kick, Series 9000, . Slim shelves attach to .. ..
. Avenir, and Montage with .. Answer, Kick, Series 9000, . .
.. .. Avenir, and Montage with .. ..
panel–specific brackets.
.. . panel-specific brackets. .. ..
cSpecifying, page 194 ..
. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Slim shelf is an extruded . .. ..
.. aluminum shelf that provides .. .. ..
.. storage for small items. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Answer will not
. . . .
.. .. .. support two shelves ..
.. .. .. installed end to end. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. Gap at back of slim .. ..
. . Surface Materials
. .. shelf allows routing of shelf .. .
.
.. .. light cord. .. Slim shelves ..
.. . .. • Paint ..
. .. . .
.. .. 12"
.. Attachment brackets ..
.. . max .. • Painted to match shelf ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. 12" .. ..
.. .. max .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . Slim shelves can be .. ..
.. .. mounted off-module. No .. ..
. .. more than 12" overhang on .. .
.. .. ..
.. either side of panel is .
. .. ..
. .. recommended. Brackets . .
.. . attach on vertical seams of .. ..
.. .. panel, while the shelf adjusts .. ..
.. .. off-module on the brackets. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. Two attachment .. ..
. . brackets are included . .
.. .. with shelves less than or .. ..
.. .. equal to 48"W. Two attach- .. ..
. . ment brackets and a mid- . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. span support are included .. ..
. . with shelves wider than . .
.. .. 48"W. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
..
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
. Actual Dimensions .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Depth 63⁄ 8" . .. ..
. .. . .
.. Width 24", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 48", 60", 70", 72", 96" .. .. ..
February 2015
Bracket Application Rules for Bins and Shelves
For TS Series Bins, Universal Sliding Door Bins, Universal Over the Case Bins, Universal In the Case Bins,
and Universal Shelves
Tip: This matrix does not include universal curved front bins or universal l-shelves.
.. ..
. Bracket Application Matrix .
.. ..
.. ..
. Universal Universal Universal .
.. ..
.. Bins, and Bins— Bins— Universal Bins— ..
. Universal Single Side Two Sided Horizontal Off- .
.. TS Series Shelves— Vertical Off- Vertical Off- Module (for use with Universal Bins— ..
.. Panels Bins On-Module Module Module Montage only) Upmount ..
. ..
.. Answer • • • • •
.. ..
.
Kick • • • • • .
.. Series 9000 • • • • ..
.. Avenir • • • • ..
.
..
Montage • • • • • .
..
..
V.I.A. • • • ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. On-Module Brackets and Hooks Off-Module Brackets ..
.. ..
Additional support for Vertical off-module Horizontal off-module .
. 12" max brackets can be used brackets can be used with .
.. stability may be required ..
.. when shelves and overhead above and adjacent to a panel stacker on Montage ..
. storage bins are attached slatwall on Answer and panels. Follow standard .
.. to panels. Counterbalancing Montage panels. panel stacker guidelines for ..
.. loads on the opposite sides each panel. ..
. Vertical off-module .
.. of the panels increases ..
. stability. brackets can be used Enhanced off-module .
.. Tip: See Stability Guidelines with a panel stacker on Montage frames have ..
.. in each corresponding Answer, Kick, and Montage horizontal slot patterns and ..
. panels. Follow standard must be specified for .
.. specification guide. ..
.. panel stacker guidelines for horizontal off-module ..
On-module brackets each panel. Montage configurations.
. .
.. and hooks are used to ..
.. mount overhead bins and
y Horizontal off-module ..
. universal shelves to panels x + y =12" max brackets push bin out .
.. with vertical slot patterns. ..
.. from panel 5⁄ 8" on enhanced ..
Answer, Kick, Series 9000, x off-module Montage panels.
. .
.. Avenir, and Montage panels ..
.. can support on-module ..
. attachment brackets. .
.. ..
.. Universal personal ..
.. shelves can attach on- ..
. On-module attachment .
.. module to all panels except ..
.. Montage. brackets install in panel ..
. seams. Horizontal off-module .
.. brackets, optional, ..
. On-module brackets accommodate off-module ..
.. Vertical off-module
.. can be used above and installations of overhead ..
brackets, optional, can be
. adjacent to slatwall on storage bins on panels with .
.. used to mount one or two ..
Answer and Montage horizontal slot patterns. ..
.. sides of the overhead bin Horizontal off-module
panels. Enhanced off-module .
. off-module on Answer, brackets cannot span a
.. Montage frames can support ..
Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, vertical or joint where two
.. On-module brackets horizontal off-module ..
Montage, and V.I.A. with frames come together on
. can be used with a panel brackets. Horizontal off- .
.. vertical-slot-patterned enhanced off-module ..
stacker on Answer, Kick, and module brackets can be ..
.. panels. Both of these Montage panels. Shift the
Montage panels. Follow used with 24"W to 48"W .
. Width of overhead brackets attach to the on- bin to avoid the joint.
.. standard panel stacker Montage bins only. ..
storage unit must match module bracket that comes
.. guidelines for each panel. ..
the width of the panel or standard with the overhead Only two pairs of off-
. Horizontal off-module ..
.. panels that it is attached to. bin. Vertical off-module module brackets and
Off-module brackets brackets can be used ..
.. Storage bins or shelves may brackets allow bins to be associated storage can be
are used with bins up to above and adjacent to ..
. span up to two panels. installed a maximum of 12" mounted per frame.
.. 12" wider than the panel, slatwall on Montage panels. .
off-module. Vertical off- ..
.. allowing them to overhang module brackets can be ..
. the panel seam. used with 30"W to 60"W .
.. ..
.. Montage bins only.
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Bracket Application Rules
for Bins and Shelves
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. Upmount Brackets .. Omit Brackets . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Omit brackets option .. .. .. ..
.. . must be specified when bin . . . .
. .. is being used in hutch kit .. .. .. ..
.. .. or Series 9000 service .. .. .. ..
.. . module application, or when . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. attaching bin to a horizontal .. .. .. ..
.. .. wall attachment bracket. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Order hutch kit or Series .. .. .. ..
.. . 9000 service module . . . .
Basic design .. package separately. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . Hutch kit supports bin at . . . .
. Upmount brackets, .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. 66" height. .. .. .. ..
.. optional, can be used with
universal sliding door, . . . . .
. . Service module .. .. .. ..
.. universal over the case, and .. .. .. .. ..
.. universal in the case bins. .. package supports bin at . . . .
. Brackets attach bins near .. 65" height on Series 9000. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. the top of 54"H panels. TS
Series bins and universal . . . . .
. . . . . .
.
.. shelves cannot be attached .. .. .. .. ..
to upmount brackets. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. . .. .. .. ..
.. Upmounted bin height .. .. .. .. ..
. is 66"H when installed on .
.. . . . . .
54"H panels. For Montage, .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. the overall upmounted bin .. .. .. .. ..
.. height is 685⁄8" when .. .. .. .. ..
.. installed on a 55"H frame. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
..
.. Upmount bin width must .. .. .. .. ..
. match the width of the panel .. .
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.. or panels that it attaches to. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Upmounted bins and .. . . . .
.
.. shelves cannot be supported .. .. .. .. ..
off-module. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
. Upmount brackets can .. .. .. .. ..
.. be used above and adjacent .. . . . .
.. to slatwall on Answer and .. .. .. .. ..
. Montage panels. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
..
. Upmount brackets can .. .
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.. be used with a panel stacker .. .. .. .. ..
.. on Answer, Kick, and .. . . . .
.. Montage panels. Follow .. .. .. .. ..
. standard panel stacker .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. guidelines for each panel.
. . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ..
.
February 2015
Bracket Application Rules
For Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-Shelf
.. ..
. Bracket Application Matrix .
.. ..
.. Basic Full off-module Upmount ..
. .
.. ..
..
Answer • • ..
.
Avenir • .
.. Kick • • ..
.. Montage • ..
.. Enhanced Off-Module Montage • • ..
.. Series 9000 • ..
.
..
V.I.A. • .
..
.. ..
. .
.. Basic Brackets Upmount Brackets ..
.. ..
. Basic brackets are used Upmounted bin and .
.. 12" ..
.. to mount bins and shelves shelf height is 66"H when ..
. to panels with vertical slot installed on 54"H panels. .
.. patterns. Basic attachment ..
.. brackets push bins and Upmount bin or shelf ..
. shelves 1⁄ 4" from frame. width must match the width .
. .
.. of the panel or panels that it ..
.. attaches to. Upmounted bins ..
. 6" and shelves cannot be .
.. Basic design ..
.. supported off-module. ..
. .
.. 6" Upmounted bin or shelf ..
. Basic attachment .
.. can be attached in front of, ..
brackets install in panel
.. above or adjacent to a ..
seams and allow bins and
. slatwall as long as there is .
.. shelves that are wider to be ..
not another bin, shelf or
.. attached. Total width of bin ..
another slatwall skin on the
. or shelf can extend 12" .
.. adjacent in-line panel. ..
beyond the bracket on one
.. Width of overhead bin Tip: When using upmount ..
side.
. or shelf must match or be brackets with overhead .
.. Open design storage and daisy chaining ..
wider than the width of the
.. lights, use the open design ..
panel or panels that it is
. upmount bracket for better .
.. attached to. ..
.. Basic and open design cord management. ..
. upmount brackets, .
.. optional, attach bins and
..
.. shelves near the top of 54"H
..
.. panels.
..
. .
.. Tip: Stationary shelf cannot ..
.. hang from an upmounted bin ..
. or shelf. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Application Rules for
Application Rules for Overhead Storage on Answer Overhead Storage on
Answer and Kick Panels
and Kick Panels
.. .. ..
. Answer Panel . Kick Panel .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Overhead storage ..
. 12' run . bin connector clip .
.. .. 10' maximum ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Cantilever ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. Optional worksurface ..
. Side . supports: .
.. support .. • 20"W H-leg
..
.. brackets .. ..
. . • Pedestal with .
.. required .. ..
pedestal filler
.. .. • Lateral file ..
Side support
. . • End panel .
.. .. bracket ..
.. 30" min .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
Guidelines for Universal Bins. Applies to universal
.. .. ..
sliding door bin, universal in the case bin, or universal
. . .
.. curved front bin on Answer and Kick panels. .. ..
.. .. ..
. The following application restrictions must be . .
.. complied with when hanging universal overhead bins and .. ..
. universal curved front bins on Answer and Kick panels. . .
.. .. ..
.. Otherwise, standard Answer and Kick application .. ..
. guidelines apply. . 12' maximum No center overhead .
.. • Universal sliding door bin, universal in the case bins, and .. ..
.. .. storage bin allowed ..
universal curved front bins cannot hang on an Answer or
. Kick panel above the 66"H connection point. . Cantilever .
.. .. ..
.. • The maximum panel run length when using a universal .. ..
. overhead bin or universal curved front bin on Answer or . .
.. Kick panels is 12'. .. ..
Cantilever
.. • Top of universal sliding door bin is not designed to support .. ..
. the weight of a seated person. The bin may be mounted at . .
.. .. ..
.. 38"H or lower only if another panel mounted component .. Optional work- .
. prevents it from being seated upon. . Side surface supports: ..
.. • When ganging binder bins, the use of a tie plate .. support • 20"W H-leg
..
.. is required. .. bracket ..
.. .. • Pedestal with ..
. . pedestal filler .
.. .. 30"H ..
Worksurface or • Lateral file
.. .. • End panel ..
. . tie plate 42"H .
.. .. ..
.. .. 24" minimum ..
.. .. must equal ..
. Failure to comply to these guidelines may result in . Worksurface .
.. personal injury. .. tie plate worksurface ..
.. .. depth ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Tip: For panel specific stability guidelines, see the . .
.. .. ..
corresponding panel specification guide.
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
.. One-High and Two ..

. .
.. Drawer lateral files ..
.. serve a dual purpose as ..
. high-density storage and as .
.. an inviting space for guests. ..
. Pulls on flush-front .
.. ..
lateral files are full width
.. 1.5-High lateral files ..
and integral.
.. provide multi-zone storage ..
.. for binders, hanging folders, ..
. and piling surfaces at a .
.. height which allows for Pulls on proud-front ..
.. comfortable guest seating in lateral files are available ..
. .
.. collaborative environments. in a variety of shapes. ..
. .
.. Label holders are
Top is standard 1"H steel ..
.. included with each drawer.
on units with steel fronts ..
. and standard 13⁄ 16"H wood .
.. Label holder fits inside the
veneer on units with wood
..
.. integral pull or can be affixed
fronts. Other top options are
..
. to the front of the drawer or .
. available. .
.. door. Perforated labels are ..
.. included and can be created ..
. using the template available .
.. on www.steelcase.com/label. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Finished back is ..
. standard. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Drawer fronts are ..
. available in steel or wood .
.. ..
.. Three base options are veneer. ..
. available: the universal 3" .
.. ..
.. base, FrameOne foot, and ..
. c:scape glide. All three .
.. bases have the same overall ..
.. height. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Leveling glides adjust up ..
. to 3/4" for universal 3" base .
.. and up to 1" for c:scape ..
.. glide and FrameOne foot ..
.. base to install lateral file on ..
. uneven floors. .
.. ..
Lock is standard on lateral
.. ..
files and is located at top left
. .
.. corner of drawer. Locks are ..
.. standard factory-installed, ..
. keyed random. .
.. ..
cLock and Keying, page
.. ..
304 Drawers are standard
. .
.. 12"H and open full depth for ..
.. total access to the contents. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. Actual Dimensions .
.. ..
.. Depth with flush steel 18" and 231⁄ 8" ..
. or open front .
.. ..
.. Depth with proud 187⁄8" and 24" ..
. steel or wood front .
.. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" ..
. .
.. Height 16", 22", and 28" ..
February 2015
Universal One-High,
1.5-High, and Two Drawer
Lateral Files
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Product Details . Contemporary . . . .
.. .. pull .. .. .. ..
.. Base options .. .. .. .. FrameOne top ..
. . . . . 3/4"H .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Handle .. .. .. Steel top ..
. . pull . . . 1"H .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Universal 3" Base .. .. .. .. ..
Veneer top
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Jazz pull 13/16"H
.. .. .. Rails accommodate front- .. .. ..
. . . to-back filing of letter-, A4 . . Laminate top .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
international-, and legal- 13/16"H
.. .. .. .. Locks are available .. ..
size hanging folders. Rail
. . . . factory- or field-installed. . .
.. c:scape Glide Base
.. .. packages accommodate two .. Factory-installed locks are .. ..
Bar pull
.. .. .. rows of letter-size files in .. standard and available .. ..
. . . 30"W and 36"W drawers . . Laminate and wood .
.. .. .. .. keyed random only. Optional .. veneer tops with ..
and three rows of letter-size
.. .. .. .. field-installed locks are .. square-edge profiles ..
files in 42"W drawers. See
. . . . available with consecutive, . are available in place of .
.. .. c:scape pull .. Storage Capacities for addi- .. specific, and random keying .. ..
.. .. .. tional details. Additional rails .. .. standard 1"H steel tops. .
FrameOne Foot Base options. Master-keyed locks Laminate and wood veneer ..
. . Proud-front pulls are . are available and must be . are also available. Field- .
. Tip: All base options have . . . . tops are ⁄ 16" taller than steel ..
3
.. .. available in the following .. specified separately. .. installed lock cylinders must .. ..
.. same overall height. .. .. cFor interior dimensions, .. .. tops and will add that
styles—contemporary, be specified separately. dimension to the overall .
. . handle, jazz, and bar. Each . see page 310 . cLock and Keying, page . .
.. .. .. .. .. height of the lateral file. ..
.. .. pull is 192 mm and available .. .. 304 .. ..
. . on steel or wood veneer . . . .
.. .. drawers. c:scape pulls (200 .. .. Individual drawer locks .. ..
. . mm) are available on steel . . are available as an option . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. drawers only. .. .. for an application that would .. ..
. . . . limit access to each drawer. . .
.. .. .. .. Lateral files include a .. ..
.. .. .. .. security shield between .. ..
. . . . drawers to prevent . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. unauthorized access. .. ..
. . . Dividers accommodate . Individual locking drawers . .
.. .. .. .. are only available with field - .. ..
.. .. .. side-to-side filing of expand- .. .. ..
Flush-front pull is full installed locks. Consecutive,
. . . able folders and other . . FrameOne top matches .
.. width and integral with the .. .. .. specific, and random keying .. ..
objects. Divider packages the height of a FrameOne
.. drawer. Pull is available on .. .. .. are available. Field-installed .. ..
include three dividers per bench. A 3/4"H wood or
. steel drawers only. . . . lock cylinders must be . .
.. .. .. drawer, 12"H file drawers .. .. laminate top floats above a ..
also include one hanging specified separately.
.. .. .. .. cLock and Keying, page .. painted steel security top ..
.. .. .. folder bar per drawer. .. .. using six black plastic ..
Drawer interiors include Additional dividers are 304
. . . . . spacers. FrameOne top can .
.. .. one hanging folder bar per .. available and must be .. .. be specified on 28"H files
..
.. .. drawer in each 18"D case .. specified separately. .. .. only, making the overall
..
. . and two rails per drawer in . cPage 267 . . height 281/2"H.
.
.. .. each 24"D case. Alternative
.. .. .. ..
.. .. interiors are available as
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Safety interlock .. .. ..
options. system allows only one
. . . . . .
.. .. .. drawer to be opened at a .. .. ..
.. .. .. time. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. No-top lateral files are .. ..
.. .. .. .. available for use with .. ..
. . . . cushion top or beneath a . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
common top shared among
.. .. .. .. .. ..
several lateral files.
.. .. Hanging folder bar .. .. .. ..
Hardware is included to
.. .. accommodates side-to- .. .. .. ..
attach case to worksurface.
.. .. side filing of letter-, A4 .. .. .. ..
No-top option reduces
. . . . . .
.. .. international-, and legal-size .. .. height of file by 1". .. ..
.. .. hanging folders. Additional .. .. .. ..
. . bars are available and must . . . .
.. .. be specified separately. .. .. .. ..
.. .. cPage 266 .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal One-High, 1.5 High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files, continued 61
February 2015
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files, continued
.. .. .. .. Anchor bracket secures

.. ..
. . . . . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. .
.. .. .. .. in seismic zones to reduce .. Lateral, including steel ..
. . . . the risk of hazards during . top, fixed shelf, and ..
.. .. .. .. earthquakes. Four bracket
.. integral pulls ..
.. .. .. .. packages are required for
.. • Paint ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. each cabinet. .. .
.. .. .. .. Note: Local seismic .. Contemporary, handle, ..
jazz, and bar pulls .
.. .. .. .. requirements vary. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Compliance with local code .. • 0835 Black ..
. . . . requirements is the respon- . • 9201 Polished Chrome .
.. .. .. .. sibility of the customer or
.. • 9211 Nickel ..
.. Security top is available .. .. Storage to panel .. .. ..
as an option for installations their authorized agent. For a • 9212 Silver
. . . bracket connects One- . . .
.. where the file will be installed .. .. High, 1.5-High, 2-High, 3- .. California Office of .. ..
.. beneath a worksurface, but .. .. .. Statewide Health Planning .. c:scape pull ..
Tether bracket is used High laterals and cabinets to
. not physically attached. Thin . . . and Development (OSHPD) . • 4140 Arctic White Gloss .
.. .. with One-High and 1.5-High .. panel to provide added .. .. ..
steel top prevents unautho- approved anchor bracket, • 4144 Black Gloss
.. .. storage to add stability and .. stability to panels and .. .. ..
rized access to the contents contact Specials. • 4799 Platinum Metallic
. . eliminate the need for a . eliminate the need for return . . .
.. of the cabinet. Security top .. .. panels. .. Tip: Anchor bracket cannot .. ..
.. .. counterweight when used .. .. be used with pedestals. .. Wood veneer top, .
is not structural and can be cSee page 256
. specified on 28"H files only. . with the c:scape beam. . . cPage 271 . lift-up door, and drawer ..
. . . . . fronts .
.. Security top reduces overall .. .. .. .. ..
.. height of file to approxi- .. .. .. .. • Wood veneer— ..
. mately 27"H. . . . . Open pore finishes .
.. .. .. .. .. • Customiz stain (option) ..
.. .. .. .. .. • Full-fill finish (option) is ..
. Counterweight pack- . . . . .
.. ages must be specified .. .. .. .. available on field-installed ..
. as an option for lateral files . . . . wood veneer tops only. .
.. .. .. Wood veneer Laminate .. .. Tip: Specify file with no top ..
.. that are not ganged to .. .. .. .. ..
another case or bolted to with square with square option.
. . . . . .
.. the floor or wall. Counter- .. .. edge profile .. .. ..
.. .. Cushion top is ordered .. .. .. Laminate top ..
weights can also be ordered Field-installed tops are
. . separately for use on one- . . . • Laminate .
.. separately. Ganging side-by- .. .. available in two choices— .. .. ..
high lateral files without top. • Open Line laminate
.. side now requires a .. .. wood veneer with square .. .. ..
counterweight package. edge profile or laminate with Overfile cabinets are (option)
. . . . . .
.. cPage 270 .. .. square edge profile. Tops .. separate components that .. ..
.. .. .. can be used on an individual .. are field installed on top of .. Lock ..
. . . lateral file, or larger tops can . lateral files, combination . • 9201 Polished Chrome .
.. .. .. .. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome ..
.. \Connections .. .. be used to connect files to .. cabinets, storage cabinets, .. ..
make a credenza. and wardrobe cabinets to (option)
. . . . . .
.. .. .. cPage 258 .. provide space for additional .. ..
.. .. .. .. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. Drawer bodies, ..
.. .. .. .. laneous storage. .. hanging folder bars, ..
. . . . cSee Storage Specification .. rails, and dividers .
.. .. .. .. . • Black ..
.. .. .. .. Guide .. ..
. . . . . Cushion top .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Intermediate support is .. .. .. .. • Fabric ..
used with Universal One- Ganging hardware is
.. .. .. .. .. • Leather ..
High or 1.5-High storage as included to increase stability
. . and maintain alignment by . . . .
.. a worksurface support .. .. .. .. ..
.. allowing for nesting of low .. joining adjacent components .. .. .. ..
. storage. . side by side, back to back, . . . .
.. .. or both. Lateral files can also .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 201 .. .. .. .. ..
be bolted to the floor or wall
. . for stability. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Field-installed acces- .. .. ..
.. .. .. sories are available, includ- .. .. ..
.. .. .. ing drawer accessories and .. .. ..
.. .. .. counterweight packages. .. .. ..
. . . cPage 266 . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal One-High,
1.5-High, and Two Drawer
Lateral Files
.. .. . .. .. ..
. . Application Topics .. . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. .. Storage Capacities and .. .. .. ..
. . Dimensions .. . . .
.. .. cPage 310 .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Cushion top will be .. .. .. .. ..
.. manufactured in a four seam .. .. .. .. ..
. pattern in all standard solid . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
color seating upholstery,
.. .. .. .. .. ..
leather, vinyls, COM
. . . . . .
.. leathers, and COM vinyls. .. .. .. .. ..
.. These upholsteries are: .. .. .. .. ..
. • Brisa . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Buzz2
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Chainmail
. . . . . .
.. • Cogent: Connect .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Cricket .. .. .. .. ..
. • Elmosoft Leather . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. • Gaja–C2C .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Hampstead .. .. .. .. ..
. • Leather . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Stand In
.. .. .. .. .. ..
• Vinyl
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Cushion top will be .. .. .. .. ..
. manufactured in a two seam . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
pattern for all approved
.. .. .. .. .. ..
standard patterned seating
. . . . . .
.. upholstery, leather, vinyl, .. .. .. .. ..
.. COM leathers, and COM .. .. .. .. ..
.. vinyls. All approved standard .. .. .. .. ..
. textured upholsteries will . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
also be manufactured in a
.. .. .. .. .. ..
two seam pattern including
. . . . . .
.. leather, vinyl, COM leathers, .. .. .. .. ..
.. and COM vinyls. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Towers and Workstation Verticals
.. Towers provide storage of

.. ..
.. a variety of work and .. ..
.. personal items for an .. Base options ..
. individual, including paper, Top is standard 1"H steel. . .
.. binders, books, and coats.
.. ..
cSpecifying, page 204, 214, available.
. . .
.. 218, and 222. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Door is available in steel or .
.. ..
.. wood veneer. Hinges are
.. ..
. European-style and allow .
.. doors to open to 110° for full .
. ..
.. access to the interior. Door .
. ..
. Finished back is . .
.. is available hinged on left or .
.. ..
.. standard. right. ..
. .. .
.. Interior of tower is .. ..
.. available in a variety of .. ..
. configurations combining Locker space is 9" wide . Universal 3" Base .
.. coat storage, fixed and
.. ..
.. and standard with a coat .. ..
adjustable shelves, and file rod.
. . .
. drawers. . .
.. .. ..
.. Pull on flush-front
.. ..
. . .
.. tower is integral and full .. ..
.. height on doors and full .. ..
. width on drawers. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Locks are standard on .. ..
.. door and drawers. Locks are .. ..
. standard factory-installed, . .
.. keyed random. Door and
.. ..
Pull on proud-front
.. drawer locks are keyed
.. ..
tower is available in a
. . .
.. alike. variety of shapes. .. ..
. 304 . c:scape Glide Base .
.. .. ..
.. Drawer fronts are .. ..
. available in steel or . .
.. .. ..
.. wood veneer. .. ..
. . .
.. Three base options are .. ..
.. available: the universal 3" .. ..
.. base, FrameOne foot, and .. ..
. c:scape glide. All three . .
.. bases have the same overall
.. ..
.. height. All other universal Drawers open their full .. ..
. depth for total access to . .
.. towers are available with the .. ..
.. universal 3" base only. the contents. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Leveling glides adjust up .. ..
.. to 3/4" for universal 3" base .. FrameOne Foot Base ..
. and up to 1" for c:scape . All base options have .
.. .. ..
.. glide and FrameOne foot .. same overall height. ..
. base to install tower . FrameOne foot base and .
.. on uneven floors. .. c:scape glide base are only ..
.. .. available on 18"D and 24"D ..
. . open side and dual door .
.. .. ..
.. .. towers. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Actual Dimensions . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with flush steel front 18", 231⁄8", and 291⁄8"
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with proud steel or 187⁄ 8", 24", and 30" .. ..
. wood front . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 471⁄2", 52", and 651⁄2" .. ..
February 2015
Universal Towers and
Workstation Verticals
.. .. .. Post on open side .. .. ..

. . . Contemporary . . .
.. .. .. pull towers supports adjustable .. .. ..
.. .. .. shelves and is painted to .. .. Steel top ..
. . . match the case. . . 1"H .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Handle .. .. .. Veneer top ..
. . pull . . . 13/16"H .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Laminate top ..
.. .. .. .. .. 13/16"H ..
.. .. Jazz pull .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. .. .. Locks are available .. ..
. . . . factory- or field-installed. . Laminate and wood .
.. .. .. .. Factory-installed locks are .. veneer tops with square- ..
Bar pull
.. .. .. .. standard and available .. edge profiles are available in ..
. . . . keyed random only. Door . .
.. .. .. .. .. place of standard 1"H steel ..
.. .. .. .. and drawer locks are keyed .. tops. Laminate and wood ..
. . . Adjustable shelves in . alike. Optional field-installed . veneer tops are 3⁄16" taller .
.. Interior of tower com-
.. c:scape pull .. dual door and full front .. locks are available with .. than steel tops and will add ..
.. bines coat storage, box and .
. .. towers can be positioned .. consecutive, specific, and .. that dimension to the overall ..
. . Proud-front pulls are . in the interior of the tower in . random keying options. . .
. file drawers, fixed and . . . . height of the tower. .
.. adjustable shelves.
.. available in the following .. 3⁄4" vertical increments using .. Master-keyed locks are also .. ..
.. .. styles—contemporary, .. a reversible bracket. The .. available. Field-installed lock .. ..
. . handle, jazz, and bar. Door . first shelf above a file drawer . cylinders must be specified . .
.. .. .. .. .. Steel top Proud ..
.. .. pull is 192 mm and drawer .. is a fixed shelf. .. separately. .. ..
wood
. . pulls are 128 mm. Proud- . . cLock and Keying, page . .
.. .. .. .. .. front ..
front pulls are available on 304
. . steel or wood veneer doors .. . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. .. and drawers. c:scape pulls .. .. Drawer lock in open .. ..
. . (200 mm) are available on . . side tower is located in . .
.. .. steel only. .. .. the top file drawer. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Lift-up door is standard on .. . Drawer lock in dual . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. 651⁄ 2"H vertical drawer towers .. .. door tower, full front .. ..
. . and workstation verticals, and .. . tower, vertical drawer . Top will default to steel on .
.. . includes a fixed shelf. Flush- .. .. tower, and workstation .. ..
.. Flush-front pull is integral .. .. Drawer accessories .. .. towers with proud wood ..
and full height on the door .. front door recedes into the include one divider and one vertical tower is located fronts since the door overlaps
. case and proud-front door lifts .. . approximately 36" from the . .
.. and full width on the drawers. .. . pencil tray in each box .. .. and partially conceals the ..
.. Pull is available on steel .. above case. .. drawer. File drawers can .. floor and also secures the .. top. Wood top is available as ..
. doors and drawers only. . . accommodate front-to-back . lift-up door on 651⁄2"H units. . an option. .
.. .. Adjustable shelves on .. .. .. ..
.. .. filing of letter-size hanging
52"H and 651⁄2"H open .. folders without the use of
.. Individual drawer ..
Counterweight pack-
..
.. .. side towers are recessed .. .. locks are available as an .. ..
. . additional accessories. ages must be specified for
.. .. from the front and side of the .. .
.. option on workstation .
.. certain towers that are not
.
..
.. .. tower. Shelves adjust in 21⁄2" .. Safety interlock .. verticals for applications .. ganged to another tower or ..
. . vertical increments. Opening .. system allows only one . where you want to limit . bolted to the floor or wall. .
.. .. on 471⁄2"H tower is 131⁄2"H .. .. access to each drawer. .. ..
.. .. drawer to be opened at a Counterweights can also be
and does not come with an .. time.
.. Workstation verticals include ..
ordered separately.
..
.. .. adjustable shelf. .. .. a security shield above each .. ..
. . . . . cPage 111 .
.. .. .. .. drawer to prevent unautho- .. ..
.. .. .. .. rized access. In 651⁄ 2"H .. ..
. . . . towers, the lift-up door is . .
.. .. .. .. controlled by the lock in the .. ..
.. .. .. .. drawer directly below. Indi- .. ..
. . . . vidual locking drawers are . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. only available with field- .. ..
. . . . installed locks. Consecutive, . .
.. .. .. .. specific, and random keying .. ..
.. .. .. .. options are available. Master- .. ..
.. .. .. .. keyed locks are also avail- .. ..
.. .. .. .. able. Field-installed lock .. ..
.. .. .. .. cylinders must be specified .. ..
. . . . separately. . .
.. .. Frosted glass adjustable .
. .. .. ..
.. .. shelves are available as an . .. cLock and Keying, page .. ..
. . . 304
option on open side towers. . . . .
.. .. .. .. Exception: Individual drawer .. ..
Tip: If glass shelves are
.. .. .. .. locks are not available on .. ..
selected, they will replace
. . . . towers with 6"H drawers. . .
.. .. all steel shelves in the unit. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Towers and Workstation Verticals, continued 65
February 2015
Universal Towers and Workstation Verticals, continued
.. .. .. .. . ..
. . . Surface Materials . Application Topics .. .
.. .. .. . . ..
.. .. .. Tower, including steel .. Storage Capacities and .. ..
. . . top, hinged door, .. Dimensions .. .
.. .. .. integral pulls, drawer .. cPage 310 .. ..
.. .. .. fronts, and adjustable .. .. ..
. . . shelves . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. • Paint .. Shipping .. ..
.. .. .. .. Towers are normally .. ..
.. .. .. Post .. .. ..
shipped in heavy-duty,
. . . • Paint to match tower . . .
.. .. .. (default) .. recyclable stretch wrap to .. ..
.. .. Worksurface to tower .. .. reduce the amount of .. ..
. Door . connector eliminates the . Contemporary, handle, .. . .
corrugated board needed.
.. hinged .. need for other worksurface .. .. .. ..
.. on right .. .. jazz, and bar pulls .. ..
Door supports such as legs or end .. Counterweight pack-
. . . • 0835 Black . .
.. hinged .. supports next to the tower. .. .. ages ship separately from .. ..
.. on left .. cSee page 256 .. .. case and must be field .. ..
• 9211 Nickel
. . . • 9212 Silver . installed. . .
.. Door on full front .. Worksurface to tower .. .. .. ..
.. towers is full height and .. alignment. Proud front .. .. .. ..
. can be hinged on the left or . . c:scape pull . . .
. . towers align with 231⁄ 2"D, . . . .
.. right. Coat storage space is .. .. • 4140 Arctic White Gloss .. .. ..
24"D, 291⁄ 2"D, and 30"D
.. always located on the same .. .. • 4144 Black Gloss .. .. ..
worksurfaces. Flush front
. side as the door hinge. . . • 4799 Platinum Metallic . . .
.. .. towers extend 7⁄ 8" .. .. .. ..
.. .. beyond 24"D and 30"D .. .. .. ..
Wood veneer top,
. . worksurfaces, and 1⁄ 8" . . . .
.. Connections .. .. hinged doors, and .. .. ..
beyond 231⁄ 2"D and 291⁄ 2"D
. . . drawer fronts . . .
.. .. worksurfaces. .. .. .. ..
• Wood veneer—
.. .. .. Open pore finishes .. .. ..
. . . • Customiz stain (option) . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Laminate top . . .
.. .. .. • Laminate .. .. ..
.. .. .. • Open Line laminate .. .. ..
. . . (option) . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Glass adjustable . . .
.. .. .. shelves .. .. ..
.. Ganging hardware is .. .. .. .. ..
• Frosted tempered glass
. included to increase stability . . . . .
.. and maintain alignment by .. Field-installed .. .. .. ..
.. .. accessories are .. Lock .. .. ..
joining adjacent components
.. .. available, including drawer .. • 9201 Polished Chrome .. .. ..
side by side, back to back,
. . accessories and shelf . • 9250 Ember Chrome . . .
.. or both. Towers can also be .. .. .. .. ..
bookends. (option)
.. bolted to the floor or wall for .. .. .. .. ..
. stability. . cPage 265 . . . .
.. .. .. Drawer bodies, pencil .. .. ..
.. .. Anchor bracket secures .. tray, and box drawer .. .. ..
.. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. divider .. .. ..
. . in seismic zones to reduce . • Black . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. the risk of hazards during .. .. .. ..
earthquakes. Four bracket Coat rod
. . . • Black with black supports .. . .
.. .. packages are required for .. . .. ..
.. .. each cabinet. .. .. .. ..
. . Note: Local seismic . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. requirements vary. .. .. .. ..
. . Compliance with local code . . . .
.. .. requirements is the respon- .. .. .. ..
.. .. sibility of the customer or .. .. .. ..
.. .. their authorized agent. For a .. .. .. ..
High storage to panel
.. .. California Office of .. .. .. ..
connector provides added
.. .. Statewide Health Planning .. .. .. ..
stability to panels and
. . and Development (OSHPD) . . . .
.. eliminate the need for return .. .. .. .. ..
.. panels. .. approved anchor bracket, .. .. .. ..
. cSee page 256 . contact Specials. . . . .
.. .. Tip: Anchor bracket cannot .. .. .. ..
.. .. be used with pedestals. .. .. .. ..
. . cPage 271 . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Towers and
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Lateral Files
.. Lateral files are ideal for

.. ..
. .
Drawer and lift-up door Product Details .
.. high-density paper storage. ..
fronts are available in steel ..
or wood veneer. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Pulls on proud-front . .
.. lateral files are available .. ..
.. in a variety of shapes. Pulls .. ..
.. are located at the top of a .. ..
.. drawer and at the bottom of .. ..
. a lift-up door. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Top is standard 1"H steel . .
.. on units with steel fronts .. Flush-front pull is full
..
.. 3
and standard 1 ⁄ 16"H wood .. width and integral with the
..
. veneer on units with wood . .
.. Finished back is . drawer. Pull is available on ..
.. standard. fronts. Other top options are .. steel drawers only. ..
. available. .. .
.. .. ..
. . pull .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Lock is standard on lateral . .
.. .. Handle ..
.. files and secures all drawers .. ..
pull
. and lift-up door. On 52"H . .
.. and 651⁄ 2"H files, lock is .. ..
. located at top left corner of . .
.. .. Jazz pull ..
.. drawer that is third from the .. ..
. bottom. On 28"H and 40"H . .
.. files, lock is located at top .. ..
.. left corner of top drawer. .. ..
. Locks are standard factory- . .
.. .. Bar pull ..
.. installed, keyed random. .. ..
. cLock and Keying, page . .
.. 304 .. ..
.. .. ..
. . c:scape pull .
.. Base is 3"H and is integral .. ..
.. to the case. .. ..
. . Proud-front pulls are .
.. .. available in the following
..
.. .. styles—contemporary,
..
.. .. handle, jazz, and bar. Each
..
. . .
.. .. pull is 192 mm and available ..
.. .. on steel or wood veneer ..
. Leveling glides adjust up . doors and drawers. c:scape .
.. Drawers open their full .. pulls (200 mm) are available
..
.. to 3/4" for universal 3" base .. ..
depth for total access to the on steel only.
.. and up to 1" for c:scape .. ..
contents are standard 12"H.
. glide and FrameOne foot . .
.. base to install lateral file on .. ..
.. uneven floors. Label holders are .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Label holder fits inside the .. ..
. integral pull or can be affixed . .
.. to the front of the drawer or .. ..
.. door. Perforated labels are .. ..
. included and can be created . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
Pull on flush-front
.. .. ..
lateral file is full width
. . .
.. Actual Dimensions and integral. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Depth with flush steel front 18" and 231⁄ 8" . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with proud steel or 187⁄8" and 24" .. ..
. wood front . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 40", 52", and 651⁄ 2"
.. ..
February 2015
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Steel top .. ..
. . . . 1"H . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Veneer top .. ..
. . . . 13/16"H . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Laminate top .. ..
.. .. .. .. 13/16"H .. ..
.. .. Dividers accommodate .. .. .. ..
. . side-to-side filing of expand- . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. able folders and other .. Locks are available .. .. Storage-to-panel ..
Drawer interiors include objects. Divider packages Laminate and wood
. . . factory- or field-installed. . . connectors are used with .
.. one hanging folder bar per .. include three dividers and .. Factory-installed locks are .. veneer tops with square- .. One-High, 1.5-High, 2-High, ..
.. drawer in each 18"D case .. one hanging folder bar per .. standard and available .. edge profiles are available in .. 3-High laterals and cabinets ..
. and two rails per drawer in . drawer. Additional dividers . keyed random only. Optional . place of standard 1"H steel . to provide added stability to .
.. each 24"D case. Alternative .. .. .. .. ..
are available and must be field-installed locks are tops. Laminate and wood panels and eliminate the
.. interiors are available as .. .. .. .. ..
specified separately. available with consecutive, veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller need for return panels.
. . . . . .
.. options. .. cPage 110 .. specific, and random keying .. than steel tops and will add .. cSee page 256 ..
.. Tip: Your specification for .. .. options. Master-keyed locks .. that dimension to the overall .. ..
. optional drawer interiors . . are also available. Field- . height of the lateral file. . . .
. . . . . .
.. will apply to all the drawers .. .. installed lock cylinders must .. .. ..
.. within a single lateral file. .. .. be specified separately. .. Counterweight pack- .. ..
. . . cLock and Keying, page . ages must be specified as . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
304 an option for lateral files
.. .. .. .. .. ..
that are not ganged to
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Individual drawer .. another case, attached to .. ..
. . . locks are available as an . a worksurface, or bolted to . .
.. .. .. .. .. Wood veneer Laminate ..
option for applications where the floor or wall. Units that
.. .. .. .. .. with square with square ..
you want to limit access to are ganged side-by-side still
. . . . . edge profile edge profile .
.. .. .. each drawer. Lateral files .. require a counterweight .. ..
.. .. .. include a security shield .. package. Counterweights .. ..
. . . . can also be ordered . Field-installed tops are .
.. .. Lift-up door with fixed .. above each drawer to pre- .. .. ..
Hanging folder bar separately. available in two choices—
.. .. shelf is standard in the top .. vent unauthorized access. .. .. ..
accommodates side-to- cPage 111 wood veneer with square
. . position of 651⁄ 2"H cases. . In 651⁄ 2"H cases, the lock in . . .
.. side filing of letter-, A4 .. .. .. .. edge profile or laminate with ..
Door is 131⁄ 2"H to accommo- the drawer below controls
.. international-, and legal-size .. .. .. .. square edge profile. Tops ..
date standard-height binders. the lift-up door in the top
. hanging folders. Additional . . . Connections . can be used on an individual .
.. .. Door on lateral files with .. position. Individual locking .. .. ..
bars are available and must lateral file, or larger tops can
.. .. flush-front recesses inside .. drawers are only available .. .. ..
be specified separately. be used to connect files to
. . the case; door on proud- . with field-installed locks. . . .
.. cPage 109 .. .. .. .. make a credenza. ..
front case lifts up above the Consecutive, specific, and
.. .. .. .. .. cPage 258 ..
case. random keying options are
.. .. .. available. Field-installed lock .. .. ..
. . . cylinders must be specified . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. separately. .. .. ..
. . . cLock and Keying, page . . .
.. .. .. 304 .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Rails accommodate front- . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. to-back filing of letter-, A4 .. .. .. .. ..
. international-, and legal- . . . Ganging hardware is . .
.. size hanging folders. Rail .. .. .. included to increase stability .. ..
.. packages accommodate two .. Lift-up door on flush- .. .. and maintain alignment by .. ..
. rows of letter-size files in . front cases is available . . joining adjacent components . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
30"W and 36"W drawers with an optional roll-out shelf side by side, back to back,
.. .. .. .. .. ..
and three rows of letter-size in place of the standard fixed or both. Lateral files can also Field-installed acces-
.. .. .. .. .. ..
files in 42"W drawers. See shelf. Roll-out shelf includes be bolted to the floor, or sories are available, includ-
.. .. .. No-top lateral files are .. .. ..
Storage Capacities for addi- three dividers and one attached to a worksurface or ing drawer accessories and
.. .. .. available for installations .. .. ..
tional details. Additional rails hanging file folder bar to wall for stability. counterweight packages.
. . . where cases will be installed . . .
.. are available and must be .. function as a backstop. .. .. .. cPage 108 ..
.. specified separately. .. .. under a worksurface or be- .. .. ..
. cPage 109 . Safety interlock . neath a common top shared . . .
.. .. .. among several lateral files. .. .. ..
system allows only one
.. .. .. Hardware is included to .. .. ..
drawer or roll-out shelf to be
. . . attach case to worksurface. . . .
.. .. opened at a time. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. No-top option reduces .. .. ..
. . . height of file by 1". . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Lateral Files, continued 69
February 2015
Universal Lateral Files, continued
.. .. .. . .. ..
.
Anchor bracket secures
. Surface Materials . Application Topics .. Shipping . .
.. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. .. . .. ..
.. in seismic zones to reduce .. Lateral file, including .. Storage Capacities and .. Lateral files are normally .. ..
. the risk of hazards during . steel top, drawer . Dimensions .. shipped in heavy-duty, . .
.. earthquakes. Four bracket
.. fronts, lift-up door, .. cPage 310 .. recyclable stretch wrap to .. ..
.. packages are required for
.. fixed shelf, and .. .. reduce the amount of .. ..
. . integral pulls . . corrugated board needed. . .
.. each cabinet. Note: Local .. .. .. .. ..
.. seismic requirements .. • Paint .. .. .. ..
.. vary. Compliance with local .. .. .. Counterweight .. ..
.. code requirements is the .. Contemporary, handle, .. .. packages ship separately .. ..
. responsibility of the customer . jazz, and bar pulls . . from case and must be . .
.. or their authorized agent. For
.. • 0835 Black .. .. field-installed. .. ..
.. a California Office of
.. • 9201 Polished Chrome .. .. .. ..
. . • 9211 Nickel . . . .
.. Statewide Health Planning .. .. .. .. ..
.. and Development (OSHPD) .. • 9212 Silver .. .. .. ..
. approved anchor bracket, . . . . .
.. contact Specials.
.. c:scape pull .. .. .. ..
.. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot
.. • 4140 Arctic White Gloss .. .. .. ..
. . • 4144 Black Gloss . . . .
.. be used with pedestals. .. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 112 .. • 4799 Platinum Metallic .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. . Wood veneer top, . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. lift-up door, and drawer .. .. .. ..
. . fronts . . . .
.. .. • Wood veneer— .. .. .. ..
.. .. Open pore finishes .. .. .. ..
. . • Customiz stain (option) . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . • Full-fill finish (option) is . . . .
.. .. available on field-installed .. .. .. ..
.. .. wood veneer tops only. .. .. .. ..
. . Tip: Specify file with no top . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. option. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Laminate top .. .. .. ..
.. Overfile cabinets are .. .. .. .. ..
separate components that • Laminate
. . • Open Line laminate . . . .
.. are field installed on top of .. .. .. .. ..
.. lateral files, combination .. (option) .. .. .. ..
. cabinets, storage cabinets, . . . . .
.. .. Lock .. .. .. ..
.. and wardrobe cabinets to . .. .. .. ..
provide space for additional .. • 9201 Polished Chrome
. • 9250 Ember Chrome . . . .
.. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. .. .. .. ..
.. laneous storage. .. (option) .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 100 .. .. .. .. ..
. . Drawer bodies, roll-out . . . .
.. .. shelves, hanging folder .. .. .. ..
.. .. bars, rails, and dividers .. .. .. ..
. . • Black . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Combination Cabinets
.. Combination cabinets
.. ..
.. offer storage of paper and .. ..
.. other objects in one cabinet .. ..
. and are suitable for use by . .
.. an individual or group.
.. ..
.. Top is standard 1"H steel .. ..
cSpecifying, page 228 on units with steel fronts
. . .
.. and standard 13⁄ 16"H wood .. ..
.. veneer on units with wood .. ..
.. fronts. Other top options are .. ..
.. Pull on proud-front available. .. Cabinets are available ..
. cabinet is available in . with doors to cover the .
.. .. ..
.. a variety of shapes. Interior of cabinet . shelves, or shelves can be ..
. includes adjustable shelves. .. open. .
.. Shelves can be positioned .. ..
.. in 3⁄ 4" vertical increments .. ..
. using a reversible bracket. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Finished back is . .
.. standard. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Locks are standard on doors . .
. and drawers. Door lock on . .
.. .. ..
.. right-hand door secures both .. ..
. doors. Drawer lock secures all . .
.. drawers. On units with three .. ..
.. or more drawers, lock is .. ..
. located at top left corner of . .
.. .. Flush-front pull is integral ..
. drawer that is third from the . .
.. .. and full height on the door ..
bottom. On units with two
.. .. and full width on the drawers. ..
drawers, lock is located at top
. . Pull is available on steel .
.. left corner of top drawer. .. ..
doors and drawers only.
.. Locks are standard factory- .. ..
. installed, keyed random. Door . .
.. and drawer locks are keyed .. ..
alike. pull
. cLock and Keying, page 304 . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Drawer fronts are .. Handle ..
.. available in steel or .. pull ..
. wood veneer. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Doors are available in steel .. Jazz pull ..
. or wood veneer. Hinges are . .
.. European-style and allow .. ..
.. doors to open to 110° for full .. ..
. access to the interior. . .
.. .. ..
Bar pull
.. to 3/4" to install cabinet on .. ..
. Drawers open their full . .
.. uneven floors. depth for total access to the .. ..
.. contents. .. c:scape pull
..
Base is 3"H and is integral
. . .
.. .. Proud-front pulls are ..
. . available in the following .
.. Pull on flush-front .. ..
.. .. styles—contemporary, ..
cabinet is integral and full
. . handle, jazz, and bar. Each .
.. height on doors and full .. ..
pull is 192 mm and available
.. width on drawers. .. ..
on steel or wood veneer
.. .. doors and drawers. c:scape ..
.. Label holders are .. pulls (200 mm) are available ..
.. included with each drawer. .. on steel only. ..
. Label holder fits inside the . .
.. integral pull or can be affixed .. ..
. Depth with flush steel front 18" and 231⁄8" to the front of the drawer or . .
.. door. Perforated labels are .. ..
included and can be created
. wood front . .
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" on www.steelcase.com/label. .. ..
. . .
.. Height 52", 651⁄2", and 831⁄2" .. ..
February 2015
Universal Combination
Cabinets
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . Connections .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Steel top .. ..
. . . . 1"H . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Veneer top .. ..
. . . . 13/16"H . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Laminate top .. ..
.. .. .. .. 3
1 /16"H .. ..
.. .. Dividers accommodate .. .. .. ..
. . side-to-side filing of expand- .. . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
.. .. able folders and other .. Locks are available .. .. ..
Drawer interiors include .. Laminate and wood
. . objects. Divider packages factory- or field-installed. . . .
.. one hanging folder bar per .. .. .. veneer tops with square- . ..
include three dividers and Factory-installed locks are .
.. drawer in each 18"D case .. .. .. edge profiles are available in . ..
one hanging folder bar per standard and available .
. and two rails per drawer in . . . place of standard 1"H steel . .
.. .. drawer. Additional dividers .. keyed random only. Door .. .. ..
each 24"D case. Alternative tops. Laminate and wood
.. .. are available and must be .. and drawers are keyed alike. .. .. ..
interiors are available as veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller
. . specified separately. . Optional field-installed locks . . .
.. options. .. .. .. than steel tops and will add . ..
cPage 110 are available with consec- .
.. Tip: Your specification for .. .. .. that dimension to the overall . ..
utive, specific, and random ..
. optional drawer interiors will . . . height of the cabinet. .
. . . keying options. Master- . . .
.. apply to all the drawers .. .. .. .. ..
keyed locks are also avail-
.. within a single cabinet. .. .. .. Counterweight pack- .. ..
able. Field-installed lock
. . . cylinders must be specified . ages must be specified as . .
.. .. .. .. an option for cabinets that
.. ..
.. .. .. separately. .. .. Ganging hardware is ..
cLock and Keying, page are not ganged to another included to increase stability
. . . . . .
.. .. .. 304 .. case or bolted to the floor or .
.. and maintain alignment by ..
. . . . wall. Counterweights can joining adjacent components .
.. .. .. .. also be ordered separately. .
. ..
.. .. .. Individual drawer .. .. side by side, back to back, ..
. . . locks are available as an . . or both. Combination cabi- .
.. .. .. option for applications where .. .. nets can also be bolted to ..
.. .. .. you want to limit access to .. .. the floor or wall for stability. ..
. . . each drawer. Combination . . .
.. .. Frosted glass hinged .. .. .. ..
Hanging folder bar cabinets include a security
.. .. doors are available as an .. .. .. ..
accommodates side-to-side shield above each drawer
. . option on certain configura- .. . . .
.. filing of letter-, A4 interna- .. . to prevent unauthorized .. .. ..
.. .. tions. Glass doors do not .. .. .. ..
tional-, and legal-size file access. Individual locking
. . lock. Pulls on glass doors . . . .
folders. Additional bars are drawers are only available
.. .. are available in the same .. .. .. ..
available and must be with field-installed locks.
.. .. finishes as proud-front pulls. .. .. .. ..
specified separately. Consecutive, specific, and
. . On flush-front cabinets, . . . .
.. cPage 109 .. .. random keying options are .. .. ..
.. .. glass door pull finish must . .. .. ..
be specified. On proud-front .. available. Master-keyed Wood veneer Laminate
.. .. .. locks are also available. .. .. ..
cabinets, glass door pull with square with square
. . Field-installed lock cylinders . . .
.. .. finish will default to finish .. .. .. edge profile edge profile ..
.. .. selected for drawer pulls. .. must be specified separately. .. .. ..
. . Doors ship separately from . cLock and Keying, page . . Field-installed tops are .
.. .. .. 304 .. .. ..
.. .. the case and are field- .. .. .. available in two choices— ..
.. .. installed. .. .. .. wood veneer with square ..
. . Tip: Pull on glass doors is . . . edge profile or laminate with .
.. .. not the same design as .. .. .. square edge profile. Tops ..
.. .. drawer pulls. .. .. .. can be used on an individual ..
. . . . . cabinet, or larger tops can .
.. Rails accommodate front- .. .. .. .. ..
.. to-back filing of letter-, A4 .. Safety interlock .. .. .. be used to connect cabinets. ..
. international-, and legal- . system allows only one . . . cPage 258 .
.. size hanging folders. Rail
.. drawer to be opened at .. .. .. ..
.. packages accommodate two
.. a time. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. rows of letter-size files in .. .. .. .. ..
.. 30"W and 36"W drawers .. .. .. .. ..
.. and three rows of letter-size .. .. .. .. ..
.. files in 42"W drawers. See .. .. No-top cabinets are .. .. ..
.. Storage Capacities for addi- .. .. available for installations .. .. ..
. tional details. Additional rails . . where cabinet will be . . .
.. are available and must be
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. installed beneath a common .. .. ..
specified separately. top shared among several
. . . . . .
.. cPage 109 .. .. cabinets. Hardware is .. .. ..
.. .. .. included to attach case to .. .. ..
. . . worksurface. No-top option . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. reduces height of cabinet .. .. ..
. . . by 1". . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Combination Cabinets, continued 73
February 2015
Universal Combination Cabinets, continued
.. .. .. . .. ..
. . Surface Materials . Application Topics .. Shipping . .
.. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. Cabinet, including .. Storage Capacities and .. Combination cabinets .. ..
. . steel top, hinged . Dimensions .. are normally shipped in . .
.. .. doors, integral pulls, .. cPage 310 .. heavy-duty, recyclable .. ..
.. .. adjustable shelves and .. .. stretch wrap to reduce the .. ..
. . fixed shelves . . amount of corrugated board . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. • Paint .. .. needed. .. ..
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. .. Contemporary, handle, .. .. Frosted glass hinged .. ..
. . jazz, bar, and glass .. . doors ship separately . .
.. .. door pulls .. .. from case and must be .. ..
.. .. • 0835 Black .. .. field-installed. .. ..
. . • 9201 Polished Chrome . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. • 9211 Nickel .. .. Counterweight pack- .. ..
. . • 9212 Silver . . ages ship separately from . .
.. Field-installed acces- .. .. .. case and must be field- .. ..
.. sories are available, .. c:scape pull .. .. installed. .. ..
. including shelf bookends, . • 4140 Arctic White Gloss . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. drawer accessories, and .. • 4144 Black Gloss .. .. .. ..
. counterweight packages. . • 4799 Platinum Metallic . . . .
. cPage 108 . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . Wood veneer top, .. .. .. ..
. Anchor bracket secures .. hinged doors, and . . . .
.. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. drawer fronts .. .. .. ..
.. in seismic zones to reduce the.. • Wood veneer— .. .. .. ..
. risk of hazards during . Open pore finishes . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. earthquakes. Four bracket . • Customiz stain (option) . . . .
.. packages are required for .. .. .. .. ..
.. each cabinet. Note: Local .. Laminate top .. .. .. ..
. seismic requirements . • Laminate . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. vary. Compliance with local .. • Open Line laminate .. .. .. ..
. code requirements is the .. (option) . . . .
.. responsibility of the customer .. .. .. .. ..
.. or their authorized agent. For .. Glass hinged doors .. .. .. ..
. a California Office of . • Frosted tempered glass . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Statewide Health Planning . .. .. .. ..
. and Development (OSHPD) .. Lock . . . .
.. approved anchor bracket, .. • 9201 Polished Chrome .. .. .. ..
.. contact Specials. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome .. .. .. ..
. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot .. (option) . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. be used with pedestals. .. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 112 .. Drawer bodies, .. .. .. ..
. . hanging folder bars, . . . .
.. .. rails, and dividers .. .. .. ..
.. .. • Black .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Overfile cabinets are .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. separate components that .. .. .. .. ..
.. are field installed on top of .. .. .. .. ..
.. lateral files, combination .. .. .. .. ..
.. cabinets, storage cabinets, .. .. .. .. ..
.. and wardrobe cabinets to . .. .. .. ..
. provide space for additional .. . . . .
.. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. .. .. .. ..
.. laneous storage. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. cPage 100 .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Combination
Cabinets
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Storage Cabinets
.. Storage cabinets offer

.. ..
. Top is standard 1"H steel . Product Details .
.. high-density storage of a
on units with steel fronts
.. ..
.. wide range of items for an
and standard 13⁄ 16"H wood
.. ..
. individual or group. . .
veneer on units with wood .. ..
.. fronts. Other top options are .. ..
. available. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Pull on proud-front .. ..
.. cabinet is available .. ..
. in a variety of shapes. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Flush-front pull is full
..
.. .. height and integral with the
..
. . .
.. .. door. Pull is available on ..
.. Finished back is .. steel doors only. ..
. standard. . .
.. .. ..
. . pull .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Lock is standard on all . .
.. storage cabinets and
.. Handle ..
.. secures both doors. Locks
.. pull ..
. . .
.. are standard factory- .. ..
.. cLock and Keying, page
.. Jazz pull ..
.. 304
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Doors are available in steel . .
.. .. Bar pull ..
or wood veneer. Hinges are
.. .. ..
European-style and allow
. . .
.. doors to open to 110° for full .. ..
.. access to the interior. .. ..
. . c:scape pull .
.. .. ..
.. Base is 3"H and is integral .. ..
. to the case. . Proud-front pulls are .
.. .. available in the following
..
.. .. styles—contemporary,
..
.. .. handle, jazz, and bar. Each .
.
. Leveling glides adjust . .
.. .. pull is 192 mm and available .
.
up to 3/4" to install cabinet on Interior of cabinet
.. . on steel or wood veneer ..
. uneven floors. includes adjustable shelves. .. doors. c:scape pulls (200 .
.. Shelves can be positioned .. mm) are available on steel
..
.. in the interior of the storage .. only.
..
.. cabinet in 3⁄ 4-inch vertical .. ..
. increments using a . .
.. .. ..
.. reversible bracket. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Pull on flush-front . .
.. .. ..
.. cabinet is full height .. ..
. and integral. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth with flush steel front 18" and 231⁄8" . .
.. .. ..
. wood front . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 28", 40", 52", 651⁄2", and 831⁄2" .. ..
February 2015
.. .. .. .. Anchor bracket secures

.. ..
. . . Connections . . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .. ..
.. .. .. .. in seismic zones to reduce .. Cabinet, including ..
. . . . the risk of hazards during . steel top, hinged .
.. .. .. .. earthquakes. Four bracket
.. doors, integral pulls, ..
.. .. .. .. packages are required for
.. and adjustable ..
. . . . . shelves .
.. .. .. .. each cabinet. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Note: Local seismic .. • Paint ..
.. .. .. .. requirements vary. .. .
.. .. .. .. Compliance with local code .. Contemporary, handle, ..
. . . . requirements is the . jazz, and bar pulls ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
Security top is available responsibility of the • 0835 Black
.. Locks are available .. as an option for installations .. .. .. ..
customer or their authorized • 9201 Polished Chrome
. factory- or field-installed. . where the cabinet will be . . . .
.. .. .. .. agent. For a California Office .. • 9211 Nickel ..
Factory-installed locks are installed beneath a worksur-
.. .. .. .. of Statewide Health .. • 9212 Silver ..
standard and available face, but not physically
. keyed random only. Optional . . . Planning and Development . .
.. .. attached. A thin steel top .. .. (OSHPD) approved anchor
.. c:scape pull ..
.. field-installed locks are .. prevents unauthorized .. .. .. ..
bracket, contact Specials. • 4140 Arctic White Gloss
. available with consecutive, . access to the contents of the . . . .
.. .. .. .. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot .. • 4144 Black Gloss ..
specific, and random keying cabinet. Security top is not
.. .. .. .. be used with pedestals. .. • 4799 Platinum Metallic ..
options. Master-keyed locks structural and can only be
. are also available. Field- . . . cPage 112 . .
. . specified on 28"H cabinets. . . . Wood veneer top .
Security top reduces overall and hinged doors
.. be specified separately. .. .. .. .. ..
height of cabinet to approxi- • Wood veneer—
. cLock and Keying, page . . . . .
.. .. mately 27"H. .. .. .. Open pore finishes ..
.. 304 .. .. Ganging hardware is .. .. ..
included to increase stability • Customiz stain (option)
. . . . . .
.. .. .. and maintain alignment by .. .. ..
. . . joining adjacent components . . Laminate top .
.. .. .. .. .. • Laminate ..
.. .. Steel top .. side by side, back to back, .. .. ..
or both. Storage cabinets • Open Line laminate
. . 1"H . . . (option) .
.. .. .. can also be bolted to the .. .. ..
.. .. Veneer top .. floor or wall for stability. .. .. ..
. . 13/16"H . . . Lock .
.. .. .. .. .. • 9201 Polished Chrome ..
.. .. Laminate top .. .. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome ..
. . 13/16"H . . Overfile cabinets are . .
.. .. .. .. separate components that .. (option) ..
.. .. .. .. are field installed on top of .. ..
. . . . lateral files, combination . .
.. .. .. .. .. Application Topics ..
.. .. Laminate and wood .. .. cabinets, storage cabinets, .. ..
No-top cabinets are and wardrobe cabinets to
. available as an option for . veneer tops with square- . . . Storage Capacities .
.. .. edge profiles are available in .. .. provide space for additional .. and Dimensions
..
.. installations where cabinet .. .. .. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. ..
will be installed under a place of standard 1"H steel Wood veneer Laminate cPage 310
.. .. tops. Laminate and wood .. with square with square .. laneous storage. .. ..
. worksurface or beneath a . . . cPage 100 . .
.. common top shared among .. veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller .. edge profile edge profile .. .. ..
.. several cabinets. Hardware .. than steel tops and will add .. .. .. Shipping ..
Field-installed tops are
. is included to attach case to . that dimension to the overall . . . .
.. .. height of the cabinet. .. available in two choices— .. .. Storage cabinets are ..
.. worksurface. No-top option .. .. wood veneer with square .. .. normally shipped in heavy- ..
.. reduces height of cabinet .. .. edge profile or laminate with .. .. duty, recyclable stretch ..
by 1". Counterweights are
. . not required on storage . square edge profile. Tops . . wrap to reduce the amount .
.. .. .. can be used on an individual
.. .. of corrugated board
..
.. .. cabinets. .. .. .. ..
cabinet, or larger tops can needed.
. . . . . .
.. .. .. be used to connect cabinets. .. .. ..
.. .. .. cPage 258 .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Field-installed acces- . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. sories are available, .. .. ..
. . . including shelf bookends . . .
.. .. .. and adjustable shelves. .. .. ..
.. .. .. cPage 108 .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Universal Wardrobe Cabinets
.. Wardrobe cabinets
.. ..
.. offer coat and other flexible .. ..
.. storage for an individual or Top is standard 1"H steel .. ..
. group. on units with steel fronts . .
.. cSpecifying, page 238 and standard 13⁄ 16"H wood .. ..
.. veneer on units with wood .. ..
. fronts. Other top options are .. .
.. .. ..
.. available.
. ..
.. .. ..
.. Doors are available in steel .. Interior of wardrobe is ..
. or wood veneer. Hinges are . available in two different .
.. Interior of cabinet is
.. ..
.. European-style and allow .. configurations: ..
doors to open to 110° for full available in a variety of • Side-to-side coat rod
. . .
.. access to the interior. configurations. .. in 24"D wardrobe ..
.. .. • Combination interiors ..
. . with adjustable shelves .
.. Finished back is
.. ..
.. .. and a coat rod in 24"D ..
standard. wardrobes
. . .
.. .. Tip: Coat space is 6"W and ..
.. .. is always on the left-hand ..
. . side of wardrobes with .
. . .
.. .. combination interiors. ..
.. Coat rod runs full length of .. ..
. the wardrobe or is 9" in . .
.. .. ..
.. cabinets with partition. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Pull on flush-front .. ..
. cabinet is full height . .
.. and integral. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Combination interiors ..
.. .. contain three adjustable ..
. Base is 3"H and is integral to the . shelves in each 52"H ward- .
.. case. .. robe and four adjustable
..
.. .. shelves in each 651⁄ 2"H.
..
. . .
.. Leveling glides adjust up to .. Shelves can be positioned in .
.. .. 3⁄ 4" vertical increments using ..
3/4" to install wardrobe on
.
.. uneven floors. .. a reversible bracket. ..
. Pull on proud-front . .
.. cabinet is available in a .. ..
.. variety of shapes. .. ..
. . .
.. Lock is standard on all .. ..
.. wardrobes and secures .. ..
.. both doors. Locks are .. ..
. standard factory-installed, . .
.. .. ..
.. keyed random. .. ..
.. 304 .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Fixed shelf is standard .
.. .. in 831⁄ 2"H wardrobes at ..
.. .. approximately the 611⁄ 2"H ..
.. .. position with the coat rod or ..
.. .. combination interior just ..
.. .. below that position. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth with flush steel front 231⁄8" . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with proud steel or 24" .. ..
. wood front . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30" and 36" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 52", 651⁄2", and 831⁄2" .. ..
February 2015
Universal Wardrobe
Cabinets
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Wardrobe, including ..
. . . . . steel top, hinged .
.. .. .. .. .. doors, integral pulls, ..
.. .. .. .. .. adjustable shelves, ..
. . . . . and fixed shelves .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. • Paint ..
.. .. .. .. .. .
.. .. .. .. .. Contemporary, handle, ..
. . . . Field-installed acces-
. jazz, and bar pulls ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
sories are available, • 0835 Black
.. Flush-front pull is full .. No-top cabinets are .. .. including shelf bookends .. ..
. height and integral with the . available as an option for . . and adjustable shelves. . .
.. .. .. .. .. • 9211 Nickel ..
door. Pull is available on installations where the cPage 108
.. .. .. .. .. • 9212 Silver ..
steel doors only. wardrobe will be installed
. . . . . .
.. .. beneath a common top .. .. Anchor bracket secures .
. c:scape pull ..
.. Contemporary
.. shared among several cabi- .. .. file, cabinet, or tower to floor .
. • 4140 Arctic White Gloss ..
. . nets. Hardware is included . . in seismic zones to reduce the. • 4144 Black Gloss .
.. pull .. to attach case to worksur-
.. .. .. ..
risk of hazards during • 4799 Platinum Metallic
.. .. face. No-top option reduces
.. .. .. ..
earthquakes. Four bracket
. . . . . .
. . height of cabinet by 1". . . packages are required for . Wood veneer top .
.. Handle .. .. .. .. ..
each cabinet. Note: Local and hinged doors
.. pull .. .. .. .. ..
seismic requirements • Wood veneer—
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. vary. Compliance with local .
.. Open pore finishes ..
.. .. .. Ganging hardware is .. code requirements is the ..
included to increase stability . • Customiz stain (option)
. Jazz pull . Steel top . . responsibility of the customer . .
.. .. .. and maintain alignment by .. . ..
1"H or their authorized agent. For . Laminate top
. . . joining adjacent components . . .
.. .. Veneer top .. .. a California Office of .. • Laminate ..
.. .. .. side by side, back to back, .. Statewide Health Planning .. ..
13/16"H or both. Wardrobes can also • Open Line laminate
. . . . and Development (OSHPD) . (option) .
.. Bar pull .. Laminate top .. be bolted to the floor or wall .. .. ..
approved anchor bracket,
.. .. 13/16"H .. for stability. .. .. ..
contact Specials. Lock
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot .
. • 9201 Polished Chrome ..
.. .. .. .. be used with pedestals. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome ..
. c:scape pull . . . cPage 112 . (option) .
.. .. Laminate and wood .. .. .. ..
.. .. veneer tops with square- .. .. .. ..
. Proud-front pulls are . edge profiles are available in . . . Coat rod .
.. available in the following
.. .. .. .. • Black with black supports ..
.. .. place of standard 1"H steel .. .. .. ..
styles—contemporary, tops. Laminate and wood
. handle, jazz, and bar. Each . . . . .
.. .. veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller .. .. .. .
.. pull is 192 mm and available .. than steel tops and will add .. .. .. Application Topics ..
on steel or wood veneer Wood veneer Laminate .
.. .. that dimension to the overall .. with square with square
.. .. Storage Capacities and .
.
. doors. c:scape pulls (200 . . . . .
.. .. height of the cabinet. .. edge profile edge profile .. .. Dimensions ..
mm) are available on steel
.. only. .. .. .. .. cPage 310 ..
Counterweights are not Field-installed tops are
. . . . . .
.. .. required on wardrobes. .. available in two choices— .. .. ..
.. .. .. wood veneer with square .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Shipping ..
edge profile or laminate with
. . . square edge profile. Tops . Overfile cabinets are . Wardrobes are normally .
.. .. .. .. separate components that .. shipped in heavy-duty,
..
can be used on an individual
.. .. .. .. are field installed on top of .. recyclable stretch wrap to
..
wardrobe, or larger tops can
. . . . lateral files, combination . .
.. .. .. be used to connect ward- .. .. reduce the amount of ..
.. .. .. robes and other cabinets. .. cabinets, storage cabinets, .. corrugated board needed. ..
. . . cPage 258 . and wardrobe cabinets to . .
.. .. .. .. provide space for additional .. ..
.. .. .. .. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. ..
. . . . laneous storage. . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. cPage 100 .. ..
Locks are available
.. factory- or field-installed. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Factory-installed locks are .. .. .. .. ..
.. standard and available .. .. .. .. ..
. keyed random only. Optional . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
field-installed locks are
.. available with consecutive,
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. specific, and random keying .. .. .. .. ..
.. options. Master-keyed locks .. .. .. .. ..
. are also available. Field- . . . . .
.. be specified separately. .. .. .. .. ..
. cLock and Keying, page . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
304
February 2015
Universal Bookcases
.. Bookcases offer convenient

.. ..
.. storage for binders, books, .. ..
.. and other objects. .. Bookcases are available ..
. cSpecifying, page 242 . with adjustable shelves. .
.. .. Shelves can be repositioned ..
.. .. without using tools. ..
. . Additional shelves can be .
.. .. ..
.. .. ordered separately and ..
.. Top is standard 1"H steel. .. installed on site. ..
. available. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Shelves adjust in 3⁄ 4" .. ..
. vertical increments using . .
.. a reversible bracket.
.. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Finished back is .. Number of adjustable
..
.. standard. .. shelves per bookcase
..
. . .
.. .. depends on case height: ..
. . 28"H 1 adjustable shelf .
.. .. 40"H 2 adjustable
..
.. Base is 11⁄ 2"H and is .. shelves
..
. integral to the case. . 531⁄2"H 3 adjustable
.
.. .. ..
.. .. shelves ..
. . 651⁄2"H 4 adjustable .
.. .. shelves
..
.. .. 831⁄ 2"H 5 adjustable
..
. . .
.. Leveling glides adjust up .. shelves ..
.. to 3/4" to install bookcase on .. ..
. uneven floors. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Adjustable shelf is the ..
. . same for standard and .
.. .. display installations; stan- ..
.. .. dard and display brackets ..
. . are different. Shelf is used .
.. .. ..
.. .. in reverse position for use ..
. . with display brackets. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 15" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 24", 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 28", 40", 531⁄2", 651⁄2", and 831⁄ 2"
.. ..
February 2015
Universal Bookcases
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Bookcase, including .
. . . . . steel top, shelves, and ..
.. .. .. .. .. counterweight cover ..
.. 117/8" .. .. .. .. • Paint ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Adjustable shelf ..
.. .. .. .. .. brackets ..
.. .. .. .. .. • Black ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage
Security top is available Wood veneer top
.. Standard-size binders .. .. .. Shelf bookends, .. ..
as an option for installations • Wood veneer—
. will fit in bookcases with . . . specified separately, are . .
.. .. where the bookcase will be .. .. .. Open pore finishes ..
adjustable shelves. Space available for use on
.. .. installed beneath a worksur- .. .. .. • Customiz stain (option) ..
between adjustable shelves adjustable shelf.
. . face, but not physically . . . .
.. is 117⁄8". .. .. .. cPage 110 .. ..
attached. Security top is not Laminate top
.. Exception: Bottom space is .. .. .. .. ..
structural and can only be • Laminate
. 12"H and top space varies . . . Anchor bracket secures . .
.. .. specified on 28"H book- .. .. .. • Open Line laminate ..
depending upon the overall file, cabinet, or tower to floor
.. .. cases. Security top reduces .. .. .. (option) ..
case height: in seismic zones to reduce
. . overall height of bookcase . . . .
. 28"H 125⁄8" top space . . . the risk of hazards during . .
.. .. to approximately 27"H. .. .. .. Glass hinged doors ..
40"H 117⁄8" top space earthquakes. Four bracket
.. .. Tip: Security top must not .. .. .. • Frosted tempered glass ..
531⁄2"H 115⁄8" top space packages are required for
. . be used with frosted glass . . . .
.. 651⁄2"H 117⁄8" top space .. .. .. each cabinet. .. ..
hinged doors. Ganging hardware is Pulls on glass doors
.. 831⁄2"H 171⁄8" top space .. .. .. Note: Local seismic .. ..
included to increase stability • 0835 Black
. . . . requirements vary. . .
.. .. .. and maintain alignment by .. .. • 9201 Polished Chrome ..
Compliance with local
. . . joining adjacent components . . • 9211 Nickel .
.. .. .. .. code requirements is the .. ..
side by side, back to back,
.. .. .. .. responsibility of the customer .. ..
Steel top or both. Bookcases can also
. . . . or their authorized agent. . .
.. .. 1"H .. be bolted to the floor or wall .. For a California Office of .. Shipping ..
.. .. .. for stability. .. .. ..
Veneer top Statewide Health Planning Bookcases are normally
. . 13/16"H . . and Development (OSHPD) . shipped in heavy-duty, .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Laminate top .. .. approved anchor bracket, .. recyclable stretch wrap to ..
. . 13/16"H . . contact Specials. . reduce the amount of .
.. .. .. .. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot .. corrugated board needed. ..
.. .. .. .. be used with pedestals. .. ..
. . . . cPage 112 . Glass hinged doors ship .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Frosted glass hinged .. .. .. .. separately from case and ..
Laminate and wood
. doors are available as an . . . . must be field-installed. .
.. .. veneer tops with square- .. .. .. ..
option on all bookcases. edge profiles are available in
.. Glass doors do not lock. Pulls
.. .. Wood veneer Laminate .. .. Counterweight ..
.. .. place of standard 1"H steel .. .. ..
on glass doors are available
with square with square packages ship separately ..
. . top. Laminate and wood . edge profile edge profile . . .
.. in four finishes. Doors ship .. .. .. .. from case and must be ..
veneer tops are 3⁄16" taller
.. separately from the bookcase .. .. Field-installed tops are .. .. field-installed. ..
than steel tops and will add
. and are field-installed. . that dimension to the overall . available in two choices— . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. height of the bookcase. .. wood veneer with square .. .. ..
.. .. .. edge profile or laminate with .. .. ..
. . Counterweights are . square edge profile. Tops . . .
.. .. available as an option for .. can be used on an individual .. .. ..
.. .. 651⁄2"H and 831⁄2"H book- .. bookcase, or larger tops can .. .. ..
. . cases. Counterweights must . be used to connect . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. be specified for bookcases .. bookcases. .. .. ..
. . that are not ganged to . cPage 258 . . .
.. .. another case or bolted to .. .. .. ..
.. .. the floor or wall. Counter- .. 11⁄ 2"H bases on Universal .. .. ..
. . weights can also be ordered . bookcases do not align with . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. separately. .. 3"H bases on Universal .. .. ..
.. .. cPage 112 .. pedestal, laterals, towers, or .. .. ..
.. No-top bookcases are .. .. cabinets. .. .. ..
.. available for installations .. .. .. .. ..
. where bookcase will be . . . . .
.. installed under a worksur- .. .. .. .. ..
.. face or beneath a common .. .. .. .. ..
. top shared among several . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. bookcases. Hardware is .. .. .. .. ..
. included to attach case to . . . . .
.. worksurface. No-top option .. .. .. .. ..
.. reduces height of bookcase .. .. .. .. ..
. by 1". . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Understanding
900 Series Products
When ordered and installed 900 Series Lateral Files 84

specification and installation 900 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up
guidelines, these products Doors and Roll-Out Shelves 88
standards. 900 Series Buildup Lateral Files 90
Buildup Options and Rules 92
Buildup Tips and Examples 96
900 Series
February 2015
900 Series Lateral Files
.. 900 Series lateral files

.. ..
.. are ideal for high-density .. ..
.. paper storage. .. ..
. cSpecifying, page 246 . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Top is standard 1"H steel. . .
.. .. ..
.. available. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Drawer interiors include ..
.. .. one hanging folder bar per ..
Finished back is
. . drawer, which accommo- .
.. standard. .. ..
.. .. dates side-to-side filing of ..
. . letter-, A4 international-, and .
.. .. legal-size hanging folders. ..
.. .. Alternative interiors are ..
. . available as options; your .
.. .. ..
.. .. specification will apply to all ..
. . the drawers within a single .
. . lateral file. Additional bars .
.. .. ..
.. Lock is standard on lateral .. are available and must be ..
. files and secures all drawers . specified separately. .
.. and lift-up door. On 52"H and .. cPage 109 ..
.. 651⁄ 2"H files, lock is located at .. ..
. top left corner of drawer that is . .
.. Drawers open their full .. ..
. third from the bottom. On 28"H
.. and 40"H files, lock is located depth for total access to the .. .
..
.
.. at top left corner of top drawer. contents and are standard .. ..
. Locks are standard factory- 12"H. 900 Series drawers . .
.. and lift-up doors have flush .. ..
.. installed, keyed random. .. ..
cLock and Keying, page 304 fronts.
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Label holders are
.. ..
. . .
.. Base is 3"H and is integral included with each drawer. .. ..
Rails accommodate front-
.. to the case. Label holder fits inside the .. ..
to-back filing of letter-, A4
. integral pull or can be affixed . .
.. Leveling glides adjust up to the front of the drawer or
.. international-, and legal- ..
.. to 7⁄ 8" to install lateral files door. Perforated labels are
.. size hanging folders. Rail ..
. on uneven floors. . packages accommodate two .
.. included and can be created .. ..
rows of letter-size files in
30"W and 36"W drawers
and three rows of letter-size
. . .
.. .. files in 42"W drawers. See ..
.. Pulls on 900 Series .. Storage Capacities for addi- ..
. drawers and lift-up doors . tional details. Additional rails .
.. .. ..
are full width and integral. are available and must be
.. .. ..
They complement Series 9000 specified separately.
.. .. ..
systems furniture and Universal cPage 109
. . .
.. Storage flush front products. .. ..
.. Pulls are located at the top of a .. ..
. drawer and at the bottom of a . .
.. .. ..
.. lift-up door. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Dividers accommodate ..
. . side-to-side filing of expand- .
.. .. able folders and other ..
.. .. objects. Divider packages ..
. . include three dividers and .
.. .. one hanging folder bar per ..
. Depth 18" . drawer. Additional dividers .
.. .. are available and must be ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. specified separately. ..
. . cPage 110 .
.. Height 28", 40", 52", and 651⁄ 2" .. ..
February 2015
.. .. Safety interlock .. .. Counterweight pack- .. ..

. . system allows only one . . ages must be specified as . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. drawer or roll-out shelf to be .. .. an option for lateral files that .. ..
. . opened at a time. . . are not ganged to another . .
.. .. .. .. case or bolted to the floor or .. ..
.. .. .. .. wall. Counterweights can .. ..
. . . . also be ordered separately. . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. cPage 111 .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . No-top lateral files are . Connections . .
.. .. .. available for installations .. .. ..
.. Lift-up door with fixed .. .. .. .. ..
shelf is standard in the top where cases will be installed
. . . under a worksurface or be- . . .
.. position of 651⁄ 2"H cases. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Door is 131⁄ 2"H to accommo- .. .. neath a common top shared .. .. ..
. date standard-height binders. . . among several lateral files. . . Field-installed acces- .
.. .. .. Hardware is included to .. .. ..
.. Door recesses inside the .. .. .. .. sories are available, includ- ..
case. Locks are available attach case to worksurface. ing drawer accessories and
. . . No-top option reduces . . .
.. .. factory- or field-installed. .. .. .. counterweight packages. ..
.. Lift-up door is available .. Factory-installed locks are .. height of file by 1". .. .. cPage 108 ..
. with an optional roll-out shelf . standard and available . . . .
. . . . . .
900 Series
.. in place of the standard fixed .. keyed random only. Optional .. .. .. Anchor bracket secures ..
.. shelf. .. field-installed locks are .. .. .. file to floor in compliance ..
. . available with consecutive, . . . with the California Office of .
.. .. .. Steel top .. .. ..
specific, and random keying Statewide Health Planning
.. .. .. 1"H .. .. ..
options. Master-keyed locks and Development (OSHPD)
. . . . . .
.. .. are also available. Field- .. Veneer top .. Ganging hardware is
.. rules to reduce the risk of ..
. . installed lock cylinders must . 13/16"H . . hazards during earthquakes. .
.. .. .. .. included to increase stability .. ..
be specified separately. To comply, all files which
.. .. .. Laminate top .. and maintain alignment by .. ..
cLock and Keying, page have the bottom of their top
. . . 13/16"H . joining adjacent components . .
.. .. 304 .. .. side by side, back to back,
.. opening at 60"H or higher ..
.. .. .. .. or both. Lateral files can also
.. must use an anchor bracket. ..
. . Individual drawer . . . Note: Local seismic .
.. .. .. .. be bolted to the floor, or .. ..
locks are available as an requirements vary.
.. .. .. Laminate and wood
.. attached to a worksurface or .. ..
option for applications where Compliance with local code
. . . . wall for stability. . .
.. .. you want to limit access to .. veneer tops with square- .. .. requirements is the respon- ..
.. Roll-out shelf includes
.. each drawer. Lateral files .. edge profiles are available in .. .. sibility of the customer or ..
. . include a security shield . place of standard 1"H steel . . their authorized agent. .
.. three dividers and one .. .. tops. Laminate and wood
.. .. ..
above each drawer to pre- cPage 112
.. hanging file folder bar to .. .. veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller
.. .. ..
vent unauthorized access.
. function as a backstop. . . . . .
.. .. In 651⁄ 2"H cases, the lock in .. than steel tops and will add .. .. ..
.. .. the drawer below controls the .. that dimension to the overall .. .. ..
.. .. lift-up door in the top position. .. height of the lateral file. .. .. ..
. . Individual locking drawers . . . .
.. .. .. .. Wood veneer Laminate
.. ..
are only available with field-
.. .. .. .. with square with square
.. ..
installed locks. Consecutive,
. . . . . .
.. .. specific, and random keying .. .. edge profile edge profile .. ..
.. .. options are available. Field- .. .. .. ..
.. .. installed lock cylinders must .. .. Field-installed tops are .. ..
available in two choices—
. . be specified separately. . . . .
.. .. .. .. wood veneer with square .. ..
cLock and Keying, page
.. .. .. .. edge profile or laminate with .. ..
304 square edge profile. Tops
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. can be used on an individual .. Overfile cabinets are ..
.. .. .. .. lateral file, or larger tops can .. separate components that ..
. Posting shelf is available . . . . .
.. .. .. .. be used to connect files to .. are field installed on top of ..
on five-high file cabinets.
.. .. .. .. make a credenza. .. lateral files, combination ..
The shelf is factory installed Security top is available
. . . . cPage 258 . cabinets, storage cabinets, .
.. at approximately 36"H in .. .. as an option for installations .. .. ..
standard files. and wardrobe cabinets to
.. .. .. where the file will be installed .. .. ..
Tip: When a posting shelf is provide space for additional
.. .. .. beneath a worksurface, but .. .. ..
specified, the height of the files, ring binders, or miscel-
.. .. .. not physically attached. Thin .. .. ..
top lift-up door is reduced to laneous storage.
.. .. .. steel top prevents unautho- .. .. ..
12" and does not accommo- cPage 100
. . . rized access to the contents . . .
.. date standard-height .. .. of the cabinet. Security top .. .. ..
.. binders. .. .. is not structural and can be .. .. ..
. . . specified on 28"H files only. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Security top reduces overall .. .. ..
. . . height of file to approxi- . . .
.. .. .. mately 27"H. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Storage Specification Guide c900 Series Lateral Files, continued 85
February 2015
900 Series Lateral Files, continued
.. .. . .. .. ..
. Surface Materials . Application Topics .. Shipping . . .
.. .. . . .. ..
.. Lateral file, including .. Storage Capacities and .. Lateral files are normally .. .. ..
. steel top, drawer . Dimensions .. shipped in heavy-duty, .. . .
.. fronts, lift-up door, .. cPage 310 .. recyclable stretch wrap to .. .. ..
.. fixed shelf, and .. .. reduce the amount of .. .. ..
. integral pulls . . corrugated board needed. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Paint .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Counterweight . .. ..
.. Wood veneer top .. .. packages ship separately .. .. ..
. • Wood veneer— . . from case and must be .. . .
.. Open pore finishes .. .. field-installed. .. .. ..
.. • Customiz stain (option) .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Laminate top .. .. .. .. ..
. • Laminate . . . . .
.. • Open Line laminate .. .. .. .. ..
.. (option) .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Lock .. .. .. .. ..
. • 9250 Ember Chrome . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. (option) .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Drawer bodies, roll-out .. .. .. .. ..
.. shelves, hanging folder .. .. .. .. ..
. bars, rails, and dividers .. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. • Black . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Posting shelf pull .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. • Paint .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
900 Series
February 2015
900 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors
and Roll-Out Shelves
.. 900 Series lateral files .. ..
.. with lift-up doors and .. ..
.. roll-out shelves are ideal .. ..
. for high-density side-tab . .
.. filing. .. ..
. Top is standard 1"H steel. . .
.. Other tops are available .. ..
.. field-installed. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. Lift-up doors are .. ..
. equipped with roll-out . .
.. .. ..
.. shelves. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Lift-up doors on 651⁄ 2"H
..
.. Roll-out shelves open .. ..
Finished back is their full depth for total units with five doors and no
. standard. . .
.. access to the contents and .. posting shelf are two different ..
.. are standard 12"H. 900 .. heights. The top door is ..
. Series lift-up doors have . 131⁄ 2"H to accommodate .
.. .. standard-height binders. All
..
.. flush fronts. .. ..
other doors are 12"H to
. . .
. Lock is standard on lateral . accommodate side-tab files. .
.. .. On 651⁄ 2"H units with five lift-
..
.. files and secures all lift-up .. ..
Label holders are up doors and 11⁄2"H posting
. doors. Lock is located at top . .
included with each drawer.
.. left corner of the top. Locks .. shelf, all doors are 12"H to ..
Label holder fits inside the
.. are standard factory- .. accommodate side-tab files. ..
integral pull or can be affixed On 651⁄ 2"H units with four
.. to the front of the drawer or .. lift-up doors, all doors are
..
door. Perforated labels are
.. 304 .. 15"H to accommodate ..
included and can be created
.. .. standard-height binders. All ..
using the template available
. . doors recede inside the case. .
.. .. ..
Base is 3"H and is integral
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. to 7⁄ 8" to install lateral files . .
.. on uneven floors. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Pulls on 900 Series . .
.. .. ..
.. drawers and lift-up doors .. ..
.. are full width and integral. .. ..
. They complement Series 9000 . .
.. systems furniture and Universal .. Each roll-out shelf ..
.. Storage flush front products. .. includes one divider ..
. Pulls are located at the top of a . package to function as a .
.. .. ..
.. drawer and at the bottom of a .. backstop. Divider package ..
.. lift-up door. .. includes three dividers and ..
. . one hanging folder bar. Two .
.. .. hanging folder bars are ..
.. .. available as an option and ..
. . replace the divider package .
.. .. ..
.. .. when specified. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. Depth 18" . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 28", 40", 52", and 651⁄ 2"
.. ..
February 2015
with Lift-Up Doors and
Roll-Out Shelves
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Connections . . Surface Materials . Shipping .
.. .. .. .. .. .
.. .. .. .. Lateral file, including .. Lateral files are normally ..
. . . . steel top, lift-up door, . shipped in heavy-duty, ..
.. .. .. .. and integral pulls .. recyclable stretch wrap to ..
.. .. .. .. • Paint .. reduce the amount of ..
. . . . . corrugated board needed. .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Lock .. ..
.. .. .. .. • 9201 Polished Chrome .. Counterweight .
.. .. .. .. • 9250 Ember Chrome .. packages ship separately ..
. . . . (option) . from case and must be ..
.. .. .. .. .. field-installed. ..
.. Posting shelf is available .. .. .. .. ..
Roll-out shelves,
. on five-high file cabinets. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. hanging folder bars, .. ..
The shelf is factory installed
.. .. .. .. rails, and dividers .. ..
at approximately 36"H in
. . . Field-installed acces- . • Black . .
.. standard files. On units with .. .. .. .. ..
four 15"H openings, the sories are available, includ-
.. .. Ganging hardware is
.. .. Posting shelf pull .. ..
posting shelf or filler is ing roll-out shelf accessories
. . . . • 9201 Polished Chrome . .
.. located in the middle of the .. included to increase stability .. and counterweight packages. .. .. ..
.. .. and maintain alignment by .. cPage 108 .. • Paint .. ..
four openings.
. Tip: When a posting shelf is . joining adjacent components . . . .
. . . . . .
900 Series
.. specified, the height of the .. side by side, back to back, .. Anchor bracket secures .. . ..
.. top lift-up door is reduced to .. or both. Lateral files can also .. file to floor in compliance .. Application Topics .. ..
.
. 12" and does not accommo- . be bolted to the floor, or . with the California Office of . Storage Capacities and .. .
.. .. attached to a worksurface or
.. .. .. ..
date standard-height Statewide Health Planning Dimensions
.. .. wall for stability.
.. .. . ..
binders. and Development (OSHPD) cPage 310
. . . . . .
.. .. .. rules to reduce the risk of .. .. ..
. Safety interlock . . hazards during earthquakes. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
system allows only one To comply, all files which
.. .. .. .. .. ..
roll-out shelf to be opened at have the bottom of their top
. . . . . .
.. a time. .. .. opening at 60"H or higher .. .. ..
.. .. .. must use an anchor bracket. .. .. ..
. . . Note: Local seismic . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
requirements vary.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Wood veneer Laminate Compliance with local code
. . . . . .
.. .. with square with square .. requirements is the respon- .. .. ..
.. .. edge profile edge profile .. sibility of the customer or .. .. ..
. . . their authorized agent. . . .
.. .. Field-installed tops are .. .. .. ..
cPage 112
.. .. available in two choices— .. .. .. ..
. . wood veneer with square . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. edge profile or laminate with .. .. .. ..
.. .. square edge profile. Tops .. .. .. ..
. . can be used on an individual . . . .
.. .. lateral file, or larger tops can .. .. .. ..
.. Locks are available .. be used to connect files to .. .. .. ..
. factory- or field-installed. . make a credenza. . . . .
.. Factory-installed locks are
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. cPage 258 .. .. .. ..
standard and available
.. keyed random only. Optional
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. field-installed locks are .. .. .. .. ..
.. available with consecutive, .. .. .. .. ..
. specific, and random keying . . . . .
.. options. Master-keyed locks
.. .. Overfile cabinets are .. .. ..
.. are also available. Field-
.. .. separate components that .. .. ..
. . . are field installed on top of . . .
.. be specified separately. .. .. lateral files, combination .. .. ..
. cLock and Keying, page . . cabinets, storage cabinets, . . .
.. 304
.. .. and wardrobe cabinets to .. .. ..
.. .. .. provide space for additional .. .. ..
.. Counterweight pack-
.. .. files, ring binders, or miscel- .. .. ..
.. ages must be specified as
.. .. laneous storage. .. .. ..
.. an option for lateral files that
.. .. cPage 100 .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. are not ganged to another .. .. .. .. ..
.. case or bolted to the floor or .. .. .. .. ..
. wall. Counterweights can . . . . .
.. also be ordered separately.
.. .. .. .. ..
.. cPage 111
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
900 Series Buildup Lateral Files
.. Buildups are a way of

..
. .
.. creating your own config- ..
.. uration of storage compo- ..
. nents within a lateral file .
.. cabinet and having the
..
.. factory assemble it for you.
..
. .
.. ..
.. Special storage ..
.. requirements that are ..
.. beyond the capabilities of ..
. standard lateral files can be .
.. accommodated by buildups. ..
.. Oversized objects, electronic ..
. media, and small files or .
.. ..
.. cards are all good ..
. candidates for lateral file .
.. buildups. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
900 Series Buildup
Lateral Files
.. ..
. Choosing the Cabinet and Components for a Buildup .
.. ..
.. 1
30"W 36"W 42"W ..
. Choose a cabinet that .
.. has enough vertical space ..
.. to accommodate everything ..
. .
.. that you want to store—four 28"H 24"H interior ..
.. interior heights and three ..
.. widths are available. All ..
.. cabinets are 18"D. ..
. .
.. 2 ..
.. Specify paint color. ..
. 40"H 36"H interior .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 52"H 48"H interior .
. .
900 Series
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 651/2"H 611/2"H interior ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 3 .
.. ..
Specify posting shelf
.. ..
option if desired (651⁄ 2"H
. .
.. units only). This will reduce 11/2"H ..
.. available interior space to Posting Shelf ..
.. 60"H. ..
. .
.. ..
4
.. ..
Specify top.
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. 5
..
. 30"W 36"W 42"W .
.. List the components ..
.. that you want to fill the ..
. cabinet in order from top .
.. to bottom. 28"H 24"H interior ..
.. Tip: Some rules restrict
..
. .
.. certain combinations. ..
.. cSee page 92 for specific ..
. rules. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. 6 ..
.. Specify counterweight ..
.. option to prevent acciden- ..
. tal tipping in applications .
.. Counterweight ..
.. where lateral files are not ..
Packages
. ganged. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Buildup Options and Rules
.. ..
. Insides of lateral Choose any .
.. file cabinets are based combination of storage ..
.. on a 3" module to components that exactly ..
. accommodate 6"H, 12"H, equals the interior height of .
.. ..
.. and 15"H components the cabinet. Descriptions of ..
. interchangeably. specific components and the .
.. rules that apply to them are ..
.. listed below. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Drawers ..
. .
.. ..
.. Components Rules ..
. 12"H drawers are 15"H and 12"H drawers .
.. ..
.. designed for filing letter- can be used in any ..
. size, legal-size, and A4 position. .
.. international-size docu- ..
.. ments. Both side-to-side 6"H drawers cannot be ..
. and front-to-back filing can installed below a 15"H or .
. .
.. be accommodated. 12"H fixed shelf that is in the ..
.. Heights Available top position of a 651⁄ 2"H ..
. 6"H drawers are lateral file, or below a 15"H .
.. 15"H, 12"H, 6"H ..
.. designed for filing cards, roll fixed shelf that is in the top ..
. 15"H drawers are film, and cassettes. Disks position of a 28"H, 40"H, or .
.. designed for filing printouts, and other larger materials 52"H lateral file. ..
. can be stored flat. .
.. X-rays, and other oversized ..
.. files. Both side-to-side and Options of all the standard ..
. front-to-back filing can be drawer interiors are .
.. accommodated.15"H available. ..
.. drawers consist of a 15"H
..
. For the file cabinet .
.. drawer front on a standard ..
.. 12"H file drawer body. to lock, at least one ..
. drawer must be included. .
.. The factory will determine ..
.. the exact lock location. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Receding Doors ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. Receding doors cover Combined height of .
.. ..
roll-out shelves and fixed shelf components
.. ..
shelves. installed behind receding
.. ..
door can be less than or
. .
.. Doors flip up and recede equal to the door height. ..
.. out of the way when shelves ..
. are in use. 131⁄ 2"H door can be .
.. ..
Heights Available specified only in the top
.. ..
15"H, 131⁄ 2"H, 12"H opening of a 611⁄ 2"H cabinet
. .
.. interior. ..
.. ..
. Units specified with no Security top cannot be .
.. ..
drawers will not include a installed on a file with a lift-
.. ..
lock. up door in the top position.
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
.. ..
. Roll-Out Shelves .
.. ..
.. ..
. Components Rules .
.. ..
.. .
. 12"H shelves accom- Can be used in any Options of all the standard ..
.. modate side-to-side filing of position. Must be installed shelf interiors are available. ..
.. letter-size, legal-size, and A4 behind a receding door. ..
.. international-size files. Tip: 12"H roll-out shelves ..
.. accept standard binders only ..
. 6"H shelves can be used when specified with a .
.. ..
.. for filing disks, magnetic 131⁄ 2"H or 15"H receding ..
. tape reels, and other door. .
.. miscellaneous items. ..
.. Heights Available ..
. 12"H, 6"H .
.. ..
.. Two 6"H roll-out ..
. shelves can be installed .
.. ..
.. behind a receding door. ..
. Tip: Install two 6"H roll-out .
. shelves behind a 15" lift-up .
900 Series
.. ..
.. door to create spine-up ..
. compact disk storage. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Fixed Shelves ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Provide space for files, ..
. ring binders, and .
.. miscellaneous storage. ..
.. ..
. Available two ways— .
.. ..
.. without a door or with a ..
. receding door. .
.. ..
.. 15"H and 131⁄ 2"H fixed ..
. shelves will accept .
.. ..
.. standard binders. ..
.. Heights Available Fixed shelves can be ..
. 15"H, 131⁄ 2"H, 12"H 12"H fixed shelves will .
open or installed behind a
.. not accept standard binders ..
receding door.
.. regardless of whether a door ..
. is used. .
.. 131⁄ 2"H fixed shelf can ..
.. be specified only in the top ..
.. opening of a 611⁄ 2"H cabinet ..
. interior. .
.. Fixed shelves cannot ..
.. be installed below ..
Bookends or a shelf
. drawers or roll-out shelves .
.. divider assembly can be ..
.. due to safety interlock used to divide space on ..
. requirements. Opening with fixed shelves. .
.. a lift-up door and roll-out ..
.. shelf can be installed below ..
. drawers or roll-out shelves. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Storage Specification Guide cBuildup Options and Rules, continued 93
February 2015
Buildup Options and Rules, continued
.. ..
. 11⁄ 2"H Posting Shelf .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. Provides a surface to .
.. hold materials that are being ..
.. filed or retrieved from the 39"H ..
.. file. to ..
.. 27"H ..
. Pulls out 115⁄ 8". 36"H .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Position determined by ..
.. the factory for optimum ..
. stability. The posting shelf .
.. ..
Available in 651⁄ 2"H will be installed in the first
.. Heights Available ..
cabinets only. available opening above
. 11⁄ 2"H .
.. 27"H. It is usually installed at ..
.. Posting shelf takes up approximately 36"H. Only ..
. 11⁄ 2" of vertical clear- one posting shelf may be .
. .
.. ance. Storage components specified per cabinet. ..
.. must add up to exactly 60"H ..
. when this option is selected. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.
.. 11⁄ 2"H Filler .
..
.. ..
.. ..
.. Takes up extra space ..
. if other components do not .
.. ..
.. fill the entire cabinet interior 39"H ..
. and a posting shelf is not to .
.. required. 27"H ..
.. 36"H ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Position determined .
.. by the factory for opti- ..
.. mum stability. The 11⁄ 2"H ..
.. filler will generally be ..
. Heights Available .
.. installed in the first available ..
11⁄ 2"H
.. opening above 27"H. It is ..
. Available in 48"H and usually installed at approxi- .
.. 611⁄ 2"H cabinet interiors mately 36"H. ..
.. only. ..
.. ..
. One filler is added .
.. ..
.. automatically to any ..
. 611⁄ 2"H cabinet interior .
.. (without a posting shelf) that ..
.. has only 60" of storage ..
. components. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Filler ..
.. ..
.. Filler ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Two fillers are added ..
.. automatically to any ..
. 48"H cabinet interior that .
.. ..
.. has only 45" of storage ..
. components (for example, .
.. three 15" drawers). ..
February 2015
900 Series
February 2015
Buildup Tips and Examples
.. .. .
..
.. Specifying Steps . Example 1
.. ..
.. Step 1 .. Step 5 .. 40"H cabinet (36"H interior) for use in a .
. Choose buildup . Specify the storage workstation ..
.. .. .
style number. components that will fill .. Combines a 12"H drawer for files, two 6"H drawers for ..
.. .. ..
. cCabinets for factory- . the cabinet in order from supplies, and a 12"H drawer for files and/or oversized items. ..
.. assembled buildups .. top to bottom. When a . ..
.. ..
.. are listed on page 250. .. receding door will cover ..
. . one or more roll-out ..
.. .. .. ..
.. Step 2 .. shelves, specify the door ..
Specify paint color. first and then the storage .
. .. . ..
.. components that are .. ..
.. .. ..
Step 3 . behind it. .
. Specify posting .. Tip: When calculating the . ..
.. .. ..
.. shelf option if desired .. total height of the storage ..
(651⁄ 2"H units only). This . components in the cabinet, .
. .. . ..
.. will reduce available include the height of the .. ..
.. .. ..
interior space to 60"H. . doors, but don’t add in the .
. .. height of the storage com- . ..
.. .. ..
.. Step 4 .. ponents that are behind ..
Specify top. . the door. Remember, doors .
. . . ..
.. .. are not standard with roll- .
.. Tip: Following cabinet ..
.. .. out shelves but are ..
. description, list components ..
. required. You must specify .
.. .. .. in order from top to bottom. ..
.. .. them. .
.. .
..
. . .
.. .. cSee page 92 for Buildup .. Style Number ..
.. .. Options and Rules . .
. . .. 9BU18363F ..
.. .. .. ..
. . Step 6 Quantity Option
.. .. Specify a counter- . .
.. ..
.. .. weight package .. 1 12"H drawer with 1 hanging folder bar ..
. . option to prevent acci- . .
.. .. .. 2 6"H drawers with 3 dividers ..
.. .. dental tipping in applica-
tions where lateral files are .. .
..
. . . 1 12"H drawer with 1 hanging folder bar
.. .. not ganged. .. ..
.. .. .. 1 Counterweight .
. . ..
.. .. .
.. 36" total height of components ..
.. .. .. .
. . ..
.. .. .
.. ..
.. .. .. .
.. . ..
.. .. ..
. .
.. .. .. .
.. .. ..
.. ..
. . .
.. .. .. ..
. .. .. .
.. ..
.. .. ..
. .
. .. . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .
. .. . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .
. .. . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .
. .. . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .
. .. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. ..
.. .. .
..
. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .
. . ..
.. .. .
.. ..
.. .. .. .
. . ..
.. .. .
.. ..
.. .. .. .
. . ..
.. .. .
.. ..
.
February 2015
Buildup Tips and Examples
.. .. ..
. Example 2 . Example 3 .
.. .. ..
.. 52"H cabinet (48"H interior) for mixed-media storage .. 651⁄ 2"H cabinet (611⁄ 2"H interior) for oversized file storage ..
. Combines a 15"H fixed shelf with receding door for binders; two 6"H rollout . Combines a 12"H rollout shelf behind a 15"H receding door and three 15"H .
.. shelves for CD storage behind a 15"H receding door, a 6"H drawer for .. drawers. 11⁄ 2"H posting shelf option included for easy reference to files. ..
.. supplies, and a 12"H file drawer. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
900 Series
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Tip: Specify door and all .. Tip: Factory will determine ..
. components behind the door .. posting shelf position. .
.. . ..
.. as a single item. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Style Number .. Style Number ..
. . .
.. 9BU18364F
.. 9BU18425F
..
.. .. ..
. Quantity Option . Specify with 11⁄ 2"H posting shelf option .
.. .. ..
.. 1 15"H with receding door with: .. Quantity Option ..
. 1 15"H fixed shelf . .
.. .. 1 15"H receding door with:
..
.. 1 15"H receding door with:
.. 1 12"H roll-out shelf with 3 dividers and one hanging folder bar
..
. . .
.. 2 6"H roll-out shelf with 3 dividers .. ..
.. .. 3 15"H drawer with 2 rails ..
.. 1 6"H drawer with 3 dividers .. ..
60" total height of components
. 1 12"H drawer with 1 hanging folder bar . .
.. .. ..
.. 48" Total height of components
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Understanding Overfile
Cabinets
When ordered and installed Overfile Cabinets 100

standards.
Overfile Cabinets
February 2015
Overfile Cabinets
For Use with Universal, 900, TS 200, and 800 Series Storage Products
.. Overfile cabinets provide

.. ..
.. additional storage on top of .. ..
.. Universal, 900, TS 200, and 1"H steel top is standard. .. ..
. 800 Series storage products. . .
.. Overfile cabinets can also be
.. ..
.. added to Universal and 800
.. ..
. Full-height, integral . .
.. Series combination cabinets door pulls complement .. ..
.. and to Universal storage and 200, 800, and 900 Series .. ..
.. wardrobe cabinets to lateral files and combination .. ..
.. accommodate file folders, ring .. Two overfile cabinet ..
cabinets, and Universal styles are available—
. binders, and miscellaneous flush-front storage products. . .
.. storage.
.. without doors or with steel, ..
.. sliding doors. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Lock secures both doors .. ..
. Adjustable shelf is in- in the overfile cabinet. Lock . .
.. .. ..
cluded in 311⁄ 2"H overfile is standard factory-installed,
.. .. ..
cabinet. The shelf adjusts keyed random only. Factory-
. . .
.. in 3⁄4" increments. installed master-keyed locks .. ..
.. are also available. .. ..
. . .
.. 304 .. ..
.. .. .
. . Two heights are available. ..
.. .. Models with one shelf have ..
.. .. a fixed shelf on the bottom. ..
. . Models with two shelves .
.. .. ..
. . have a fixed shelf on the .
.. .. bottom and an adjustable ..
.. .. shelf. The adjustable shelf ..
. . adjusts at 3⁄4" increments. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Additional adjustable .
.. .. shelves are available. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Bookends are available ..
.. .. for use in overfiles and are ..
. . ordered separately. .
.. .. ..
.. .. cPage 110 ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
Depth 18"
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", or 42" .. ..
. Height 18" or 311⁄ 2" . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
Overfile Cabinets
.. .. .. . .. ..
. Connections . Surface Materials . Application Topics .. Shipping . .
.. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. Overfile cabinet .. Storage Capacities and .. Overfile cabinets are .. ..
. . • Paint . Dimensions .. normally shipped wrapped . .
.. .. .. cPage 310 .. in heavy-duty, recyclable .. ..
.. .. Lock .. .. stretch wrap to reduce the .. ..
. . • 9201 Polished Chrome . . amount of corrugated board .. .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. needed. ..
Shelf dividers .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. • Black only .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. .. ..
Overfiles can be mounted .
. . . . . .
.. on top of units with a 1" steel .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. top, security top, laminate
. .. .. .. ..
. top, or wood top only. They . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. cannot be mounted on units .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. with no top.
. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Overfile Cabinets
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Understanding
Storage Tops, Shelves,
and Accessories
When ordered and installed Connectors 104

specification and installation Field-Installed Tops 105
Adjustable Shelves for Universal Storage Towers 106
standards. Shelves for Universal Storage Combination Cabinets,
Storage Cabinets, Wardrobe Cabinets, Overfile
Cabinets, and Bookcases 107
Storage Accessories 108
Accessories
Storage
February 2015
Connectors
.. ..
. Worksurface-to-Tower Connectors .
.. .
.. Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
. Connector
..
Depth: 20", 26"
.. • Paint
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. cSpecifying page 256 ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Connects worksurface to ..
. tower eliminating the need .
.. for other worksurface ..
.. supports such as legs or ..
. end supports next to the .
.. ..
.. tower. ..
. cSee Answer Solutions .
.. Specification Guide for ..
.. Application Rules for ..
. Panel Stability. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. Storage-to-Panel Connectors Surface Materials ..
.. Product Details
.
.. Connector ..
. • Black paint only .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 3 5
..
Height: 8 ⁄ 4", 16", 39 ⁄ 8"
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Medium storage-to- ..
.. cSpecifying page 256 panel connector ..
. Low storage-to-panel connects 1.5-High, 2-High, .
.. ..
.. connector connects One- 3-High laterals and cabinets ..
.. High laterals and cabinets to panel to provide added ..
. to panel to provide added stability to panels and .
.. stability to panels and eliminate the need for ..
.. eliminate the need for return return panels. ..
. panels. .
.. ..
. .
.. Overhead storage or ..
.. panels over 48"H can ..
. not be used in conjunction .
.. ..
.. with low storage-to-panel ..
. connector. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Tall storage-to-panel ..
. connector connects .
.. ..
.. towers to panels to provide ..
. added stability to panels .
.. and eliminate the need for ..
.. return panels. ..
. cSee Answer Solutions .
.. ..
.. Specification Guide for ..
. Application Rules for .
.. Panel Stability. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Field-Installed Tops Field-Installed Tops
For Use with Universal, TS 200, 800, and 900 Series Storage Products
.. ..
. Steel Security Tops Steel security tops
.. with flush or proud front
Product Details with proud fronts can
Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
be used on the following: Flush-front tops ..
. • Lateral files
.. .
• Storage cabinets Depth 15", 18", or 231⁄8" .
.. ..
. Width 24", 30", 36", .
.. Attachment hardware ..
.. cSpecifying, page 257 or 42" ..
Flush front Proud front ships with the file cabinet.
. Tip: Additional screws can 1⁄16" .
.. Height ..
.. Steel security tops are be ordered from Service ..
available as an option on Parts: 855010126MP Proud-front tops
. .
.. select 28"H storage products. Security top cannot be (quantity of 100). ..
.. They can also be ordered Depth 18" or 231⁄8" ..
installed on a file with a lift-
. separately for field .
.. up door in the top position. Width 30", 36", or 42" ..
.. installations. Surface Materials ..
Height 1⁄16"
. .
.. Top ..
.. Connections • Paint ..
. Not all top sizes are .
.. ..
intended for use on all
.. ..
furniture. See Specifying
. .
.. pages to determine the ..
.. appropriate-sized top for ..
. your furniture. .
.. ..
.. ..
Steel security tops
. .
.. with flush fronts can ..
. be used on the following: .
.. Security top is available ..
• Lateral files
.. for installations where a ..
• Storage cabinets
. lateral file, storage cabinet, .
.. • Bookcases ..
.. or bookcase will be installed ..
. beneath a worksurface, but .
.. not physically attached. ..
.. Security top is not ..
. structural. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Square Edge Tops Square edge tops with Proud-front tops ..
with flush or proud front Product Details flush fronts can be
Surface Materials
. .
.. used on the following: Top Depth 7
18 ⁄8", 24", ..
.. • Lateral files • Laminate 3713⁄ 16", or 481⁄ 16" .
.
Accessories
Storage
.. • Combination cabinets • Open Line laminate .
. Width 24", 30", 36", 42", ..
.. • Storage cabinets (option) 1 1
48 ⁄ 16", 60 ⁄ 16", ..
.. • Wardrobe cabinets • Wood 661⁄ 16", 721⁄ 16", ..
cSpecifying, page 258 • Bookcases • Customiz stain (option
. Flush front Proud front 781⁄ 16", 841⁄ 16", .
.. on wood) ..
. 901⁄ 8", 961⁄ 8", .
.. Square edge tops can Square edge tops with • Full-fill finish (option ..
or 1081⁄ 8"
.. be specified as an option on proud fronts can be on wood) ..
. most storage products. used on the following: • Plastic side-edge Height 3
1 ⁄16" .
.. They can also be ordered • Lateral files ..
.. separately for field • Combination cabinets ..
. installation. • Storage cabinets Actual Dimensions Application Topics ..
.. .
.. • Wardrobe cabinets .
Edge profile is plastic Flush-front tops Field-installed tops can .
. .
.. on laminate top and is Attachment hardware
also be used with pedestals .
..
.. Depth 15", 18", 231⁄ 8", to create credenzas, but
specified separately from ships with the top. ..
. 301⁄ 16", 361⁄ 16", the tops will overhang the
.. laminate color. ..
or 465⁄ 16" pedestals by 1⁄ 2" at the
.. Contact Specials for ..
Width 24", 30", 36", 42", back.
. common tops placed over .
.. Connections group storage and placed 481⁄ 16", 601⁄ 16", ..
.. back-to-back to ensure 661⁄ 16", 721⁄ 16", ..
. Not all top sizes are .
.. intended for use on all correct sizing for the 781⁄ 16", 841⁄ 16", ..
.. furniture. See Specifying application. 901⁄ 8", 961⁄ 8", ..
. pages to determine the or 1081⁄ 8" .
.. ..
.. appropriate sized top for Height 13⁄16" ..
. your furniture. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Adjustable Shelves for Universal Storage Towers
.. ..
. Adjustable Steel .
.. Product Details Connections \Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. Standard Shelves ..
For use with towers Adjustable steel Not all adjustable shelf Adjustable shelf Depth 24" or 30"
. .
.. shelves are included with sizes are intended for use • Paint ..
.. certain open side and full on all furniture. Width 15" ..
. front tower configurations. Adjustable standard .
.. Height 3⁄4" ..
cSpecifying, page 262 Additional shelves are avail- Adjustable steel brackets
.. ..
able for field installation. shelves can be used on • Black
. .
.. the following: ..
.. • Open side towers ..
. • Dual door towers .
.. ..
• Full front towers
.. ..
. .
.. Four adjustable ..
.. brackets ship with the ..
. adjustable shelf. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Adjustable Glass Shelves
Product Details Connections Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
. For use with open side .
.. towers only Adjustable glass Four adjustable Adjustable shelf ..
Depth 24" or 30"
.. shelves are included with brackets ship with the • Frosted glass ..
. Width 15" .
.. open side towers that are adjustable shelf. ..
. ordered with the glass Adjustable brackets
Height 3 ⁄8" .
.. shelves option. Additional • Black ..
shelves are available for
. .
.. field installation. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Shelves for Universal Storage Combination Cabinets, Shelves for Universal Storage
Combination Cabinets,
Storage Cabinets, Wardrobe
Storage Cabinets, Wardrobe Cabinets, Overfile Cabinets, Overfile Cabinets,
and Bookcases
Cabinets, and Bookcases

.. ..
Actual Dimensions ..
. Adjustable Steel
.. Product Details Connections Surface Materials
Standard Shelves ..
.. Adjustable steel Not all adjustable shelf Adjustable shelf Depth 15", 18", or 24" ..
. shelves are included with sizes are intended for use • Paint ..
.. Width 24", 30", 36",
.. combination cabinets, on all furniture. ..
storage cabinets, wardrobe Adjustable standard or 42" .
. ..
.. cSpecifying, page 263 cabinets, and bookcases. Adjustable steel brackets 3⁄4"
Height ..
.. Additional shelves are avail- shelves can be used on • Black
. Tip: Adjustable shelf for able for field installation. the following: .
.. ..
bookcases is the same for • Combination cabinets ..
..
standard and display • Storage cabinets .
. ..
.. installations; standard and • Wardrobe cabinets
.. display brackets are • Overfile cabinets ..
. different. • Bookcases .
.. ..
.. ..
. Four adjustable .
.. brackets ship with the ..
.. adjustable shelf. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Adjustable Steel .
.. Display Shelves for
Product Details Connections Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
Bookcases Adjustable steel Two adjustable Adjustable Depth 15" .
. display shelves are brackets ship with the display shelf ..
..
.. available for field adjustable display shelf. • Paint Width 24", 30", 36", ..
. installation. or 42" .
.. ..
Adjustable display 3⁄4" .
. Height
.. cSpecifying, page 264 shelf brackets ..
.. • Black ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Display Shelf Brackets Display shelf brackets
.
.. for Bookcases
Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
are used with standard .
.. adjustable shelves that are Display shelf brackets Depth 15" ..
. 15"D and oriented with the • Black .
.. ..
lip of the shelf in the front ..
..
and bullnose edge in the .
. ..
.. back.
.. ..
. cSpecifying, page 264 Display shelf brackets .
.. ..
ship in a package of two. ..
Accessories
Storage
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. .
..
.. Display shelf brackets .
.. support a shelf at a 48° ..
.. angle and are for use in ..
. Universal bookcases only. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Storage Accessories
.. ..
. Rails for Pedestals,
.. Towers, and Workstation
.. ..
Verticals Rails accommodate Rails Width 12" ..
. side-to-side filing of letter-, • Black
.. ..
.. A4 international-, and ..
. legal-size hanging folders. .
.. Tip: 171⁄ 2"D and 187⁄ 8"D ..
.. pedestals do not accommo- ..
.. date legal-size hanging ..
folders.
. .
.. Rails can be used for side- ..
.. Rail packages are to-side filing in 12"H file ..
. available in quantities of drawers of the following: .
.. two rails. • Open side towers
..
.. • Dual door towers
..
. .
.. • Full front towers ..
.. • Vertical drawer towers ..
. • Workstation verticals .
.. • Fixed pedestals
..
.. (manufactured after
..
. .
. February 22, 2004) .
.. • Mobile pedestals
..
.. (manufactured after
..
. .
.. February 22, 2004) ..
.. Tip: For pedestals ..
. manufactured on or before .
.. February 22, 2004, see
..
. .
.. Service Parts catalog. ..
.. Tip: Fixed pedestals and ..
. mobile pedestals require a .
.. set of two rails for side-to-
..
.. side filing.
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Dividers for Pedestals, ..
Towers, and Workstation
Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions
. .
.. Verticals Dividers For use in 6"H drawers ..
.. • Black ..
. Width 12" .
.. ..
.. For use in ..
.. 12"H drawers ..
. cSpecifying, page 139 .
.. Width 12" ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Dividers are available for ..
.. use in 6"H box drawers and ..
. .
.. 12"H file drawers of the ..
.. following: ..
. • Open side towers .
.. • Dual door towers ..
.. • Full front towers ..
. .
.. • Vertical drawer towers ..
.. • Fixed pedestals ..
. (manufactured after .
.. February 22, 2004) ..
.. • Mobile pedestals ..
.. (manufactured after ..
.. February 22, 2004) ..
.. Tip: For pedestals ..
. .
.. manufactured on or before ..
.. February 22, 2004, see ..
. Service Parts catalog. .
.. ..
.. Dividers ship in a package ..
. .
.. of two and ten. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Storage Accessories
.. ..
. Pencil Tray and 41/2" 91/2" .
.. Reference Shelf for
Product Details 117/8" 117/8" Surface Materials ..
.. Pedestals, Towers, and Pencil tray and Pencil tray and ..
. Workstation Verticals reference shelf reference shelf .
.. 3/8" ..
.. are used in: 11/2" • Black ..
. cSpecifying, page 139 • Open side towers .
.. • Dual door towers Pencil tray is available to Reference shelf protects Insert for reference ..
.. • Full front towers hold small office supplies. reference papers in box shelf ..
.. • Vertical drawer towers One pencil tray is shipped drawers. Shelf rests on top • Clear plastic ..
.. • Workstation verticals standard with each pedestal of drawer edges and can ..
. • Fixed pedestals tower, or workstation slide the entire depth of the .
.. .
.. (manufactured after vertical that is equipped drawer. A clear plastic insert Actual Dimensions ..
. February 22, 2004) with one or more 6"H box is standard with each ..
.. • Mobile pedestals drawers. reference shelf. Pencil tray ..
.. (manufactured after ..
. Depth 41⁄ 2" .
.. February 22, 2004) ..
.. Tip: For pedestals Width 117⁄ 8" ..
. manufactured on or before .
.. February 22, 2004, see Height 11⁄ 2" ..
.. Service Parts catalog. ..
. Reference shelf .
. .
.. Depth 91⁄ 2" ..
.. ..
. Width 7
11 ⁄ 8" .
.. ..
.. Height 3⁄ 8" ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Hanging Folder Bars Hanging folder bars
for Lateral Files,
Product Details
ship individually in a
Surface Materials ..
. .
.. Combination Cabinets, Hanging folder bar package of one. Hanging folder bar ..
.. 900 Series, 800 Series, accommodates side-to-side • Black ..
. and TS 200 Series filing of letter-, A4 interna- .
.. ..
tional-, and legal-size
.. .
. hanging folders. Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
Depth 1⁄4"
.. ..
. Hanging folder bars can .
.. Width 30", 36", or 42" ..
be used in 12"H and 15"H
.. cSpecifying, page 266 lateral file drawers and 12"H ..
Height 1"
. roll-out shelves of the .
.. ..
.. following: ..
Accessories
Storage
.. • Lateral files ..
. • Combination cabinets .
.. Tip: For legal-size filing, ..
.. hanging file folder frames ..
. are not needed in drawers .
.. ..
.. because drawer edges ..
.. support folders. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Rails for Lateral Files .
.. and Combination ..
Cabinets Rails accommodate front- Rails Depth 18" or 24"
. .
.. to-back filing of letter-, A4 • Black ..
.. international-, and legal- ..
. size hanging folders. .
.. 18"D ..
.. ..
Rail packages are
.. ..
available in quantities of two
.. ..
or four rails.
.. Rails can be used for front- ..
. 24"D to-back filing in 12"H and .
.. 15"H lateral file drawers
..
.. cSpecifying, page 267 and 12"H roll-out shelves of:
..
. .
.. • Lateral files ..
.. • Combination cabinets ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Storage Specification Guide cStorage Accessories, continued 109
February 2015
Storage Accessories, continued
.. ..
. Dividers for Lateral .
.. Product Details Specifying Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
Files and Combination
.. ..
Cabinets Dividers are available as Divider For 12"H opening
. .
.. an option for products with • Black only ..
.. the appropriate-size Depth 117⁄ 8" ..
. drawers or roll-out shelves. Width 1⁄ 16" .
.. ..
Additional dividers can also
.. 1
..
be ordered separately. Height 6 ⁄ 4"
.. ..
.. For 6"H opening ..
Dividers for 12" opening Shipped in carton of three.
. .
.. Depth 131⁄ 2" ..
.. ..
. Width 1⁄ 16" .
.. ..
.. Divides space in 6"H or Height 35⁄ 8" ..
. 12"H roll-out shelves and .
.. ..
.. 6"H or 12"H drawers to ..
. allow side-to-side filing of .
.. file folders in 2" increments. ..
.. Dividers for 6" opening ..
. cSpecifying, page 267 Tip: Dividers do not extend .
. .
.. the full depth of a shelf or ..
.. drawer. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Shelf Divider Assembly .
.. Product Details Connections Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
. .
.. Shelf divider assembly Bracket Depth of ..
.. can be used with the • Black dividers 103⁄4" ..
. following: .
.. Width of ..
• Lateral files Dividers
.. dividers 4" at the base ..
• Combination cabinets • Clear plastic
. 1⁄ 2" at the top .
.. • Storage cabinets ..
.. • Bookcases ..
Width of
. • Overfiles .
.. bracket 30", 36", or 42" ..
. Height of .
.. dividers 41⁄ 2" ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Shelf divider assembly ..
.. divides space in any ..
. storage unit with a 30"W, .
.. 36"W, or 42"W shelf. The ..
.. bracket attaches to the back ..
. of the shelf and supports .
.. ..
.. the two dividers, which slide ..
.. side to side along the width ..
. of the bracket. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Bookends
.. ..
. Divides space in fixed and Bookend Depth 51 ⁄ 4 " .
.. adjustable shelves. • 6695 Midnight only ..
.. Width 6" ..
. .
.. Height 8" ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Storage Accessories
.. ..
. Wood Drawer Pulls Product Details Specifying Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
.. Wood drawer pulls can Must be ordered Wood drawer pulls Depth 13⁄4" ..
. be used with Universal • Open pore finish
.. separately for field ..
open side towers, dual door • Customiz stain (option) Width 1411⁄ 32", 289⁄ 32",
.. installation on Universal .
towers, vertical drawer 34 ⁄ 32", and 40 ⁄ 32" .
9 9
. towers and workstation .
.. towers, workstation verticals.
..
.. Height 15⁄ 8" ..
verticals, lateral files, and
.. combination cabinets with Can be ordered as an
..
.. flush fronts. They can also option on Universal
..
. be used on 900 Series .
.. pedestals with flush fronts. ..
.. lateral file drawers. ..
. .
.. Wood drawer pulls attach ..
.. to the pull with double-sided ..
. tape. .
.. ..
.. Tip: 15"W wood drawer pull ..
. cSpecifying, page 269 cannot be used on Universal .
.. towers and workstation ..
.. verticals manufactured before ..
. October 17, 2005. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Counterweight .
.. Packages
.
. Counterweight Counterweight plates Depth 31⁄ 8" or 23⁄ 8" .
.. ..
. packages can be • Black only .
.. specified as an option for Width 251⁄ 2" ..
.. lateral files and other Height 18"
..
. storage products that may .
.. ..
.. require them. They can also ..
. be ordered separately. .
.. When ordering them ..
.. separately, see the product ..
. style number specifying .
.. pages to determine which ..
. counterweight package is .
.. To ensure cabinet required. ..
.. stability, install counter- ..
. weight packages for lateral .
.. files or other storage prod-
..
.. ..
Accessories
Storage
ucts that are not ganged to
.. another case, attached to a
..
. .
.. worksurface, or bolted to ..
.. the floor or wall. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Counterweight Package .
. for 52"H Full Front
.. ..
Towers with Wood Fronts Counterweight Counterweight Depth 11⁄4"
.. ..
and 52"H Workstation package can be specified • Black only
. Width 12" .
.. Verticals as an option for some full ..
.. front towers and workstation
Height 11⁄ 4"
..
. verticals. They can also be .
.. ..
ordered separately. When
.. ..
ordering them separately,
. .
see the product style ..
.. number specifying pages ..
.. to determine which ..
.. counterweight package ..
.. is required. ..
. To ensure cabinet .
.. stability, install counter- ..
.. weight packages to storage ..
. products that are not .
.. ..
.. ganged to another unit, ..
. attached to a worksurface, .
.. or bolted to the floor or wall. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
.. ..
. Counterweight Packages Counterweight pack- .
for Bookcases ages are field-installed in
.. Counterweight Counterweight
..
bookcases. Counterweights
. .
.. are needed in 651⁄ 2"H and • Black ..
.. 82"H bookcases only. They Depth 11⁄ 4" ..
. can be specified as an Cover .
.. • Paint
Width 19", 25", 31", ..
option for those bookcases
.. or 37" ..
that may require them.
They can also be ordered Height 11⁄ 4"
.. ..
separately. When ordering
. Cover .
.. them separately, see the ..
.. product style number Depth 13 ⁄ 8 " ..
. specifying pages to .
.. ..
determine which counter- Width 23 3⁄ 4", 29 3⁄ 4",
.. ..
weight package is required. 35 3⁄ 4", 413⁄ 4"
. .
.. Counterweight pack- ..
.. ages attach to the inside of Four counterweight Height 11⁄ 4" ..
. the bottom shelf. A cover is packages are available .
.. included to conceal the
..
for use with four bookcase
.. counterweight.
..
widths—24"W, 30"W, 36"W,
. .
. and 42"W. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Attachment Brackets
..
.. Product Details Specifying ..
. .
.. Must be ordered ..
. separately for field .
.. installation.
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Surface Materials ..
. .
.. Bracket ..
.. • Black paint only ..
. .
.. ..
.. Connects file to Avenir Attaches to top and ..
. panel to enhance panel bottom of Avenir panel that .
.. Connects file to Series stability. Attaches to file is perpendicular to file that ..
.. 9000 panel to enhance with screws. is the same height or taller ..
. panel stability. Attaches to than panel (excluding the .
.. file with screws. top cap). Attaches to file ..
.. with screws. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Anchor Bracket Package Anchor bracket
..
.
.. Product Details package includes brackets
Surface Materials .
..
.. Anchor bracket secures and attachment hardware. Anchor brackets ..
.. file, cabinet or tower to floor • Black ..
. in seismic zones to reduce .
.. the risk of hazards during
..
.. earthquakes. Four bracket
..
. .
.. cSpecifying, page 271 packages are required for ..
.. each cabinet. Note: Local ..
. seismic requirements .
.. vary. Compliance with local
..
.. code requirements is the
..
. .
.. responsibility of the customer ..
.. or their authorized agent. ..
.. For a California Office of ..
.. Statewide Health Planning ..
.. and Development (OSHPD) ..
. approved anchor bracket, .
.. contact Specials.
..
.. Tip: Anchor brackets cannot
..
. .
.. be used with pedestals. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Storage Accessories
.. ..
. Underworksurface Product Details Connections Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. Lateral File Fillers ..
.. Lateral file fillers can be Lateral file filler and Depth 24" or 30" ..
. used with the following: filler brackets
.. ..
• Answer panels • Paint Height 27"
.. ..
. • Turnstone Kick panels .
.. • Turnstone Kick ..
.. worksurfaces ..
.. • Universal Systems ..
.. cSpecifying, page 272 worksurfaces ..
. • Answer worksurfaces .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Lateral file filler can be ..
. used in applications where .
.. a 27"H lateral file or storage ..
.. cabinet with no top is used ..
. underneath a worksurface. .
.. ..
.. Filler conceals the gap ..
. between the face of a panel .
. and the back of the lateral .
.. ..
.. file or storage cabinet. Filler ..
. connects to the panel to .
.. provide stability for configu- ..
.. rations that are not panel- ..
. wrapped; use the same .
.. ..
. application rules as a .
.. pedestal with filler. Fillers ..
.. are available for use with ..
. proud-front or flush-front .
.. ..
.. lateral files or storage ..
. cabinets. .
.. ..
.. 24"D filler is used with ..
. 18"D storage. 30"D filler is .
.. ..
.. used with 18"D or 24"D ..
. storage. Order filler to .
.. match nominal depth of ..
.. worksurface. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Accessories
Storage
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Understanding
Lighting
Statement of Line and Comparison 116
Product Details
Shelf Lights 120
LED Shelf Lights 124
LED Personal Task Lights 126
Application Topics
Daisy Chaining 128
Related Products
Vertical Wire Manager 130
Lighting
Underwriters Laboratory
(UL) and Canadian
Standards Association
(CSA) listed. These lights
have been designed to meet
U.S. and Canadian national
electrical and energy codes
and most local building codes.
Local electrical codes vary, so
you should consult a qualified
electrical contractor or engi-
neer for proper installation of
all electrical equipment.
February 2015
Statement of Line and Comparison
Shelf lights mount into the

Shelf Lights
recessed bottom of storage
shelves and bins to illumi- Storage-Mounted Lights
nate the worksurface. Five
types of shelf lights are avail- Standard Shelf Light Utility2 Shelf Light
able to control the quality of
light for specific applications.
Each type is compatible with
Steelcase systems furniture
and all major competitive
furniture lines.
Mounting • Universal mounting package • Universal and flush mounting package

Options (standard) (standard)
• Flush mount
• Competitive mounting package
cPage 120 cPage 120
cPage 274 cPage 276
Depth 91⁄4" 67⁄8"
Width 25", 37", or 49" 25", 37", or 49"

Color 3500K 3500K
Temperature
Description The right choice for the majority Designed for use in display areas,
of people in today’s workplace service centers, under transaction
who switch frequently from task tops, and other applications where
to task throughout the day. glare control is not a primary
consideration.
Optics Faceted, white reflector Silver reflector

Contrast sleeve that can be Prismatic lens—
manually rotated to vary light flat acrylic diffuser
intensity
Ballasts • Electronic ballast • Electronic ballast

• High power factor • High power factor
• Normal-power-factor ballast
Electronic • Not available • Not available

Dimmer
Lens None • Batwing lens option

Options
Average Rated • 20,000 hours • 20,000 hours

Lamp Life
Warranty • Ballast - 5 years • Ballast - 5 years

• Fixture - 12 years • Fixture - 12 years
February 2015
Statement of Line and
Comparison
Shelf lights offer end

Shelf Lights
users added control and
adjustability to place the Storage-Mounted Lights
proper amount of shelf
lighting to create a holistic Underline Light Bottomline Light
work setting. Ideally suited
for recessed mount
applications to bottom of
bin or shelf.
Mounting • Standard includes universal • Standard includes universal

spring bracket for recessed mount spring bracket for recessed mount
or screw-in for flush mount (tool or screw-in for flush mount (tool
free clips for New York applications). free clips for New York applications).
cPage 122 cPage 122
cPage 278 cPage 280
Depth 43⁄4" 41⁄2"
Width 22" 231⁄4", 35", or 463⁄4"

Height 3 ⁄4 " 11⁄4"
Weight 2.7 lb 4.02 lb, 4.95 lb, or 6.9 lb

Color 3500K 3500K
Temperature
Description 3⁄4 ofan inch slim profile along with Designed to be environmentally
environmentally friendly technology friendly providing 15% more light
provides an even distribution of with an even distribution of light
light on the worksurface. Ideal under on the worksurface. Ideally suited
shelves and bins. for recessed mount applications to
bottom of bin or shelf.
Finish Options • Paint: Black (0835), Pewter (7018), • Paint: Black (0835), Pewter (7018),
or Dark Champagne (7021) or Dark Champagne (7021)
Optics • Aluminum reflector with batwing lens • Mylar reflector with batwing lens
Ballasts • Energy saving electronic • Energy saving electronic

ballast ballast
Electronic • Available • Not available
Dimmer
Lens • Batwing lens • Prismatic lens

Options
Average Rated • 10,000 hrs. • 20,000 hrs.
Lighting
Lamp Life
Warranty • Ballast - 5 years • Ballast - 5 years

• Fixture - 12 years • Fixture - 12 years
Storage Specification Guide cStatement of Line and Comparison, continued 117
February 2015
Statement of Line and Comparison, continued
Shelf lights offer end

LED Shelf Light
users added control and
adjustability to place the Storage-Mounted Lights
proper amount of task light-
ing to create a holistic work- LED Shelf Light
setting. Ideally suited for
recessed mount applications
to bottom of bin or shelf.
Mounting • Standard includes magnetic mount for

steel bins and shelves. Optional fastener
kit for wood and aluminum shelves are
available.
Understanding
cPage 124
Specifying
cPage 281
Depth 21⁄2"
Width 18"
Color 3500K
Temperature
Description The most environmentally-friendly light in the portfolio.

Consumes only 11 watts of power, contains no harmful
metals (mercury), and has a useful life of over 50,000
hours. Ideally suited for recessed mount applications
to bottom of bin or shelf.
Finish Options • Bottom surface clear anodized aluminum only. Plastic cover Arctic White (6009) or Black (6000).
Ballasts • Energy saving low-voltage power supply
Electronic • Standard on all lights

Dimmer
Lens Options • Polycarbonate matte film

Average Rated • 50,000 hrs.
Lamp Life
Warranty • Power supply - 5 years

• Fixture - 12 years
February 2015
Statement of Line and
Comparison
Personal task lights

LED Lights
offer end users added
control and adjustability to Rail-Mounted and Non Rail-Mounted
place the proper amount of
personal lighting to create a LED Personal Task Lights
holistic worksetting. Ideally
suited for rail-mount, desk, or
freestanding applications.
Mounting • Rail-mounted attaches directly to rail systems in c:scape,

FrameOne, Elective Elements, Impact, Turnstone
Campfire Big Table, and Details SOTO Rail. The non
rail-mounted version attaches to most freestanding desks
and tables.
Tip: Non rail-mounted LED personal task lights will not work
on worksurfaces with knife edge that is longer than 11⁄ 4", or
with modesty panels or modesty screens closer than 6"
from the back edge.
Understanding
cPage 126
Specifying
cPage 282
Depth 6"
Width 30"
Color 3500K
Temperature
Description Intended to be a primary light source, LED personal task light

covers the user’s active work zone with a smartly-designed array
of light. The light is specifically designed to direct light where it is
needed. Energy efficient at only 14 watts, LED personal task light
is engineered to have a useful life of over 50,000 hours. It attaches
directly to the rail systems of c:scape, FrameOne, Impact, Elective
Elements, Turnstone Big Table, and Details SOTO Rail. A non-rail-
mounted version attaches to freestanding desks and tables.
Finish Options • Fixture and stanchions, paint: 4799 Platinum Metallic, 4231 Arctic White, 4710 Low Gloss Black.
Plastic cover Arctic White (6009) only.
Ballasts • Energy saving low-voltage power supply
Lighting
Electronic • Standard on all lights
Dimmer
Lens Options • Polycarbonate matte film
Average Rated • 50,000 hrs.

Lamp Life
Warranty • Power supply - 5 years

• Fixture - 12 years
February 2015
Shelf Lights
Standard and Utility2
.. cSpecifying, pages 274–277

.. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Shelf light includes the ..
. . lamp, ballast, and either a .
.. End cap cord managers, .. 9' cord with three-prong plug ..
.. molded into the durable plastic .. or daisy-chain cords. ..
. . .
.. end caps, allow you to route .. ..
.. and manage excess cord. .. ..
.. .. ..
45°
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Plug configuration
..
. Housing is painted black. . .
.. .. allows two Standard shelf ..
Optional paint colors are
.. .. lights to engage adjacent ..
available. outlets in one receptacle.
. . .
.. Plug is flat so it remains .. ..
.. close to the receptacle. .. Energy-saving T8 ..
. . lamps have triphosphor .
.. . ..
.. On-off switch is centered .. coating for balanced color ..
. on the front edge of the .. and pleasing light. .
. Standard shelf light and on . .
.. .. ..
.. the right-hand side of the .. ..
Utility2 shelf light. Connections
. . .
.. .. Shelf light mounts ..
.. .. recessed or flush ..
. . depending on design of .
.. Cord exits from the center .. .
.
9' cord with grounded
of the back of the light for . overhead storage bin or shelf. ..
.. plug is factory installed.
Standard shelf light and from .
. Installation is done in the ..
.. Length is maximum allowed
the right hand-side of the
.. field. ..
. by U.S. National Electrical . .
.. Code. Cord with circuit
Utility2 shelf lights. .. ..
.. breaker is available to meet .. ..
. . .
.. the requirements of the .. ..
.. Chicago code. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Universal bracket allows ..
. . shelf light to be installed with- ..
.. .. .
.. .. out tools under most metal ..
. . overhead storage bins and .
.. .. shelves. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Daisy chain cords have .. ..
.. modular connectors to link .. ..
. Standard shelf lights . .
.. .. ..
.. together. 78" daisy chain ..
jumper cord is standard with Daisy chain starter cord ..
. . must be ordered separately ..
.. select Utility2 lights. .. .
.. .. when used with Standard ..
. . shelf lights in a daisy chain .
.. .. application. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Daisy chain starter
..
.. .. light with cord must be
..
.. .. ordered when Utility2 shelf ..
. Actual Dimensions . lights are used in a daisy .
.. .. ..
.. .. chain application. ..
Standard Utility2
. . .
.. 1
Depth 9 ⁄ 4" (235 mm) 7
6 ⁄ 8" (175 mm) .. ..
.. .. ..
. Width 245⁄ 8", 365⁄ 8", or 485⁄ 8" 245⁄ 16", 365⁄ 16", or 485⁄ 16" . .
.. .. ..
(625 mm, 930 mm, or 1235 mm) (617 mm, 922 mm, or 1227 mm)
.. .. ..
. Height 13⁄4" (44 mm) 15⁄8" (41 mm) . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
Shelf Lights
.. .. ..
. Width Lamp Lamp Replacement . Photometric Data .
.. .. ..
.. width wattage lamps Standard
.. ..
. 245⁄ 8" 24" 17 watts F17T8-TL735 . Initial horizontal footcandles for LSM24K .
.. .. Worksurface rear ..
.. 365⁄ 8" 36" 25 watts F25T8-TL735 .. ..
. . .
.. .. 3" 88 85 78 67 55 42 31 22 ..
.. 485⁄ 8" 48" 32 watts F32T8-TL735
.. ..
. 6" 93 90 82 70 57 43 31 23
.. .. ..
.. .. 9" 91 88 81 69 56 41 30 21 ..
. .. . .
.. .. 12" 82 80 72 62 50 38 28 20 ..
. Wiring & Cabling .. ..
.. ..
. .. Power drawn is approxi- . 15" 69 67 61 53 43 33 24 18 .
.. .. ..
. mately 1⁄ 2 amp.
.. .. .. 18" 56 55 49 43 36 28 21 16 ..
. .. . .
.. Daisy chaining permits .. 21" 41 40 37 32 27 22 17 13 ..
. interconnecting up to six .. ..
.. ..
. .. Standard shelf lights from a . 24" 29 28 26 23 19 16 13 10 .
.. .. ..
.. single power outlet. Utility2
.. .. 27" 19 19 18 16 14 12 10 8 ..
.. light daisy chaining allows
. . .
.. . up to 10 fixtures. . 30" 13 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 .
. .. ..
cPage 128
.. Keyhole slots in housing .. .. ..
CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21"
.
.. of fixture allow shelf light to .. . .
Starter cord for Standard .. Worksurface front ..
be mounted beneath wood or ..
.. .. and starter light for Utility2 .. ..
laminate overhead storage
. . powers first light in a daisy . .
.. bins and shelves using
. .. Utility2 ..
. screws provided. Keyhole .. chain and allows you to con-
.. . Initial horizontal footcandles for LSB24K2 .
slots are also used to mount . vert any daisy chain light for .. ..
.. . independent operation. .. Worksurface rear ..
lights to overhead storage .
. bins and shelves manufac- .. . .
.. .. .. 3" 113 109 98 84 65 49 36 25 ..
.. tured prior to August 1991. Electronic high-power-
. .. ..
. . factor ballast that is 6" 129 123 112 93 73 53 37 26
. .
.. Standard shelf competi- .. roughly 45% more efficient .. ..
.. tive mounting package .. than a normal-power-factor .. 9" 135 129 117 96 75 53 38 26 ..
. provides attachment hard- .. ballast is available on . .
.. .. .. 12" 127 119 107 89 68 49 36 25 ..
.. ware to mount Steelcase Standard and Utility2.
.. ..
. shelf lights on all major com- .. . 15" 104 99 89 74 58 43 32 22 .
.. petitive furniture lines. .. Normal-power-factor .. ..
.. Package includes screws and .. electronic ballasts are .. 18" 78 76 68 56 44 34 26 19 ..
. installation instructions. .. available on Utility2 shelf . .
.. . .. 21" 55 51 48 41 34 26 21 15 ..
.. .. lights.
.. ..
.. .. .. 24" 36 36 31 29 24 18 15 11 ..
. . Batwing lens is available
.. .. . .
as an option on Utility2 shelf .. 27" 25 24 21 19 17 14 11 9 ..
.. .. lights for applications where .. ..
. . moderate improvement to . 30" 17 16 15 13 11 10 8 7 .
.. .. .. ..
. .. light distribution is needed. CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21"
.. .. ..
.. .. Worksurface front ..
.. ..
. . .
.. .. Surface Materials .. ..
.. . .. ..
Housing
Lighting
.. . .
. . • Black paint (standard) .. ..
.. .
.. Shelf light can be mounted . • Paint colors (option) .. ..
.. . .
. anywhere from side to side
. .. ..
.. Reflector
beneath over-head storage . .. ..
.. . • White on Standard and
bin or shelf. The cord length . . .
. .. silver on Utility2 shelf .. ..
.. is the only limitation.
..
.. lights .. ..
.. .. ..
. .
.. .. Cord .. ..
.. .. • Black plastic only .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. End cap cord manager
.. .. ..
. • Black plastic only
.. . . .
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. .. . .
.. .. ..
February 2015
Shelf Lights
Underline and Bottomline
.. cSpecifying, pages 278-280

.. .. ..
. . Product Details . Width Lamp Lamp Replacement .
.. .. .. width wattage lamps
..
.. Underline .. Shelf light includes the .. ..
. . lamp, ballast, and either a . Underline .
.. .. 9' cord with a three-prong .. ..
.. .. plug or a Chicago plug. .. 24" 23.3" 13 watts FM13-835 ..
. Plug is flat so it remains . . .
.. close to the receptacle.
.. .. Bottomline
..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. 24" 23.3" 14 watts F14T5-835 ..
45° ..
.. .. ..
. . . 36" 35.1" 21 watts F21T5-835 .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. 48" 46.8" 28 watts F28T5-835 ..
Plug configuration
. . . .
.. .. allows two task lights to .. ..
Cord exits from the
.. ..
.. center/rear of the fixture.
.. engage adjacent outlets in
Wiring & Cabling . Surface Materials ..
. . one receptacle. . .. .
.. .. .. Power drawn is approxi- Housing ..
.. ..
.. .. Optics: 1
mately ⁄ 2 amp. . • Paint ..
. . Underline includes an alu- . .. 0835 Black .
.. .. minum reflector with batwing .
. ..
.. Daisy chaining permits .. 7018 Pewter
.. Bottomline .. lens. .. ..
interconnecting up to six 7021 Dark Champagne
. . . .
. Housing is painted steel. . . shelf lights from a single .. .
.. .. Bottomline includes a .. ..
.. power outlet. . Reflector
.. .. batwing lens with mylar .. ..
cPage 128 • Underline - Aluminum
. . reflector that provides low . .. .
.. .. glare and broad distribution .. . reflector with batwing ..
.. .. of light. .. Daisy chaining allows for . lens ..
. .
. . .. independent operation of .. .
.. .. . • Bottomline - Mylar ..
9' cord with grounded lights.
. . . . reflector with batwing .
.. plug is factory installed. .. Connections .. .. ..
.. .. Electronic ballast is .. lens - flat acrylic diffuser
Length is maximum allowed .. Shelf light mounts more energy efficient than
..
. by U.S. National Electrical . recessed or flush depending .
. . Cord .
.. .. . T8 electronic ballasts. .. ..
.. Code. Cord with circuit . on the design of the overhead . .. • Black plastic only ..
. breaker is available to meet .. storage bin or shelf. Standard .. Electronic dimming . .
.. the requirements of the .. with universal spring brackets .. control features touch .. End caps ..
.. Chicago Code. .. for recessed mount or screw- .. switch, which allows dim- .. • Molded to match housing ..
. . in for flush mount. . ming from 100% to 50% light .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. output (Underline only). ..
.. .. . ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. On-off switch is centered .. .. . ..
.. ..
.. on housing. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. . ..
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. . ..
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. .
. . .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. .
. . .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. .
. . .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. .
. . .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. . ..
. ..
. Actual Dimensions . .. .. .
.. .. ..
.. Underline Bottomline .. .. . ..
. ..
. . .. .. .
.. Depth 3
4 ⁄ 4" 1
4 ⁄ 2" .. ..
.. .. .. . ..
. ..
. Width 22" 231⁄ 4", 35", 463⁄ 4" . .. .. .
.. .. ..
.. Height 3 ⁄ 4" 1
1 ⁄ 4" .. .. . ..
. ..
. . .. .. .
.. Weight 2.7 lb 4.02 lb, 4.95 lb, 6.9 lb .. ..
February 2015
Shelf Lights
.. .. .. ..
. Photometric Data . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Underline .. .. ..
. Initial horizontal footcandles for LT2 . . .
.. Worksurface rear .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 3" 67 62 57 52 45 37 28 23 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 6" 85 79 72 66 56 44 34 27 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. 9" 102 96 85 76 63 49 38 29 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 12" 110 103 93 82 67 52 39 29 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 15" 102 98 90 80 67 53 40 30 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 18" 75 72 67 63 57 48 37 29 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 21" 49 49 47 45 43 38 31 25 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 24" 33 32 30 30 30 28 24 19 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 27" 21 20 21 21 21 20 17 15 .. .. ..
. . . .
. 30" 15 15 15 15 15 14 13 11 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21" .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Worksurface front .. .. ..
.. Bottomline .. .. ..
. Initial horizontal footcandles for L42FT . . .
.. .. .. ..
. Worksurface rear . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 3" 56 54 50 45 41 34 28 22 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
6" 74 71 66 58 50 40 31 24
.. .. .. ..
. 9" 93 88 80 68 57 44 33 25 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 12" 105 101 91 80 64 50 36 28 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
15" 115 111 100 88 72 56 40 29
.. .. .. ..
. 18" 109 106 96 85 72 56 40 30 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 21" 75 78 71 68 61 50 37 27 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
24" 47 48 44 44 42 36 29 23
.. .. .. ..
.. 27" 26 28 27 27 27 25 21 17 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 30" 15 15 16 16 17 16 15 13 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21" . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Lighting
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
February 2015
LED Shelf Lights

.. .. ..
. .
Plastic cover finish in Product Details . .
.. ..
Black or Arctic White.
.. ..
.. .. Shelf light includes the . ..
. . lamp and power supply with .. .
.. .. cord set. Daisy chain .. ..
.. .. primary light includes lamp .. ..
. . and larger power supply to . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. support up to three lights. . ..
Daisy chain secondary light .
.. Soft on and soft off .. .. ..
includes lamp and daisy
.. light activation. .. chain cord set.
.. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Optional fastener kit
.. .. .. allows shelf light to be
..
. . . .
.. .. .. mounted to wood or alu- ..
.. .. .. minum shelves. ..
. . . .
.. . .. ..
.. Illuminated soft touch .. .. ..
switch has continuous .. Wiring & Cabling
. . .
.. dimming. .. .. Shelf light includes the ..
.. .. .. lamp and power supply with ..
. . Power supply for LED . cord set. Daisy chain starter .
. . . .
.. .. daisy chain starter .. light includes lamp and ..
.. .. light uses a 60 watt modu- .
. larger power supply to sup- ..
. . lar cord with standard two . port up to three lights. Daisy .
.. .. prong plug, an integrated .. ..
.. Daisy chain lights con- .. chain secondary light
low voltage cord, and a con- .. includes lamp and daisy
..
. nect to ports on the back . nector to attach to light. A 15 .. .
.. corner of the light. .. .. chain cord set. ..
. . watt power supply is used .
.. .. on the LED standard light, it .
. ..
.. Cord exits from the back .. is 9' long with a two prong .. Power supply for LED ..
. corner of the light. . driver plug. . daisy chain starter .
.. .. Tip: Energy saving mini-LEDs .. light uses a 60 watt modu- ..
.. .. greatly reduce power use. .. lar cord with standard two ..
. . . prong plug, an integrated .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. low voltage cord, and a con- ..
Connections nector to attach to light. A 15
. . . .
.. .. Shelf light mounts .. watt power supply is used ..
.. .. recessed or flush depending .. on the LED standard light, it ..
. . on design of overhead stor- .. is 9' long with a two prong .
.. .. ..
.. .. age bin or shelf. Installation is .. driver plug. ..
. . done in the field. .. Tip: Daisy chain starter light .
.. .. .. comes with a 60 watt power ..
.. .. .. supply to support up to ..
.. .. .. three lights. Daisy chain sec- ..
. . . ondary lights do not come .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. with a power supply, but ..
. . . instead come with a daisy .
.. .. .. chain cord set. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Housing ..
. . . • 6000 Black .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. • 6009 Arctic White ..
. . . .
.. .. .. Reflector ..
.. .. .. • Clear anodized aluminum ..
. . . only .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Cord ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. .. • Black plastic only ..
.. Depth 25⁄ 8"
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Width 181⁄ 8" .. .. ..
. . Magnetic mounting . .
Height 1 ⁄2 "
.. .. allows shelf light to be .. ..
.. Power Supply 60 Watt Cord Set (11')
.. installed without tools under .
.. ..
. . most metal overhead stor- .
.. -Line voltage cord: 6' .. age bins and shelves. This .. ..
.. -Low voltage cord: 5' .. mounting allows the light to .. ..
. Power Supply 15 Watt Cord . be mounted to most compet- .. .
.. .. ..
-9' with two prong driver plug itive steel bins and shelves. .
February 2015
LED Shelf Lights
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. LED Shelf Light .. .. ..
. Initial horizontal footcandles for LSL18 . . .
.. .. .. ..
. 3" 83 80 71 58 45 32 23 17 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 6" 94 90 78 64 48 34 24 18 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. 9" 98 94 81 65 49 35 25 17 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 12" 93 89 75 61 46 34 24 17 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 15" 78 74 63 53 40 30 22 15 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 18" 59 57 50 43 32 25 18 14 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 21" 40 41 36 32 25 19 15 11 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 24" 28 27 24 22 18 14 11 9 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 27" 18 17 16 14 12 10 8 7 .. .. ..
. . . .
. 30" 11 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21" .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Lighting
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
February 2015
LED Personal Task Lights

.. .. ..
. Plastic cover finish in . Product Details . .
.. Arctic White only.
.. .. ..
.. .. Personal task light .. ..
. . includes the lamp and . .
.. .. power supply with cord set. .. ..
.. .. Rail-mounted version .. ..
. . includes rail brackets. Non . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. rail-mounted version . ..
includes Universal Mounting . 32" 1"
.. Soft on and soft off .. .. ..
brackets.
.. light activation. .. .. ..
. . . 53/4" .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. 32" 1" ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . 53/4" .
.. . .. ..
.. Illuminated soft touch .. .. Non rail-mounted LED ..
. switch has continuous .. . personal task lights will .
.. dimming. .. .. not work on worksurfaces ..
.. .. Power supply uses a .. with knife edge that is longer ..
. . modular cord with standard .. than 11/4", or with modesty .
. . .
.. .. two prong plug, an inte- .. panels or modesty screens ..
.. .. grated low voltage cord, and .. closer than 6" from the back ..
. . a connector to attach to . edge. .
.. .. .. ..
light.
.. .. . ..
Tip: Energy saving mini-LEDs .
. . . Wiring & Cabling .
.. Cord exists from under the .. greatly reduce power use. .. ..
. stanchion. . . Personal task light .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. includes the lamp and power ..
Connections
. . . supply with cord set. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Power supply uses a ..
. . . modular cord with standard .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. two prong plug, an inte- ..
. . . grated low voltage cord, and .
.. .. .. a connector to attach to ..
.. .. .. light. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. . Housing ..
LED personal task light .
.. .. .. • 6009 Arctic White plastic ..
mounts directly to the rail
. . only
.. .. systems of c:scape, Frame- .. .
..
One, Elective Elements, .
.. .. . Fixture and Stanchions ..
. . Impact, Turnstone Campfire .. .
.. .. Big Table, and Details SOTO .. • 4231 Arctic White ..
.. .. rail. .. • 4710 Low Gloss Black ..
.. .. .. • 4799 Platinum Metallic ..
. . . .
.. .. .. Cord ..
.. .. .. • Black plastic only ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Actual Dimensions . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Depth 6" .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Width 30" .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Height 17" . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Power Supply Cord Set (12') .. .. ..
. -Line voltage cord: 6' . . .
.. -Low voltage cord: 6'
.. .. ..
February 2015
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. LED Personal Task Lights .. .. ..
. Initial horizontal footcandles for LPTL30 and LPTL30NR . . .
.. .. .. ..
. 0" 15 14 13 12 11 9 6 6 5 4 3 2 2 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 3" 21 20 18 17 15 13 11 8 6 5 3 3 2 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. 6" 31 31 29 26 23 19 15 12 9 7 5 3 2 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 9" 51 50 46 42 36 29 23 18 13 9 6 4 3 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 12" 82 79 73 64 53 43 32 23 16 11 7 5 3 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 15" 109 105 96 83 68 53 39 27 19 12 8 6 4 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 18" 105 102 93 81 66 51 37 27 18 12 9 6 4 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 21" 76 75 69 59 50 39 30 22 16 11 7 5 4 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 24" 48 47 44 39 33 27 21 16 12 9 6 5 3 .. .. ..
. . . .
. 27" 29 28 27 24 21 17 14 11 9 7 5 4 3 . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 30" 18 18 17 16 14 12 10 8 7 5 4 3 2 .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
CL 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21" 24" 27" 30" 33" 36"
.. .. .. ..
. Worksurface front . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Lighting
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
February 2015
Daisy Chaining
For Standard, Utility2, and Bottomline Lights
.. Daisy chaining shelf Daisy chain Tip: Daisy chaining is not

..
. .
.. lights together extends cords allowed in Chicago. Local ..
.. power from one fixture to electrical codes vary, so you ..
. another within workstations should consult a qualified .
.. to help keep receptacles electrical contractor or engi-
..
.. clear for other uses. neer for proper installation of
..
. .
.. all electrical equipment. ..
.. For Standard shelf ..
.. lights, starter cord is Tip: Overhead cabinets and .
.
.. required with daisy chain shelves provide a recessed .
..
. cords to bring power to the area for shelf lights. They
.. first shelf light in a daisy are not designed to conceal .
.
.. chain so there’s no need to cords when daisy chaining. .
.
. .
.. designate where each fixture Starter ..
.. will be used within the chain. cord Tip: When using upmount ..
. brackets with overhead .
.. storage and daisy chaining
..
.. lights, use the open design
..
. .
.. cord management. ..
. .
. .
.. Power will not be inter- ..
.. rupted in a chain even if ..
. one of the shelf lights is .
.. ..
.. turned off or its lamp has ..
. burned out. That’s because .
.. the path of power through ..
. the chain doesn’t pass .
.. ..
.. through the lamps or ..
. switches. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 1 ..
For Utility2 lights,
. 2 .
.. connect the power cord 1 ..
.. between the first light and ..
.. the wall receptacle. Connect ..
. the jumper cord 2 between .
.. ..
the lights. Maximum dis-
.. ..
tance betweeen receptacles
. .
.. for 78" jumper is 74". Starter light Daisy chain light ..
.. Tip: Connect up to 10 fix- with 9' power cord with 78" jumper cord ..
.. tures maximum. Voltage and ..
. current rating of fixture is .
.. ..
120 volt, .75 amps.
.. ..
Starter light is required with
. .
.. daisy chain lights to bring ..
.. power to the first light in the ..
. daisy chain. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. For Bottomline lights, Starter Light Daisy Chain Light ..
.. starter light is required with ..
.. daisy chain lights to bring ..
. power to the first light in the .
.. daisy chain.
..
.. ..
. Twist tie .
.. ..
.. Daisy chain end ..
. Jumper cord .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Daisy Chaining Daisy Chaining
For Underline Lights
.. ..
. Daisy chaining lights Tip: Daisy chaining is not .
.. Jumper ..
together extends power allowed in Chicago. Local
.. cord ..
from one shelf lights to electrical codes vary, so you
. another within workstations should consult a qualified .
.. ..
.. to help keep receptacles electrical contractor or engi- ..
. clear for other uses. neer for proper installation of .
.. all electrical equipment. ..
.. Starter cord is required ..
. on shelf lights with daisy Tip: Overhead bins and full- .
.. ..
.. chain cords to bring power height shelves provide ..
. to the first shelf light in a a recessed area for shelf .
.. daisy chain so there’s no lights. They are not ..
.. need to designate where Starter designed to conceal cords ..
. each fixture will be used when daisy chaining. .
.. cord ..
.. within the chain. ..
. Tip: When using upmount .
.. storage and daisy chaining ..
. lights, use the open design .
.. ..
. cord management. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Jumper cord is required ..
.. to connect daisy chain lights. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. Power will not be ..
.. interrupted in a chain, ..
. even if one of the shelf lights .
.. ..
.. is turned off or its lamp has ..
. burned out; because the .
.. path of power through the ..
.. chain does not pass through ..
. the lamps or switches. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Additions to a chain are .
.. possible at any time by
..
. .
.. adding a jumper cord. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Lighting
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Vertical Wire Manager
.. Vertical wire manager .. .. ..

. . Product Details . Connections .
.. conceals cords and cables .. .. ..
.. that are routed vertically .. .. Snaps into the slotted ..
. outside of the panels. . . channel of the junction. .
.. cSpecifying, page 283 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Cover ..
.. .. .. • 6000 Black ..
.. .. .. • 6009 Arctic White ..
. . . .
.. .. .. • 6249 Platinum Solid ..
.. .. .. • 6654 Sand ..
. . . • 6697 Fog .
.. .. Wire manager is available .. ..
.. .. for use between the bottom .. ..
. . of a shelf or overhead stor- . .
.. .. . ..
.. .. age bin and a worksurface. .. ..
. . Wire manager can be cut .. .
.. Cover conceals cords .. .. ..
or cables. in the field to suit specific
.. .. application. .. ..
. . . .
. . . .
.. .. Wire manager can .. ..
.. .. also be used below the .. ..
. . worksurface. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. Hooks fit into vertical . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. channel at edge of panel. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. Power cords and .. ..
.. .. cables can be routed from .
.. ..
. . the wire manager and the .
.. .. 1⁄2" gap along the back edge .
. ..
.. .. .. ..
of the worksurface.
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. .. ..
. Depth 1" (25 mm) . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Width 15⁄ 8" (41 mm) .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Height 48" (1219 mm) .. .. ..
February 2015
Understanding
Victor2
Statement of Line 132
Understanding 134
Victor2
February 2015
Statement of Line
cPage 134 cPage 134
cPage 286 cPage 288
Mobile Unit Freestanding Unit
cPage 135 cPage 135
cPage 290 cPage 290
Tray Shelf Display
February 2015
Statement of Line
Victor2
February 2015
Victor2
.. Victor2 is a recycling solu-

..
. .
.. tion that is appropriate for sup- ..
.. porting larger work groups, ..
. conference rooms, and cafés. .
.. A mobile unit and two free-
..
.. standing units are available.
..
. Soft-touch integral .
.. cSpecifying, pages 286-290 handle allows easy move- ..
.. ment from one location to ..
.. another. ..
.. PAP
ER
..
. Mobile unit has three PAP
EL
.
.. openings. Eight insert ..
.. options are available to ..
. pick for the openings. These .
.. RET
URN
ABL
E
ORN
ABL
E ..
eight insert options contain
RET
.. ..
. English, Spanish, and .
.. French. ..
.. ..
. Receptacles contain fea- .
.. Receptacles fit bags from .
.
R
PE
tures to accommodate over-
PA
L
PE
PA
.. 30 gallon size and larger.
..
sized bags.
. .
T
OS
MP
. .
CO
O
ON
AB
.. ..
.. ..
LE
AB
RN
TU
RE
LE
AB
RN
TO
RE
. Four non-locking cast- .
.. Freestanding unit has ..
.. ers are standard. Two cast- four or five openings. Eight ..
. ers swivel, and two casters insert options are available .
.. are fixed. to pick for the openings.
..
. .
.. These eight insert options ..
.. contain English, Spanish ..
. and French. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Leveling glides are fully .
..
. adjustable up to 11/2".
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. Mobile Unit Freestanding Unit ..
.. ..
. Depth 18" 25" .
.. ..
.. Width 36" 48" or 60" ..
. .
.. Height 36" 36" ..
February 2015
Victor2
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Product Details . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
.. .. .. .. .. ..
POST
COM
O
ABON
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
. . . . . .
LE
RNAB
RETU
LE
POST
RNAB
COM
RETO
R
PAPE
O
.. .. .. .. .. ..
ABON
L
PAPE
TE
WAS
LE
RA
RNAB
BASU
RETU
POST
COM
LE
RNAB
RETO
O
ABON
.. .. .. .. .. ..
E
WAST
LE
RNAB
RETU
RA
BASU
LE
RNAB
RETO
. . . . . .
D
MIXE
TE
WAS
OS
MIXT
RA
BASU
.. .. .. .. .. ..
D
MIXE
OS
MIXT
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . Top on the mobile unit . . . .
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
.. .. can be used for food service .. .. .. ..
POST
COM
O
ABON
.. .. .. .. .. ..
LE
RNAB
RETU
LE
RNAB
RETO
use or tray storage. Freestanding four- or
E
WAST
. . . . . .
RA
BASU
.. .. .. .. five-slot opening will .. Freestanding four- or ..
D
MIXE
OS
MIXT
.. .. .. .. accommodate two tray .. five-slot opening will ..
. . . . shelves. . accommodate two displays. .
.. .. .. .. .. Tip: A gap of 181/2" will sep- ..
Tip: A gap of 15" will sepa-
.. .. .. .. . arate the two displays on a ..
rate the two tray shelves on .
. . . . . five-opening unit. .
.. .. .. .. a five-opening unit. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Freestanding unit is
. . . . Maximum capacity of . .
. . . standard with either four or . . .
.. Mobile and freestand- .. .. .. tray is 20 food trays with .. ..
five openings for inserts on
.. ing units are standard with .. .. .. maximum size of tray .. ..
the top of the unit.
. a metal case and top. Front .. . . 20" x 20". . .
R
PAPE
.. .. .. .. ..
L
PAPE
..
POST
COM
and back of unit are avail-
O
ABON
.. Hinged doors on the .. .. .. ..
LE
RNAB
.
RETU
LE
RNAB
RETO
. able in wood or laminate. . back are standard on the . . . .
TE
WAS
RA
BASU
.. .. mobile unit for easy access .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
.. .. to receptacles. .. .. .. ..
POST
COM
O
ABON
.. .. .. .. .. ..
LE
RNAB
RETU
LE
RNAB
RETO
Four non-locking con-

E
WAST
. . . . . .
RA
BASU
.. .. cealed casters, two .. .. .. ..

.. .. swivel and two fixed, are .. .. .. ..
R
PE
PA
. . . . . .
L
PE
PA
.. .. standard on the mobile unit. .. .. .. One tray shelf and one ..

.. .. .. .. .. display can be used on the ..
ST
PO
M
CO
freestanding unit.
NO
Receptacles in mobile
O
. . . . . .
AB
.. .. unit can accommodate 12 .. .. .. ..
E
ST
WA
Hinged doors on the
RA
.. .. .. .. .. ..
SU
BA
LE
AB
RN
TU
gallons each. Receptacles in

RE
LE
AB
RN
TO
RE
. . . front are standard on the . Display holds two 81/2" x . .

.. .. freestanding unit can .. freestanding unit for easy .. . Surface Materials ..
.. . accommodate 30 gallon size .. .. 11" papers or one 11" x 17" .. ..
access to the receptacles. Top and sides
. Acrylic inserts etched .. and larger. . . paper. .. .
.. .. .. .. Tip: Paper will be between .. • Paint ..
with recycling icons
.. are standard on mobile and .. .. Leveling glides on free- .. two acrylic plates. Paper .. ..
.. standing units are fully Back and front
freestanding units. The ver- .. .. .. can easily be replaced with- .. ..
. biage for each icon is in . . adjustable to 11/2". . out tools. . • Wood .
.. .. .. .. .. • Laminate (HPL) ..
.. English/Spanish/French on .. .. .. .. ..
• Customiz stain (option on
. the same insert. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. wood) ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
.. .. .. .. .. ..
R
PAPE
L
PAPE
POST
COM
O
ABON
. . . . . .
POST
COM
O
ABON
LE
RNAB
RETU
LE
RNAB
RETO
.. .. .. .. .. ..
LE
RNAB
RETU
LE
RNAB
RETO
TE
WAS
RA
BASU
.. .. .. .. .. ..
E
WAST
RA
BASU
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Soft-touch integral .. .. .. ..
. . handle on mobile unit . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. allows for easy movement .. .. .. ..
. . from one location to another. . . Display can only be used . .
.. .. .. Tray shelf can only be .. .. ..
Mobile unit is standard with the freestanding unit.
.. .. .. used with the freestanding .. .. ..
.. with three openings for . .. unit. .. .. ..
.. inserts and sloped recepta- .. .. .. .. ..
.. cles with built-in bag .. .. Tray shelf fits most trays .. .. ..
..
Victor2
. holding system. . up to 203/4" x 12". . . .

.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
February 2015
February 2015
Specifying TS Series
Storage Products
TS Series Storage
TS Series Fixed Pedestals 138
TS Series Fixed Pedestal Accessories 139
TS Series Mobile Pedestals 140
TS Series Mobile Pedestal Accessories 142
TS Series Bins 143
TS Series Laminate Common Shelves 145
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files 146
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral File
Accessories 147
TS Series Tower Too 148
TS 200 Series Lateral Files 150
TS 200 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors and
Roll-Out Shelves 152
February 2015
TS Series Fixed Pedestals
Standard Includes Required to Specify

Tip: Under-worksurface cNeed help? • Pedestal: paint price group 1 1 Style number
pedestals shipped prior to Product details, • Handle pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel 2 Paint color number for pedestal
January 2005 require the page 8 • Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate 3 Paint color number for handle pulls:
use of drawer accessories lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome 0835 Black
from the mobile pedestal • Attachment hardware 9211 Nickel
collection. • Steel ball-bearing suspensions on box and file drawers 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• Adjustable glides: black plastic cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Tip: Counterweights are not Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinder
required on TS Series fixed and key.
pedestals. cLock Cylinders, page 302.
Options U.S. Price Required to Specify

Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Materials • Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.
• Paint price group 3 +$71 Specify paint color number.
Pulls • Ledge pulls: 7207 Black +$27 Specify with 7207 Black ledge pulls.
• Ledge pulls: 4799 Platinum +$33 Specify with 4799 Platinum ledge pulls.
Tip: File drawer rails are Drawer • Filing rail (package of 2) +$18 Specify with filing rail.
required to file legal-sized Accessories • Box drawer dividers +$23 Specify with box drawer dividers.
files or side-to-side letter- (package of 2)
sized files in pedestal file • File drawer dividers +$23 Specify with file drawer dividers.
drawers. (package of 2)
• Pencil tray +$18 Specify with pencil tray.
Specification Information
DDimensions DFile DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dDrawers dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
22" 151⁄4" 27" File, File TS2PFF22U $417
22" 151⁄4" 27" Box, Box, File TS2PBBF22U $439
28" 151⁄4" 27" File, File TS2PFF28U $452
28" 151⁄4" 27" Box, Box, File TS2PBBF28U $477

d d d d
Pedestal Filler
For Use with Under-Worksurface Pedestal to Attach to Kick Panel System
• Filler: paint 1 Style number
• Attachment hardware 2 Paint color number
DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
Tip: When using a pedestal dD W H dNumber dPrice
to anchor the end of a d d d
panel run, you must use a
pedestal filler. 23⁄16" 1" 27" TS2FILLER $54
d d d
February 2015
TS Series Fixed Pedestal Accessories TS Series Fixed
Pedestal Accessories
TS Series Storage
Rails
For Use in Fixed Pedestals
cNeed help? • Package of two rails: black only Style number
Product details,
page 108
Tip: Two rails per drawer

accommodate side-to-side Specification Information
filing of letter-, A4-, and DWidth DStyle DU.S.
legal-size hanging folders. d dNumber dPrice
Exception: Legal-size file d d d
folders cannot be filed in
18"D pedestals. 12" RXADRL15 $22
d d d
Dividers
cNeed help? • Package of dividers: black only Style number
Product details,
page 108
Specification Information
DWidth DQuantity DStyle DU.S.
d d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
For Use in 6"H Drawers

12" 2 RDV1506 $ 35
d d d d

12" 2 RDV1512 $ 38
12" 10 RDV151210 $179

d d d d
Pencil Tray
41/2" cNeed help? • Pencil tray: black only Style number
117/8"
Product details,
page 109
11/2"
Tip: Pencil trays for use with Specification Information
fixed pedestals are available DStyle DU.S.
as optional accessories. dNumber dPrice
d d
RPXDPT $32
For Canadian Pricing d d
Multiply U.S. Price by the
Canadian price factor.
See page 1 for details.
February 2015
TS Series Mobile Pedestals
With Steel Top

cNeed help? • Pedestal: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Handle pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel 2 Paint color number for pedestal
page 8 • Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate 3 Paint color number for handle pulls:
lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome 0835 Black
• Steel ball-bearing suspensions on box and file drawers 9211 Nickel
• 11⁄2"-diameter, front-locking, hard casters 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• Counterweight package cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinder
and key.
cLock Cylinders, page 302

Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 42 Specify paint color number.
Perforation • Large perforation on drawer +$170 Specify with large perforation

fronts on drawer fronts.
Pulls • Ledge pulls: 7207 Black +$ 27 Specify with 7207 Black ledge pulls.
• Ledge pulls: 4799 Platinum +$ 33 Specify with 4799 Platinum ledge pulls.
Trim Strip • Extra handle pull on trim strip +$ 33 Specify with extra handle pull
Handle Pull of mobile pedestals only on trim strip.
Casters • 3"-diameter, large, front-locking, +$ 66 Specify with large casters.

hard casters for use with
box/file mobile pedestal
(TS2PBF22M only)
Related • Box drawer divider cPage 142

Products • File drawer divider cPage 142
• Pencil tray cPage 142
d d d dPrice
d d d d
22" 151⁄4" 21" Box, File TS2PBF22M $490
22" 151⁄4" 265⁄8" File, File TS2PFF22M $551

22" 151⁄4" 265⁄8" Box, Box, File TS2PBBF22M $607
d d d d

February 2015
TS Series Mobile Pedestals TS Series Mobile Pedestals
With Seat Cushion
TS Series Storage
cNeed help? • Pedestal: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Seat cushion: fabric price group 1 2 Fabric color number for seat cushion
page 8 • Handle pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel 3 Paint color number for pedestal
• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate 4 Paint color number for handle pulls:
• Handle on pedestal with seat cushion and handle, 9211 Nickel
if selected: 0835 Black 5 Options, if selected (see below)
• Steel ball-bearing suspensions on box and file drawers cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• 11⁄2"-diameter front-locking, hard casters Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinder
• Counterweight package and key.
cLock Cylinders, page 302

Surface Pedestal and handle pulls
Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Seat cushion
• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group 2 +$ 6 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer’s Own Material +$ 16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

fronts on drawer fronts.
Trim Strip • Extra handle pull on trim strip +$ 33 Specify with extra handle pull
Handle Pull of mobile pedestal with seat on trim strip.
cushion only.
Casters • 3"-diameter, large front-locking +$ 66 Specify with large casters.

hard casters
Related • Box drawer divider cPage 142

Products • File drawer divider cPage 142
• Pencil tray cPage 142
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Mobile Pedestal with Seat Cushion

221⁄4" 151⁄2" 223⁄4" Box, File TS2PBF22MC $754
d d d d
Mobile Pedestal with Seat Cushion and Handle

221⁄2" 161⁄4" 223⁄4" Box, File TS2PBF22MCH $811
d d d d
February 2015
TS Series Mobile Pedestal Accessories
Box Drawer Divider

• Box drawer divider: black plastic Style number
Tip: TS2PBDD pedestal box DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
drawer divider cannot be dD W H dNumber dPrice
used with TS Series fixed d d d
under-worksurface
pedestals. 3⁄ 4" 123⁄4" 43⁄8" TS2PBDD $5
d d d
File Drawer Divider

• File drawer divider: black plastic Style number
Tip: File drawer divider is dD W H dNumber dPrice
required to file legal-sized d d d
files in pedestal file drawers.
3⁄ 4" 123⁄4" 93⁄16" TS2PFDD $12
Tip: TS2PFDD pedestal file d d d
drawer divider cannot be
used with TS Series fixed
under-worksurface
pedestals.
Pencil Tray

• Pencil tray: black plastic Style number
dD W H dNumber dPrice
d d d
59⁄16" 127⁄8" 1" TS2PPT $12

d d d

February 2015
TS Series Bins TS Series Bins
TS Series Storage
Tip: TS Series bins cannot cNeed help? • Overhead bin with lift-up door: paint price group 1 1 Style number
be upmounted. Product details, • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 2 Paint color number for overhead bin
page 10 • Shelf backstop 3 Options, if selected (see below)
• On-module attachment hooks with safety catch cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome only

Surface Overhead bin
Shelf • Four dividers: white plastic +$44 Specify with dividers.

Accessories
Keying • Field-installed keying cPage 303
Related • Accessories cPage 265

Products • Shelf lights cPage 274
DDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dof Doors dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUB24L $ 421
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUB30L $ 439
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUB36L $ 459
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUB42L $ 477
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUB48L $ 502
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 TSASUB60L $ 773
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 TSASUB72L $ 851

d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUBC24L $ 538
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUBC30L $ 556
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUBC36L $ 576
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUBC42L $ 594
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 TSASUBC48L $ 619
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 TSASUBC60L $ 976
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 TSASUBC72L $1054

d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cTS Series Bins, continued 143
February 2015
TS Series Bins, continued
Flexible Markerboard Surface

For Use with TS Series Bins
• Flexible, magnetic markerboard surface to attach Style number
to door of overhead storage bin: white plastic
dW H dNumber dPrice
d d d
30" 161⁄4" R30MBB $101
36" 161⁄4" R36MBB $108
42" 161⁄4" R42MBB $112
48" 161⁄4" R48MBB $119

d d d

February 2015
TS Series Laminate Common Shelves TS Series Laminate
Common Shelves
TS Series Storage
cNeed help? • 13⁄16"-thick shelf: Low-Pressure Laminate or High-Pressure 1 Style number
Product details, Laminate 2 Low-Pressure Laminate or High-Pressure
page 12 • 3 mm radius profile edge: plastic Laminate color number for shelf
• Support brackets: paint price group 1 3 Plastic edge band color number for
worksurface
Tip: For anticipated heavy 4 Paint color number for support bracket
loads on 42" and 48"W lami- 5 Options, if selected (see below)
nate common shelves, a cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
field-installed reinforcing
channel (TSATRC39) can
be used.
Tip: Standard worksurfaces Surface • Paint price group 2 +$14 Specify paint color number.
are 11⁄8" thick. However, the Materials • Paint price group 3 +$23 Specify paint color number.
actual thickness between
Low-Pressure Laminate High-Pressure Laminate worksurfaces
(LPL) and High-Pressure • Open Line laminate +$65 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Laminate (HPL) worksur- plus cost of laminate
faces is slightly different. It is
recommended that only
worksurfaces of the same Specification Information
type are specified in a given
application. In addition, there DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.
may be sheen or texture dif- dD W H dNumber dBase dNumber dBase
ferences when using LPL d dLPL dPrice dHPL dPrice
and HPL in adjacent applica- d d d d d
tions. Please use caution
15" 24" 73⁄4" TSASLCL24 $114 TSASHCL24 $141
when mixing and matching
different worksurface types. 15" 30" 73⁄4" TSASLCL30 $118 TSASHCL30 $146
15" 36" 73⁄4" TSASLCL36 $126 TSASHCL36 $156
15" 42" 73⁄4" TSASLCL42 $136 TSASHCL42 $168
15" 48" 73⁄4" TSASLCL48 $147 TSASHCL48 $183

d d d d d

February 2015
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files

cNeed help? • Lateral file: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Handle pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel 2 Paint color number for lateral file
page 14 • Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate 3 Paint color number for handle pulls:
• Adjustable glides: black plastic 9211 Nickel
• Hanging file frames for letter, legal, and A-4 filing: 4 Options, if selected (see below)
Tip: TS Series under- black cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
worksurface lateral • Attachment hardware Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinder
files are only intended and key.
for use under a panel- cLock Cylinders, page 302
mounted worksurface
and should not be
used as freestanding. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify

fronts of 301/2"W file only on drawer fronts.
Related • Lateral file drawer dividers cPage 147

Products • Lateral file front-to-back rails cPage 147
• Lateral file side-to-side hanging cPage 147
file frames
dD W H dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
181⁄8" 301⁄2" 27" TS2F230UL $699
181⁄8" 36" 27" TS2F236UL $773

d d d

February 2015
TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral File Accessories TS Series Under-
Worksurface Lateral File
Accessories
TS Series Storage
Lateral File Side-to-Side Hanging File Frames

cNeed help? • Pair of hanging file frames to accommodate Style number
Product details, side-to-side filing: black paint
page 14
Tip: For use with under- dD W H dNumber dPrice
worksurface lateral files d d d
TS2F230UL and
TS2F236UL only.
For Use with 31"W Lateral File Drawer
1 ⁄8 " 27" 1" TS2FHF30 $27
For Use with 36"W Lateral File Drawer

1 ⁄8 " 33" 1" TS2FHF36 $32
d d d
Lateral File Drawer Dividers

cNeed help? • Package of three under-worksurface lateral file drawer Style number
Product details, dividers: black paint cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
page 14
Tip: For use with under- Specification Information

worksurface lateral files DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
TS2F230UL and dD W H dNumber dPrice
TS2F236UL only. d d d
4" 8" 79⁄ 16" TS2FDV $44

d d d
Lateral File Front-to-Back Rails

cNeed help? • Pair of rails to accommodate front-to-back Style number
Product details, filing: black paint
page 14
Tip: For use with under- DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
worksurface lateral files dD W H dNumber dPrice
TS2F230UL and d d d
TS2F236UL only.
1" 15" 1⁄ 2" TS2FFTBR $12
d d d
February 2015
TS Series Tower Too

Tip: Specify lock cylinders cNeed help? • Tower Too: paint price group 1 1 Style number
for each lock location. Product details, • Storage cabinet with two fixed shelves and 2 Paint color number for Tower Too
page 16 two file drawers 3 Color number for pulls
Tip: For legal or side-to- • Handle pulls, if selected: 0835 Black or 4 Options, if selected (see below)
side filing, use 15" Universal 9211 Nickel cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Storage rails, RXADRL15. • Contemporary pulls, if selected: paint Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinder
• Lock face ring for drawers with plastic plug to and key.
Tip: For box drawer dividers, accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome cLock Cylinders, page 303
use RDV1506 from the • Wardrobe hook, if selected
Universal Storage • Wardrobe rod with shelf, if selected
Collection. For file drawer • Adjustable leveling glides
dividers, use RDV1512 from
the Universal Storage
Collection. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Tip: For pencil trays, use Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
RPXDPT from the Universal Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 71 Specify paint color number.
Storage collection. • Paint price group 3 +$122 Specify paint color number.
Drawers Box drawers on 48"H, 54"H, and 66"H towers

• Two box drawers in place +$185 Specify with box/box/file.
of top file drawer
Lock • All locking (one lock for +$157 Specify with doors and drawers locking.
wardrobe, second lock
for drawers, third lock for
cabinet)
• All locking for open side +$ 78 Specify with door and drawers locking.
units (one lock for wardrobe,
second lock for drawers)
DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle Number DU.S.
dD W H dPackage d dBase
d d dHandle dContemporary dPrice
d d dPulls dPulls d
Tower Too, Hinged Right

Wardrobe Hook
24" 24" 54" Not required TS2TWR54R TS2TW54RC $1576
24" 24" 66" Not required TS2TWR66R TS2TW66RC $1624
Wardrobe Rod with Shelf
24" 24" 54" Not required TS2TWR54RS TS2TW54RSC $1660
24" 24" 66" Not required TS2TWR66RS TS2TW66RSC $1706

d d d d
Tower Too, Hinged Left

Wardrobe Hook
24" 24" 54" Not required TS2TWR54L TS2TW54LC $1576
24" 24" 66" Not required TS2TWR66L TS2TW66LC $1624
24" 24" 54" Not required TS2TWR54LS TS2TW54LSC $1660
F=Fixed shelf 24" 24" 66" Not required TS2TWR66LS TS2TW66LSC $1706
d d d d d
cSpecification Information, continued on next page
February 2015
TS Series Tower Too
cSpecification Information, continued from previous page
TS Series Storage
DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle Number DU.S.
dD W H dPackage d dBase
d d dHandle dContemporary dPrice
d d dPulls dPulls d
Tower Too, Hinged Right with Open Side Shelving

Wardrobe Hook
24" 24" 48" Not required TS2TWRS48R TS2TWS48RC $1831

24" 24" 48" Not required TS2TWRS48RS TS2TWS48RSC $1911

d d d d
Tower Too, Hinged Left with Open Side Shelving

Wardrobe Hook
24" 24" 48" Not required TS2TWRS48L TS2TWS48LC $1831

24" 24" 48" Not required TS2TWRS48LS TS2TWS48LSC $1911

F=Fixed shelf
d d d d d
Dome

cNeed help? • Dome: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Hardware package 2 Paint color number for dome
page 17 3 Options, if selected (see below)

d d dPrice
d d d
Multiply U.S. Price by the 24" 24" 41⁄ 2" TS2TDME $554
Canadian price factor. d d d
February 2015
TS 200 Series Lateral Files
with Flush Steel Fronts

cNeed help? • Flush-front lateral file with full-width pull: 1 Style number
Product details, paint price group 1 2 Paint color number for file
page 18 • 1"H top: paint to match file 3 Options, if selected (see below)
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf, if selected: cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
paint to match file
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic
• Drawer body: black only
• Drawer suspensions: black only
• One hanging folder bar per drawer
• Four adjustable leveling glides
• Counterweight package, if selected

Tip: Security top Tops Security top

reduces overall height by • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
approximately 1". lateral files only
No top on 28"H, 40"H, or 52"H

• For use under a worksurface –$ 92 Specify with no top.
or beneath a common top
Tip: Laminate and wood Laminate top

veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller • Square edge laminate top +$127 Specify with laminate top and indicate
than other tops and will add laminate color number for top and plastic
3⁄ 16" to overall case height. color number for edges.
• Open Line laminate on +$ 65 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
laminate top plus cost of laminate
Wood veneer top

• Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
indicate wood color number.
Premium Wood • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
Pricing: For Premium indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
wood 2 or Premium wood 3 • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
pricing, please refer to the indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
electronic catalog or • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
SmartTools. veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Drawer • Divider package +$ 24 Specify with divider package.

Interiors • Rails +$ 31 Specify with rails.
Tip: One hanging folder Lift-Up Door • On 651⁄ 2"H files +$ 39 Specify with roll-out shelf.
bar and three dividers are With Roll-Out
included with each lift-up Shelf
door with roll-out shelf.
Counter- • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight pack- weights • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.
ages are recommended • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
based on case size and
interior options. Lock and Lock
cSee Specification Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
Information at right.
Keying
Tip: Counterweight option • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
should be specified if the
cabinet is not ganged to Related • Field-installed tops cPages 258–261
adjacent cabinets or bolted Products • Storage accessories cPage 265
to the floor or wall. • Bookends cPage 268
• Counterweight packages cPage 270
Tip: Counterweight pack-
case and must be installed
on site.
February 2015
TS 200 Series
Lateral Files
Tip: Height dimension listed
TS Series Storage
is for units with 1" top. Overall
height will vary if another top DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S.
is selected. dD W H dPackage dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Two 12"H Drawers

18" 30" 28" Package 3 2LF18302F $ 665
18" 36" 28" Package 4 2LF18362F $ 774
18" 42" 28" Package 4 2LF18422F $ 876
Three 12"H Drawers

18" 30" 40" Package 3 2LF18303F $ 899
18" 36" 40" Package 3 2LF18363F $1047
18" 42" 40" Package 3 2LF18423F $1185
Four 12"H Drawers

18" 30" 52" Package 3 2LF18304F $1148
18" 36" 52" Package 4 2LF18364F $1335
18" 42" 52" Package 4 2LF18424F $1509
Four 12"H Drawers and One 131⁄2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18305F $1364
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18365F $1586
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18425F $1793

d d d d

February 2015
TS 200 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors

cNeed help? • Flush-front lateral file with full-width pull: 1 Style number
page 20 • 1"H top: paint to match file 3 Options, if selected (see below)
• Lift-up doors with roll-out shelves: paint to match file cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• One label holder per door: clear plastic
• One divider package per roll-out shelf

Roll-Out Shelf • Two hanging folder bars No cost Specify with hanging folder bars.
Interiors
Tip: Counterweight pack- Counter- • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.

ages are recommended weights • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.
based on case size and • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
interior options.
cSee Specification Lock and Lock
Information at right. Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
Tip: Counterweight option Keying

should be specified if the • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
cabinet is not ganged to
adjacent cabinets or bolted Related • Field-installed tops cPages 258–261
to the floor or wall. Products • Storage accessories cPage 265
• Bookends cPage 268
Tip: Counterweight pack- • Counterweight packages cPage 270
case and must be installed
on site.

February 2015
TS 200 Series
Lateral Files with Lift-Up
Doors and Roll-Out Shelves
TS Series Storage
DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dPackage dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Two 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves

18" 30" 28" Package 3 2LF18302AF $ 761
18" 36" 28" Package 4 2LF18362AF $ 886
18" 42" 28" Package 4 2LF18422AF $1001
Three 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves

18" 30" 40" Package 3 2LF18303AF $1030
18" 36" 40" Package 3 2LF18363AF $1198
18" 42" 40" Package 3 2LF18423AF $1356
Four 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves

18" 30" 52" Package 3 2LF18304AF $1314
18" 36" 52" Package 3 2LF18364AF $1527
18" 42" 52" Package 4 2LF18424AF $1723
One 131⁄2"H Lift-Up Door with Roll-Out Shelf and Four 12"H Lift-Up Doors with
Roll-Out Shelves
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18305AF $1559
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18365AF $1812
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 2LF18425AF $2047

d d d d

February 2015
February 2015
Specifying
Universal Storage
Products
Universal Storage
When ordered and installed Universal Pedestals
specification and installation Universal Fixed Pedestals 156
Universal Pedestal Fillers and Counterweights 158
standards. Universal Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion Kits 159
Universal Mobile Pedestals 160
Universal Bins and Shelves
Universal Sliding Door Bins with Steel or Wood Fronts 164
Universal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts 168
Universal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts 174
Universal Shelves 180
Accessories for Universal Bins and Universal Shelves 183
Universal Curved Front Bins and L-Shelves
Universal Curved Front Bins with Steel and Wood Doors 190
Universal L-Shelves and Stationary Shelves 192
Accessories for Universal Curved Front Bins and
Universal L-Shelves 193
Slim Shelves 194
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer
Lateral Files 196
Intermediate Supports 201
Low Storage to Beam Tether Bracket 202
Cushion Tops 203
Universal Towers and Workstation Verticals
Universal Open Side Towers 204
Universal Dual Door Towers 208
Universal Full Front Towers 214
Universal Vertical Drawer Towers 218
Universal Workstation Verticals 222
Universal Lateral Files 224
Universal Combination Cabinets 228
Universal Storage Cabinets 234
Universal Wardrobe Cabinets 238
Universal Bookcases 242
February 2015
Universal Fixed Pedestals
with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts

cNeed help? • Pedestal: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal or suffix in the space provided
page 30 wood veneer if proud wood front selected F Flush steel front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts P Proud steel front
• Pulls: metal W Proud wood front
• Full drawer interiors: black only 2 Paint color number for pedestal
– One pencil tray and two box drawer dividers 3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,
per box/box/file if proud wood front selected
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 4 Pull (see below under required
• Mounting hardware selections)
• Four adjustable leveling glides 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
steel or proud wood front selected
Required Selections
Pulls
Contemporary Handle Jazz Bar c:scape

Premium Wood Pricing: • Premium wood 2 on proud See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
For Premium wood 2 or wood drawer fronts
Premium wood 3 pricing, • Premium wood 3 on proud See information at left Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
please refer to the electronic wood drawer fronts
catalog or SmartTools. • Customiz stain on proud No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
wood drawer fronts cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Pulls • Full-width wood veneer pull +$246 Specify with wood pull and indicate
for Flush wood color number.
Steel Fronts • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
veneer pull cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts

• Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
• Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
• Jazz +$ 17 per pull Specify with jazz pull.
• Bar +$ 25 per pull Specify with bar pull.
Proud steel fronts only

• c:scape +$ 28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
Drawer Rails
Accessories • Two side-to-side hanging No cost Specify with rails.
rails per file drawer
Basic Drawer 18"D, 24"D, and 30"D box/box/file pedestals

Interiors • No rails, pencil trays, or –$ 49 Specify with basic drawers.
box drawer dividers
cOptions, continued on next page

February 2015
Universal Fixed Pedestals
cOptions, continued from previous page

Lock and Lock
Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
• No lock –$ 59 Specify with no lock.

• File/file pedestals only +$114 Specify with individual drawer lock.
Keying
Universal Storage
Related • Universal fixed to freestanding pedestal conversion kits cPage 159
Products • Storage accessories cPage 265
Tip: Your specification is Specification Information

not complete until you add
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
a suffix to the style number
dD W H dNumber d
to define the front style (for
dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud dProud
example, RPF1827A__
dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dSteel dWood
becomes RPF1827AP for
dFront Wood d dFront dFront dFront
proud steel front).
d Front d d d d
d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
27"H Fixed Pedestals with 3" Base

Two Box Drawers and One File Drawer
171⁄2" 183⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827A_ $552 $609 $ 850

Tip: Use 27"H pedestals to 225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427A_ $601 $658 $ 899
align with Universal Storage
with 3" base. 27"H pedestals 285⁄8" 291⁄2" 15" 27" RPF3027A_ $725 $782 $1023
support worksurfaces at
281⁄ 2"H. Two File Drawers
171⁄2" 183⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827B_ $535 $592 $ 833

Tip: Only 225⁄8"D, 231⁄2"D,
285⁄8"D, and 291⁄2"D pedestals 225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427B_ $584 $641 $ 882
can accommodate legal-size
filing. 285⁄8" 291⁄2" 15" 27" RPF3027B_ $708 $765 $1006
d d d d d
251⁄ 2"H Fixed Pedestals

Two Box Drawers and One File Drawer
171⁄2" 183⁄8" 15" 251⁄2" RPF1825A_ $552 $609 $ 850

Tip: 251⁄ 2"H fixed pedestals 225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 251⁄2" RPF2425A_ $601 $658 $ 899
are for use in the following
application: as fixed 285⁄8" 291⁄2" 15" 251⁄2" RPF3025A_ $725 $782 $1023
pedestals when used
Two File Drawers
installed at lower than 171⁄2" 183⁄8" 15" 251⁄2" RPF1825B_ $535 $592 $ 833
standard heights (for
example, 27"H). 225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 251⁄2" RPF2425B_ $584 $641 $ 882
285⁄8" 291⁄2" 15" 251⁄2" RPF3025B_ $708 $765 $1006

d d d d d

February 2015
Universal Pedestal Fillers and Counterweights
Universal Pedestal Fillers for 27"H Fixed Pedestals with Flush and Proud Fronts

cNeed help? • Filler: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Installation hardware 2 Paint color number for filler
page 31
DDimensions DApplication DStyle DU.S.
dD H d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
dFlush Proud d d d
dSteel Steel/ d d d
dFront Wood d d d
d Front d d d
d d d d
Pedestal Fillers for 27"H Fixed Pedestals with Flush Steel Fronts
13 ⁄ 8 " N.A. 27" Answer and Kick Panels RPXFTAKFP $64
13 ⁄ 8 " N.A. 27" Montage Frames RPXFMONFP $64
23 ⁄ 8 " N.A. 27" Series 9000 Panels and RPXFS9FP25 $64

25"D Options Worksurfaces
13 ⁄ 8 " N.A. 27" Series 9000 Panels and RPXFS9FP30 $64

30"D Options Worksurfaces
d d d d
Pedestal Fillers for 27"H Fixed Pedestals with Proud Fronts

N.A. 1⁄ 2" 27" Answer and Kick Panels RPXFTAKPP $64
N.A. 1⁄ 2" 27" Montage Frames RPXFMONPP $64
N.A. 1⁄ 2" 27" Avenir Panels RPXFAVPP $64
N.A. 1⁄ 2" 27" Montage Frames RPXFMONPPOM $64

d d d d
Universal Pedestal Counterweight for Desks

cNeed help? • Pedestal counterweight: black Style number
Product details,
page 31
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
RPCW $135
d d

February 2015
Universal Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion Kits Universal Fixed to
Freestanding Pedestal
Conversion Kits

cNeed help? • 1⁄8"H steel top: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Counterweight package 2 Paint color number for top
page 30 • Safety interlock system conversion components cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Installation hardware
Tip: Flush and proud front Specification Information

pedestals require different DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
conversion kits. Be sure to
Universal Storage
dD H dNumber dPrice
order the correct style d d d
number for your application.
Tip: When converting a

For 27"H Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front Pedestals
file/file pedestal with 183⁄8" 27" RPXCK2718P $186
individual drawer locks, an
interlocking bar is required 231⁄2" 27" RPXCK2724P $206
to provide stability to unit.
Order 1043922SR through 291⁄2" 27" RPXCK2730P $227
Service Parts. d d d
For 27"H Flush Steel Front Pedestals

171⁄2" 27" RPXCK2718F $186
225⁄8" 27" RPXCK2724F $206
285⁄8" 27" RPXCK2730F $227

d d d
For 251/2"H Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front Pedestals

183⁄8" 251⁄2" RPXCK2518P $186
231⁄2" 251⁄2" RPXCK2524P $206

291⁄2" 251⁄2" RPXCK2530P $227
d d d
For 251/2"H Flush Steel Front Pedestals

171⁄2 " 251⁄2" RPXCK2518F $186
225⁄8 " 251⁄2" RPXCK2524F $206
285⁄8 " 251⁄2" RPXCK2530F $227

d d d

February 2015
Universal Mobile Pedestals

cNeed help? • Pedestal: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • 1⁄ 8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal suffix in the space provided
page 30 • Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal or F Flush steel front
wood veneer if proud wood front selected P Proud steel front
Tip: 1⁄ 8"H steel top is • Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts W Proud wood front
non-structural. • Pulls: metal 2 Paint color number for pedestal
• Full drawer interiors: black only 3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,
– One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file and if proud wood front selected
box drawer dividers 4 Pull (see below under required
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome selections)
• Four hard-composition, non-locking casters: black only 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Safety interlock mechanism steel or proud wood front selected
• Counterweight package 6 Options, if selected (see below)
Required Selections
Pulls

For Premium wood 2 or wood drawer fronts
please refer to the electronic wood drawer fronts
wood drawer fronts cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Tip: Optional tops will Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 63 Specify with steel square top.
increase the overall pedestal
height. Laminate top
• 13⁄ 16"H square edge +$272 Specify with laminate top and indicate
laminate top laminate color number for top and plastic
color number for edges.
• 17⁄ 16"H bullnose laminate top +$310 Specify with bullnose laminate top and
indicate laminate color number.
Tip: If wood veneer top Wood veneer top

option is selected, finishes • 13⁄ 16"H wood veneer top +$379 Specify with wood veneer top and
must be selected for both indicate wood color number.
the wood veneer top and the • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
wood veneer fronts. indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
• Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
• Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Cushion top for factory installation on RPM2421C__ only

• Cushion top without handle +$334 Specify with cushion top and indicate
fabric color number.
• Cushion top with black handle +$425 Specify with cushion top and handle and
indicate fabric color number.
Multiply U.S. Price by the cOptions, continued on next page
February 2015

Tops, cont Upholstery on pedestal cushion top
• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group 7 +$100 Specify fabric color number.
Universal Storage
• Leather price group +$580 Specify leather color number.
• Elmosoft leather price group +$671 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.
• Customer’s Own Material +$ 16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
(COM) or Customer’s Own to specify.
Leather (COL)
Pulls • Full-width wood veneer pull +$246 Specify with wood pull and indicate
for Flush wood color number.
Steel Fronts • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
veneer pull cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.


Drawer Rails
Accessories • Two side-to-side hanging No cost Specify with rails.
rails per file drawer
Basic Drawer Box/file and box/box/file pedestals

Interiors • No rails, pencil trays, or –$ 49 Specify with basic drawers.
box drawer dividers
Lock and Lock


• File/file pedestals only +$122 Specify with individual drawer lock.
Keying
Related • Storage accessories cPage 265

Products
cSpecification Information, on next page

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Mobile Pedestals, continued 161
February 2015
Universal Mobile Pedestals with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued
cOptions, on previous page

a suffix to the style number DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
to define the front style (for dD W H dNumber d
example, RPM1821C__ dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud dProud
becomes RPM1821CP for dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dSteel dWood
proud steel front). dFront Wood d dFront dFront dFront
d Front d d d d
d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
Box/File
171⁄2" 183⁄ 8" 15" 21" RPM1821C_ $780 $837 $1078
225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 21" RPM2421C_ $824 $881 $1122

d d d d d
Box/Box/File
171⁄2" 183⁄ 8" 15" 27" RPM1827A_ $867 $895 $1137
225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427A_ $923 $951 $1193

d d d d d
File/File
171⁄2" 183⁄ 8" 15" 27" RPM1827B_ $851 $879 $1121
225⁄8" 231⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427B_ $907 $935 $1177

d d d d d
DActual DStyle DU.S.
dDimensions dNumber dBase
dD W H d dPrice
d d d
Pedestal Cushion Top for Field Installation on RPM2421C__ only

Cushion Top without Handle
225⁄8" 15" 21⁄4" RPXTC24F $294 (For use with RPM2421CF only)
231⁄2" 15" 21⁄4" RPXTC24P $294 (For use with RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW only)
Cushion Top with Black Handle
225⁄8" 15" 21⁄4" RPXTCH24F $396 (For use with RPM2421CF only)
231⁄2" 15" 21⁄4" RPXTCH24P $396 (For use with RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW only)
d d d

February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Sliding Door Bins with Steel or Wood Fronts

cNeed help? • Overhead bin: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Sliding door: paint or wood 2 Paint color number for overhead bin
page 34 • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 3 Paint or wood color number for door
• Shelf backstop 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• On-module attachment brackets with safety catch: cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
black paint only
• Vertical off-module attachment brackets, if selected:
black paint only

Surface Overhead bin with one steel door
Overhead bin with one wood door

• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Premium Wood Pricing: • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
For Premium wood 2 or on wood door
Premium wood 3 pricing, • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
please refer to the electronic on wood door
catalog or SmartTools. • Customiz stain on wood door No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Tip: For Montage, vertical
off-module brackets can be Brackets Off-module attachment brackets
used with 36"W to 60"W • One vertical off-module +$ 58 Specify with one vertical off-module
bins only. bracket bracket.
• Two vertical off-module +$116 Specify with two vertical off-module
Tip: Maximum width for a brackets brackets.
horizontal off-module bin • Horizontal off-module brackets +$119 Specify with horizontal off-module
mounted on an enhanced for use with 24"W to 48"W brackets, Montage.
off-module Montage panel Montage bins
is 48"W. Horizontal off-
module brackets for Upmount brackets
Montage are painted to • Upmount kit +$171 Specify with upmount kit.
match bin.
No brackets
Tip: Upmount brackets • Omit brackets –$ 20 Specify omit brackets.
include steel back to enclose
storage bin. Shelf • Four dividers: white plastic +$ 44 Specify with dividers.
Accessories
Lock and Lock

Keying • No lock –$ 59 Specify with no lock.
• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
Keying


February 2015
with Steel or Wood Fronts
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dNumber dBase dNumber dBase
d d dPrice d dPrice
d d d d d
Steel Wood
Bins for Use with Answer and Kick
Universal Storage
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" RSB36TAK $ 608 RSB36WTAK $ 981
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" RSB42TAK $ 630 RSB42WTAK $1003

Tip: Overhead storage bins 153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" RSB48TAK $ 651 RSB48WTAK $1024
with a "TAK" suffix can be
used with Privacy Wall as 153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" RSB60TAK $ 983 RSB60WTAK $1637
well.
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" RSB66TAK $1036 RSB66WTAK $1690
cSee Architectural Solutions
Specification Guide for 153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" RSB72TAK $1076 RSB72WTAK $1730
attachment information. d d d d d
Bins for Use with Series 9000

153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" RSB35S9 $ 608 RSB35WS9 $ 981
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" RSB36S9 $ 608 RSB36WS9 $ 981
Tip: Premium wood is not 153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" RSB42S9 $ 630 RSB42WS9 $1003
available on Series 9000.
153⁄4" 45" 161⁄4" RSB45S9 $ 651 RSB45WS9 $1024
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" RSB60S9 $ 983 RSB60WS9 $1637
153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" RSB70S9 $1076 RSB70WS9 $1730
153⁄4" 75" 161⁄4" RSB75S9 $1144 RSB75WS9 $1798

d d d d d
Bins for Use with Avenir

153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" RSB36AVR $ 608 RSB36WAVR $ 981
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" RSB42AVR $ 630 RSB42WAVR $1003

153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" RSB48AVR $ 651 RSB48WAVR $1024
Tip: Premium wood is not
available on Avenir. 153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" RSB60AVR $ 983 RSB60WAVR $1637
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" RSB66AVR $1036 RSB66WAVR $1690
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" RSB72AVR $1076 RSB72WAVR $1730

d d d d d
Bins for Use with Montage

153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" RSB36MON $ 608 RSB36WMON $ 981
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" RSB42MON $ 630 RSB42WMON $1003
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" RSB48MON $ 651 RSB48WMON $1024
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" RSB60MON $ 983 RSB60WMON $1637
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" RSB66MON $1036 RSB66WMON $1690
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" RSB72MON $1076 RSB72WMON $1730

d d d d d
cSpecification Information, continued on next page
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Sliding Door Bins with Steel or Wood Fronts, continued 165
February 2015
Universal Sliding Door Bins with Steel or Wood Fronts, For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,
and V.I.A. continued
cSpecification Information, continued from previous page

DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dNumber dBase dNumber dBase
d d dPrice d dPrice
d d d d d
Steel Wood
Bins for Use with V.I.A.
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" RSB36VIA $ 608 RSB36WVIA $ 981
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" RSB42VIA $ 630 RSB42WVIA $1003

153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" RSB48VIA $ 651 RSB48WVIA $1024
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" RSB60VIA $ 983 RSB60WVIA $1637
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" RSB66VIA $1036 RSB66WVIA $1690
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" RSB72VIA $1076 RSB72WVIA $1730

d d d d d

February 2015
with Steel or Wood Fronts
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts

cNeed help? • Overhead bin with lift-up door: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 2 Paint color number for overhead bin
black paint only
• Off-module attachment brackets, if selected:
black paint only
• Picture frame door acrylic insert, if selected:
6538 Satin only
• Picture frame door glass insert, if selected:
6580 Ice White only

Surface Overhead bin with one door
Overhead bin with two doors

Tip: For Montage, vertical Brackets Off-module attachment brackets

off-module brackets can be • One vertical off-module bracket +$ 58 Specify with one vertical off-module
used with 30"W to 60"W bracket.
bins only. • Two vertical off-module +$116 Specify with two vertical off-module
brackets brackets.
Tip: Maximum width for a • Horizontal off-module brackets +$119 Specify with horizontal off-module
horizontal off-module bin for use with 24"W to 48"W brackets, Montage.
mounted on an enhanced Montage bins
is 48"W. Horizontal off- Upmount brackets
module brackets for • Upmount kit +$171 Specify with upmount kit.
Montage are painted to
match bin. No brackets
• Omit brackets –$ 20 Specify omit brackets.
Tip: Upmount brackets
include steel back to enclose Picture Frame • Omit insert Prices at right Specify omit insert.
storage bin. Door on Flat • Acrylic insert Prices at right Specify with acrylic insert.
Fronts • Markerboard insert G4/15 Prices at right Specify with markerboard insert.
Tip: When ordering the omit • Glass insert (assist Prices at right Specify with glass insert.
insert option, remember that mechanism recommended)
custom material cannot be
Door • Assist mechanism for +$171 per door Specify with assist mechanism.
factory installed. Custom
material must be ordered Mechanism standard door, markerboard
from a material vendor. insert, glass insert, or omit insert
Shelf • Four dividers: white plastic +$ 44 Specify with dividers.

Tip: A door assist mechanism
cannot be used with an Accessories
acrylic door insert.
Lock and Lock
Keying • No lock –$ 59 per door Specify with no lock.
Tip: Overhead storage
bins and shelves with a • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
“TAK” suffix can be used
with Privacy Wall as well. Keying
cSee Architectural Solutions • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
Specification Guide for
attachment information. Related • Accessories cPage 183

G4/15 = Last order entry
April 19, 2015
February 2015
Universal Over the Case
Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts
DDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptions
dD W H dof Doors dNumber dBase d(Add $ to
d d d dPrice dBase Price)
d d d d d
d d d d dPicture Frame Door Inserts
d d d d dOmit dAcrylic dMarker- dGlass
d d d d dInsert dInsert dboard dInsert
d d d d d d dInsert G4/15 d
d d d d d d d d
Universal Storage
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Answer and Kick
153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QTAK $ 545 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QTAK $ 567 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
Tip: Overhead storage 153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QTAK $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
bins and shelves with a
“TAK” suffix can be used 153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QTAK $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
with Privacy Wall as well.
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QTAK $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
cSee Architectural
Solutions Specification 153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QTAK $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
Guide for attachment
information. 153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QTAK $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QTAK $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Series 9000

153⁄4" 25" 161⁄4" 1 RBB25QS9 $ 562 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QS9 $ 585 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" 1 RBB35QS9 $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QS9 $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QS9 $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 45" 161⁄4" 1 RBB45QS9 $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QS9 $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" 2 RBB70QS9 $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
153⁄4" 75" 161⁄4" 2 RBB75QS9 $1203 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Avenir

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QAVR $ 562 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QAVR $ 585 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QAVR $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QAVR $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QAVR $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QAVR $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QAVR $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QAVR $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d

April 19, 2015
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts, continued 169
February 2015
Universal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,
and V.I.A., continued
d d d d d
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Montage

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QMON $ 545 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QMON $ 567 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QMON $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QMON $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QMON $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QMON $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QMON $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QMON $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with V.I.A.

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QVIA $ 545 +$238 +$339 N.A. +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QVIA $ 567 +$251 +$358 N.A. +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QVIA $ 595 +$263 +$375 N.A. +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QVIA $ 617 +$274 +$393 N.A. +$507

153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QVIA $ 637 +$286 +$414 N.A. +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QVIA $1020 +$468 +$655 N.A. +$825

153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QVIA $1071 +$480 +$674 N.A. +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QVIA $1111 +$490 +$692 N.A. +$921

d d d d d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts for Use with Answer and Kick
153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QCTAK $ 677
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QCTAK $ 699
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QCTAK $ 727
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QCTAK $ 749
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QCTAK $ 769
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QCTAK $1284
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QCTAK $1335
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QCTAK $1375

d d d d

April 19, 2015
February 2015

d d d dPrice
d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts for Use with Series 9000

153⁄4" 25" 161⁄4" 1 RBB25QCS9 $ 694
Universal Storage
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QCS9 $ 717
153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" 1 RBB35QCS9 $ 727
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QCS9 $ 727
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QCS9 $ 749

153⁄4" 45" 161⁄4" 1 RBB45QCS9 $ 769
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QCS9 $1284
153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" 2 RBB70QCS9 $1375
153⁄4" 75" 161⁄4" 2 RBB75QCS9 $1467

d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts for Use with Avenir

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QCAVR $ 694
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QCAVR $ 717
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QCAVR $ 727
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QCAVR $ 749
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QCAVR $ 769

153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QCAVR $1284
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QCAVR $1335

153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QCAVR $1375
d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts for Use with Montage

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QCMON $ 677
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QCMON $ 699
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QCMON $ 727
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QCMON $ 749
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QCMON $ 769
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QCMON $1284

153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QCMON $1335
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QCMON $1375

d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts, continued 171
February 2015
Universal Over the Case Bins with Flat or Radius Fronts For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Bins with Radius Fronts for Use with V.I.A

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24QCVIA $ 677
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QCVIA $ 699
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36QCVIA $ 727
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42QCVIA $ 749
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QCVIA $ 769

153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60QCVIA $1284
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66QCVIA $1335
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72QCVIA $1375

d d d d

February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts

cNeed help? • Overhead bin with lift-up door: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 2 Paint color number for overhead bin
black paint only
• Off-module attachment brackets, if selected:
black paint only
• Picture frame door acrylic insert, if selected:
6538 Satin only
• Picture frame door glass insert, if selected:
6580 Ice White only

Surface Overhead bin with one steel door
Overhead bin with two steel doors

Overhead bin with one wood door

Premium Wood Pricing: • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
For Premium wood 2 or on wood door
please refer to the electronic on wood door
catalog or SmartTools. • Customiz stain on wood door No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Overhead bin with two wood doors

• Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
on wood door
on wood door
• Customiz stain on wood door No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Tip: For Montage, vertical Brackets Off-module attachment brackets

off-module brackets can be • One vertical off-module +$ 58 Specify with one vertical off-module
used with 30"W to 60"W bracket bracket.
bins only. • Two vertical off-module +$116 Specify with two vertical off-module
brackets brackets.
Tip: Maximum width for a • Horizontal off-module brackets +$119 Specify with horizontal off-module
horizontal off-module bin for use with 24"W to 48"W brackets, Montage.
mounted on an enhanced Montage bins
is 48"W. Horizontal off- Upmount brackets
module brackets for • Upmount kit +$171 Specify with upmount kit.
Montage are painted to
match bin. No brackets
• Omit brackets –$ 20 Specify omit brackets.
Tip: Upmount brackets
include steel back to enclose
storage bin.
February 2015
Universal In the Case
Bins with Steel and Wood
Flat Fronts

Tip: When ordering the omit Picture Frame • Omit insert Prices below and at right Specify omit insert.
insert option, remember that Door on Flat • Acrylic insert Prices below and at right Specify with acrylic insert.
custom material cannot be Steel Fronts • Markerboard insert G4/15 Prices below and at right Specify with markerboard insert.
factory installed. Custom • Glass insert (assist Prices below and at right Specify with glass insert.
material must be ordered mechanism recommended)
from a material vendor.
Door • Assist mechanism for +$171 per door Specify with assist mechanism.
Tip: A door assist Mechanism standard door, markerboard
mechanism cannot be used insert, glass insert, or omit insert
Universal Storage
with an acrylic door insert.
Shelf • Four dividers: white plastic +$ 44 Specify with dividers.
Tip: Overhead storage Accessories
“TAK” suffix can be used Lock and Lock
with Privacy Wall as well. Keying • No lock –$ 59 per door Specify with no lock.
cSee Architectural Solutions • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
attachment information. Keying

d d d d d
Bins with Steel Flat Fronts for Use with Answer and Kick
153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24TAK $ 545 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30TAK $ 567 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
Tip: Overhead storage bins
and shelves with a “TAK” 153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36TAK $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
suffix can be used with
Privacy Wall as well. 153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42TAK $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
cSee Architectural Solutions 153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48TAK $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
attachment information. 153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60TAK $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66TAK $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72TAK $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d

April 19, 2015
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts, continued 175
February 2015
Universal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir,
Montage, and V.I.A., continued

d d d d d
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Steel Flat Fronts for Use with Series 9000
153⁄4" 25" 161⁄4" 1 RBB25S9 $ 562 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30S9 $ 585 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" 1 RBB35S9 $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36S9 $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42S9 $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 45" 161⁄4" 1 RBB45S9 $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60S9 $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" 2 RBB70S9 $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
153⁄4" 75" 161⁄4" 2 RBB75S9 $1203 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Steel Flat Fronts for Use with Avenir

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24AVR $ 562 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30AVR $ 585 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36AVR $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42AVR $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48AVR $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60AVR $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66AVR $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72AVR $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Steel Flat Fronts for Use with Montage

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24MON $ 545 +$238 +$339 +$362 G4/15 +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30MON $ 567 +$251 +$358 +$383 G4/15 +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36MON $ 595 +$263 +$375 +$406 G4/15 +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42MON $ 617 +$274 +$393 +$427 G4/15 +$507
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48MON $ 637 +$286 +$414 +$448 G4/15 +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60MON $1020 +$468 +$655 +$710 G4/15 +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66MON $1071 +$480 +$674 +$733 G4/15 +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72MON $1111 +$490 +$692 +$756 G4/15 +$921
d d d d d d d d

April 19, 2015
February 2015
Flat Fronts

d d d d d
Universal Storage
d d d d d d d d
Bins with Steel Flat Fronts for Use with V.I.A.

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24VIA $ 545 +$238 +$339 N.A. +$406
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30VIA $ 567 +$251 +$358 N.A. +$433
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36VIA $ 595 +$263 +$375 N.A. +$460
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42VIA $ 617 +$274 +$393 N.A. +$507
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48VIA $ 637 +$286 +$414 N.A. +$553
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60VIA $1020 +$468 +$655 N.A. +$825
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66VIA $1071 +$480 +$674 N.A. +$874
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72VIA $1111 +$490 +$692 N.A. +$921

d d d d d d d
Bins with Wood Flat Fronts for Use with Answer and Kick
153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24WTAK $ 918
Tip: Overhead storage bins
and shelves with a “TAK” 153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30WTAK $ 940
suffix can be used with
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36WTAK $ 968
Privacy Wall as well.
cSee Architectural Solutions 153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42WTAK $ 990
attachment information. 153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48WTAK $1010
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60WTAK $1674
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66WTAK $1725
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72WTAK $1765

d d d d
Bins with Wood Flat Fronts for Use with Series 9000
153⁄4" 25" 161⁄4" 1 RBB25WS9 $ 935
available on Series 9000. 153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30WS9 $ 958
153⁄4" 35" 161⁄4" 1 RBB35WS9 $ 968
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36WS9 $ 968
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42WS9 $ 990
153⁄4" 45" 161⁄4" 1 RBB45WS9 $1010
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60WS9 $1674
153⁄4" 70" 161⁄4" 2 RBB70WS9 $1765
153⁄4" 75" 161⁄4" 2 RBB75WS9 $1857

d d d d

April 19, 2015
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts, continued 177
February 2015
Universal In the Case Bins with Steel and Wood Flat Fronts for Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, Avenir, Montage,

d d d dPrice
d d d d
Bins with Wood Flat Fronts for Use with Avenir

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24WAVR $ 935
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30WAVR $ 958

available on Avenir. 153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36WAVR $ 968
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42WAVR $ 990
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48WAVR $1010
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60WAVR $1674
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66WAVR $1725
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72WAVR $1765

d d d d
Bins with Wood Flat Fronts for Use with Montage

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24WMON $ 918
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30WMON $ 940
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36WMON $ 968
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42WMON $ 990
153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48WMON $1010
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60WMON $1674
153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66WMON $1725
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72WMON $1765

d d d d
Bins with Wood Flat Fronts for Use with V.I.A.

153⁄4" 24" 161⁄4" 1 RBB24WVIA $ 918
153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30WVIA $ 940
153⁄4" 36" 161⁄4" 1 RBB36WVIA $ 968
153⁄4" 42" 161⁄4" 1 RBB42WVIA $ 990

153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48WVIA $1010
153⁄4" 60" 161⁄4" 2 RBB60WVIA $1674

153⁄4" 66" 161⁄4" 2 RBB66WVIA $1725
153⁄4" 72" 161⁄4" 2 RBB72WVIA $1765

d d d d

February 2015
Flat Fronts
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Shelves
Universal Shelves

cNeed help? • Shelf: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 2 Paint color number for shelf
• On-module attachment hooks with safety catch cSee Surface Materials, page 292.


d d dPrice
d d d
Tip: Overhead storage For Use with Answer and Kick

“TAK” suffix can be used 143⁄4" 24" 71⁄2" RSH24TAK $178
with Privacy Wall as well.
cSee Architectural Solutions 143⁄4" 30" 71⁄2" RSH30TAK $186
143⁄4" 36" 71⁄2" RSH36TAK $198
attachment information.
143⁄4" 42" 71⁄2" RSH42TAK $210
143⁄4" 48" 71⁄2" RSH48TAK $227
143⁄4" 60" 71⁄2" RSH60TAK $253
143⁄4" 72" 71⁄2" RSH72TAK $282

d d d

143⁄4" 25" 71⁄2" RSH25S9 $189
143⁄4" 30" 71⁄2" RSH30S9 $196
143⁄4" 35" 71⁄2" RSH35S9 $209
143⁄4" 36" 71⁄2" RSH36S9 $209
143⁄4" 42" 71⁄2" RSH42S9 $223
143⁄4" 45" 71⁄2" RSH45S9 $242
143⁄4" 60" 71⁄2" RSH60S9 $268
143⁄4" 70" 71⁄2" RSH70S9 $299

d d d

February 2015
Universal Shelves

d d dPrice
d d d
For Use with Avenir

143⁄4" 24" 71⁄2" RSH24AVR $185
Universal Storage
143⁄4" 30" 71⁄2" RSH30AVR $192
143⁄4" 36" 71⁄2" RSH36AVR $204
143⁄4" 42" 71⁄2" RSH42AVR $217
143⁄4" 48" 71⁄2" RSH48AVR $236
143⁄4" 60" 71⁄2" RSH60AVR $261
143⁄4" 72" 71⁄2" RSH72AVR $292

d d d
For Use with Montage

143⁄4" 24" 111⁄2" RSH24MON $178
143⁄4" 30" 111⁄2" RSH30MON $186
143⁄4" 36" 111⁄2" RSH36MON $198

143⁄4" 42" 111⁄2" RSH42MON $210
143⁄4" 48" 111⁄2" RSH48MON $227

143⁄4" 60" 111⁄2" RSH60MON $253
143⁄4" 72" 111⁄2" RSH72MON $282

d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Shelves, continued 181
February 2015
Universal Shelves, continued

For Use with Answer, Kick, Series 9000, and Avenir

cNeed help? • Personal shelf: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Recess beneath unit to accommodate shelf light 2 Paint color number for personal shelf
page 42 • On-module attachment hooks 3 Options, if selected (see below)
Tip: Overhead storage
“TAK” suffix can be used
with Privacy Wall as well. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
cSee Architectural Solutions Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Specification Guide for Materials • Paint price group 2 +$14 Specify paint color number.
attachment information. • Paint price group 3 +$23 Specify paint color number.
dD W dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
For Use with Answer and Kick

1311⁄16" 24" RDS24TAK $178
1311⁄16" 30" RDS30TAK $186
1311⁄16" 36" RDS36TAK $198
1311⁄16" 42" RDS42TAK $210
1311⁄16" 48" RDS48TAK $227

d d d

1311⁄16" 25" RDS25S9 $185
1311⁄16 " 30" RDS30S9 $192
1311⁄16 " 35" RDS35S9 $204
1311⁄16 " 36" RDS36S9 $204
1311⁄16 " 42" RDS42S9 $217
1311⁄16 " 45" RDS45S9 $236

d d d
For Use with Avenir

1311⁄16" 24" RDS24AVR $185
1311⁄16 " 30" RDS30AVR $192
1311⁄16 " 36" RDS36AVR $204
1311⁄16 " 42" RDS42AVR $217
1311⁄16 " 48" RDS48AVR $236

d d d

February 2015
Accessories For Universal Bins and Universal Shelves Accessories For Universal
Bins and Universal Shelves
Horizontal Wall Attachment Brackets

For Use with Universal Sliding Door, Universal Over the Case, and Universal In the Case Bins

cNeed help? • Brackets: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Steel back to enclose storage bin: paint price group 1 2 Paint color number for brackets and back
Universal Storage
DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
24" RBKHWM24 $193
25" RBKHWM25 $193
30" RBKHWM30 $193
35" RBKHWM35 $193
36" RBKHWM36 $193
42" RBKHWM42 $193
45" RBKHWM45 $193
48" RBKHWM48 $193
60" RBKHWM60 $193
70" RBKHWM70 $193
72" RBKHWM72 $193

d d d
Dividers
For Use with Universal Sliding Door, Universal Over the Case, Universal In the Case, and Universal Shelves

cNeed help? • Package of four dividers: white plastic only Style number
Product details,
page 44
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
d d
RDIV $43
d d
Storage Specification Guide cAccessories for Universal Bins and Universal Shelves, continued 183
February 2015
Accessories For Universal Bins and Universal Shelves, continued
Dividers for Overhead Bin and Full-Height Shelf

For Use with Overhead Storage Products Introduced prior to March 2007

cNeed help? • Carton of four dividers: clear textured plastic Style number
Product details,
page 44
d d d
103⁄4" 4" 41⁄ 2" TS7STDIV $51

d d d
Universal Vertical Off-Module Bracket


cNeed help? • Vertical off-module bracket with safety catch: Style number
Product details, black paint only
page 38
Tip: For two-sided, off-

module application, order two Specification Information
vertical off-module brackets.
DStyle DU.S.
Tip: Vertical off-module dNumber dPrice
brackets are used with d d
panels which have vertical RBKVOFM $56
slot patterns including d d
Answer, Kick, Series 9000,
Avenir, and Montage.
Tip: For Montage, vertical

off-module brackets can be
used with 30"W to 60"W
bins only.

February 2015
Accessories For Universal
Vertical Off-Module Bracket for V.I.A.


cNeed help? • Vertical off-module bracket with safety catch: Style number
Product details, black paint only
page 38
Universal Storage
Tip: For two-sided, off-
module application, order two Specification Information
vertical off-module brackets.
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
RBKVOFMVIA $56
d d
Horizontal Off-Module Bracket for Montage


cNeed help? • Pair of horizontal off-module brackets with safety catch: 1 Style number
Product details, paint 2 Paint color number for brackets
page 38 cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Tip: Montage horizontal off-

module brackets are for use Specification Information
with 24"W to 48"W Montage
bins only. DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
ZBKHOFM $119
d d

Storage Specification Guide cAccessories For Universal Bins and Universal Shelves, continued 185
February 2015
Standard Overhead Upmount Packages

For Use on Answer, Avenir, Kick, Montage, and Series 9000 Panels

cNeed help? • Pair of steel upmount brackets: paint price group 1 1 Style number with the appropriate suffix:
Product details, • Steel back to enclose storage bin AVR = Avenir
page 39 MON = Montage
S9 = Series 9000
TAK = Answer and Kick
2 Paint color number for brackets and back

DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
For Use with Answer, Avenir, Kick, and Montage

24" RUK24_ $167
30" RUK30_ $167
36" RUK36_ $167
42" RUK42_ $167
48" RUK48_ $167
60" RUK60_ $167
72" RUK72_ $167

d d d

25" RUK25S9 $167
30" RUK30S9 $167
35" RUK35S9 $167
36" RUK36S9 $167
42" RUK42S9 $167

45" RUK45S9 $167
60" RUK60S9 $167

70" RUK70S9 $167
d d d

February 2015
Wall Channels for TS Series Bins, Universal Bins, and Universal Shelves
For Use with Overhead Storage Products

cNeed help? • Pair of channels: paint 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Paint color number for channels
Universal Storage
Related Products
• Tackboard for use with wall channels cPage 188
DHeight DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
66" TS7BSWHC $108
d d d
Wall Channel Horizontal Braces

cNeed help? • Brace: paint 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Paint color number for horizontal
page 40 brace
DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
42" TS742HB $79
48" TS748HB $79
60" TS760HB $79

72" TS772HB $79
d d d

Storage Specification Guide cAccessories For Universal Bins and Universal Shelves, continued 187
February 2015
Tackboards for Use with Wall Channels

• Tackboard, fabric direction with horizontal application: 1 Style number
fabric price group 1 2 Fabric color number

Surface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$14 Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group COM +$35 Specify fabric color number.
Tip: 72"W tackboards Fabric direction on 24"W to 60"W tackboards

accommodate fabric in the • Vertical application No cost Specify with vertical application.
horizontal direction only.
Related • Wall channels for Universal cPage 187
Tip: For further information Products bins and shelves
about fabric direction,
cPage 295.
dW H dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
24" 18" TS71824TB $122
30" 18" TS71830TB $136
36" 18" TS71836TB $148
42" 18" TS71842TB $163
48" 18" TS71848TB $180
60" 18" TS71860TB $230
72" 18" TS71872TB $283

d d d

February 2015
Flexible Markerboard Surface

For Use with Universal Over the Case Bins

• Flexible, magnetic markerboard surface to attach Style number
to door of overhead storage bin: white plastic
Universal Storage
dW H dNumber dPrice
d d d
30" 161⁄4" R30MBB $101
36" 161⁄4" R36MBB $108

42" 161⁄4" R42MBB $112
48" 161⁄4" R48MBB $119

d d d
Brackets to Attach Avenir Bins and Shelves to Answer Panels

For Use with Overhead Storage Products Introduced prior to March 2007

cNeed help? • Pair of brackets: paint 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Paint color number for brackets
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
Tip: Brackets only work d d
on Avenir bins and shelves
manufactured since May For Use with Avenir Bin with Flush Door
1997. Bins and shelves
manufactured prior to this TS7AV $162
date would require brackets d d
manufactured through
Specials. For Use with Avenir Bin with Integral Door and Avenir Full-Height Shelves with
Tip: Avenir binder bins Radius and Square End Supports
cannot hang on a stacked
segment of an Answer panel. TS7BM $162
d d
For Use with Avenir Half-Height Shelves with Square End Supports
TS7AVH $162
d d
For Use with Avenir Half-Height Shelves with Radius End Supports
TS7BMH $162
d d

February 2015
Universal Curved Front Bins with Steel and Wood Doors

cNeed help? • Overhead storage bin: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate bracket
Product details, • Door: paint or wood suffix:
42" W
page 48 • Basic attachment bracket: black only ANS = Answer
scale 30
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome AVR = Avenir
KIC = Kick
Tip: Basic attachment MON = Montage
bracket allows only 12" VIA = V.I.A.
off-module configurations on NON = NO BASIC BRACKET
panels with vertical attach- (see bracket options below)
ment. Bin must be the same S9 = Series 9000
width or up to 12" wider than 2 Paint color number for storage bin
the panel. 3 Wood color number for wood door

3 Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Premium Wood Pricing: • Premium wood 2 on wood door See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
For Premium wood 2 or • Premium wood 3 on wood door See information at left Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
Premium wood 3 pricing, • Customiz stain on wood door No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
please refer to the electronic cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
catalog or SmartTools.
Brackets Upmount
Tip: Bin is upmountable on • Basic upmount bracket +$ 38 Specify with basic upmount bracket.
Answer panel. Specify with • Open design upmount bracket +$118 Specify with open design upmount
suffix “NON” and choose bracket.
the upmount bracket option.
Off-module brackets for horizontal slot patterned panels
Tip: Universal curved front • Enhanced off-module +$161 Specify with off-module bracket—
bins can be upmounted on Montage enhanced off-module Montage.
Answer slatwall skins as
long as there is not another Lock and Lock
slatwall skin on the adjacent Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
in-line panel.
Keying
Tip: Open design upmount • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
bracket cannot be used
when double-pane window Related • Stationary shelf cPage 192
is in top position of panel. Products • Bookends cPage 193
• ADA pull cPage 193
Tip: 45"W is only available • Underline task light cPage 278
for Series 9000.
Tip: When using upmount

brackets with overhead
storage and daisy chaining
lights, use the open design
upmount bracket for better
cord management.

February 2015
with Steel and Wood Doors
d d dPrice
d d d
With Steel Doors

42" W
161⁄2" 30" 15" KBIN30L_ $ 844
scale 30
Universal Storage
161⁄ 2" 36" 15" KBIN36L_ $ 971
161⁄ 2" 42" 15" KBIN42L_ $1114
161⁄ 2" 45" 15" KBIN45L_ $1240

161⁄ 2" 48" 15" KBIN48L_ $1240
d d d
With Wood Doors

161⁄2" 30" 15" KBIN30LW_ $1447
42" W
scale 30
161⁄ 2" 36" 15" KBIN36LW_ $1574
Tip: Only the door is wood. 161⁄ 2" 42" 15" KBIN42LW_ $1717
Cabinet is painted metal and 161⁄ 2" 45" 15" KBIN45LW_ $1843
end panels are ABS.
161⁄ 2" 48" 15" KBIN48LW_ $1843
d d d

February 2015
Universal L-Shelves and Stationary Shelves
For Universal Curved Front Bin and L-Shelf
Tip: Universal L-shelf does

not align with Universal
overhead bin when mounted cNeed help? • Shelf: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate bracket
side by side. Product details, • Basic attachment bracket: black only suffix:
page 52 • Rods: shiny chrome ANS = Answer
Tip: Basic attachment • Spacers: 6695 Midnight only AVR = Avenir
bracket allows only 12" off- • Endcaps: 6695 Midnight only KIC = Kick
module configurations on MON = Montage
panels with vertical attach- VIA = V.I.A.
ment. L-shelf must be the NON = NO BASIC BRACKET
same width or up to 12" (see bracket options below)
wider than the panel. S9 = Series 9000
2 Paint color number for shelf
Tip: L-shelf is upmountable 3 Options, if selected (see below)
on Answer panel. Specify cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
with suffix “NON” and
choose the upmount bracket
option.
Tip: Universal L-shelves can Surface Universal L-Shelves
be mounted in front of Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
slatwall skin or upmounted • Paint price group 2 +$ 28 Specify paint color number.
on Answer slatwall skins as • Paint price group 3 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.
long as there is not another
bin, shelf or slatwall skin on Stationary Shelves
the adjacent in-line panel. • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Tip: Open design upmount • Paint price group 3 +$ 23 Specify paint color number.
bracket cannot be used
when double-pane window Upmount • Basic upmount bracket +$ 38 Specify with basic upmount bracket.
is in top position of panel. Brackets • Open design upmount bracket +$118 Specify with open design upmount
for L-Shelf bracket.
Tip: 45"W is only available
for Series 9000. Off-module brackets for horizontal slot patterned panels
• Enhanced off-module +$161 Specify with off-module bracket—
Tip: When using upmount Montage enhanced off-module Montage.
brackets with overhead
storage and daisy chaining Related • Universal curved front bins cPage 190
lights, use the open design Products • Bookends cPage 193
upmount bracket for better • Underline task light cPage 278
cord management.
42" W
scale 30
d d dPrice
d d d
42" W
scale 30
Universal L-Shelves for Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-Shelf
141⁄4" 30" 15" KLSHF30_ $373
Tip: Stationary shelf hangs
from the bottom of curved 141⁄4" 36" 15" KLSHF36_ $395
front bins with KBIN_ style
141⁄4" 42" 15" KLSHF42_ $445
numbers and L-shelves with
KLSHF_ style numbers. 141⁄4" 45" 15" KLSHF45_ $450
Space between bottom of
bin or L-shelf and top of 141⁄4" 48" 15" KLSHF48_ $450
stationary shelf is 51⁄2". d d d
Overall stationary shelf
height dimension is 65⁄32".
Specify the same width as
Stationary Shelves for Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-Shelf
corresponding bin or L-shelf. 14" 30" 65⁄32" KSSHF30 $205
Tip: Stationary shelf cannot 14" 36" 65⁄32" KSSHF36 $222
hang from an upmounted bin
or shelf. 14" 42" 65⁄32" KSSHF42 $244
14" 45" 65⁄32" KSSHF45 $263

Tip: Shelf is steel with
molded endcaps. 14" 48" 65⁄32" KSSHF48 $263
d d d
February 2015
Accessories For Universal Curved Front Bins Accessories For Universal
Curved Front Bins and
Universal L-Shelves
and Universal L-Shelves
Bookends

cNeed help? • Package of two or twenty bookends: 6695 Midnight only Style number
Product details,
page 54
Universal Storage
DStyle DQuantity DU.S.
dNumber d dPrice
d d d
KDIV02 2 $ 27
KDIV20 20 $256
d d d
ADA Pull

cNeed help? • ADA pull: 6695 Midnight only Style number
Product details,
page 54
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
KPULL $47
d d
Ganging Bracket

cNeed help? • Package of one or twenty ganging brackets: 1 Style number number
Product details, all paint price groups 2 Paint color number
dNumber d dPrice
d d d
KGANG 1 $ 16
KGANG20 20 $279
d d d

February 2015
Slim Shelves

cNeed help? • Shelf: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment brackets: paint to match shelf 2 Paint color number for shelf

dD W dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
Tip: Slim shelves with a
“TAK” suffix can attach to For Use with Answer and Kick
Privacy Wall.
cSee Architectural Solutions 6" 24" RSS24TAK $185
Specification Guide for 6" 30" RSS30TAK $198
attachment information.
6" 36" RSS36TAK $212
6" 42" RSS42TAK $227
6" 48" RSS48TAK $242
6" 60" RSS60TAK $302
6" 72" RSS72TAK $332
6" 96" RSS96TAK $391

d d d

6" 25" RSS25S9 $185
6" 30" RSS30S9 $198
6" 35" RSS35S9 $212
6" 36" RSS36S9 $212
6" 42" RSS42S9 $227
6" 45" RSS45S9 $242

6" 60" RSS60S9 $302
6" 70" RSS70S9 $332

d d d

February 2015
Slim Shelves
dD W dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
For Use with Avenir

6" 24" RSS24AVR $185
Universal Storage
6" 30" RSS30AVR $198
6" 36" RSS36AVR $212
6" 42" RSS42AVR $227
6" 48" RSS48AVR $242
6" 60" RSS60AVR $302
6" 72" RSS72AVR $332
6" 96" RSS96AVR $391

d d d
For Use with Montage

6" 24" RSS24MON $185
6" 30" RSS30MON $198
6" 36" RSS36MON $212
6" 42" RSS42MON $227
6" 48" RSS48MON $242
6" 60" RSS60MON $302
6" 72" RSS72MON $332
6" 96" RSS96MON $391

d d d

February 2015
with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, Proud Wood, or Open Fronts

cNeed help? • Lateral file: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • 1"H top on units with flush steel or proud steel fronts: suffix in the space provided
page 60 paint to match file F Flush steel front
• 13⁄ 16"H top and drawer fronts on units with proud wood P Proud steel front
fronts: wood veneer W Proud wood front
• Base (see below under required selections) 2 Paint color number for file
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for drawer fronts and
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts top, if proud wood front selected
• Central lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 4 Base (see below under required
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic selections)
• Drawer body: black only 5 Pull (see below under required
• Drawer suspensions: black only selections)
• One hanging folder bar per drawer on 18"D units 6 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Two rails per drawer on 24"D units steel or proud wood front selected
• Four adjustable leveling glides 7 Options, if selected (see below)
• Counterweight package, if selected cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify

Bases • Universal 3" base No cost Specify with Universal 3" base, painted
to match tower.
• FrameOne foot base +$ 87 Specify with FrameOne foot base,
painted to match tower.
• c:scape glide base +$ 87 Specify with c:scape glide base,
4799 Platinum only.
Pulls

Tip: Security top reduces Tops with Security top

overall height by Flush Steel • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
approximately 1". Front and lateral files only
Proud Steel
Front No top
• For use with a cushion top –$ 92 Specify with no top.
Tip: Laminate tops are 3⁄ 16" Laminate top

taller than other tops and will • Square edge laminate top +$127 Specify with laminate top and indicate
add 3⁄ 16" to overall case laminate color number for top and plastic
height. color number for edges.
• FrameOne laminate top +$332 Specify with FrameOne laminate top and
Tip: FrameOne tops are indicate laminate color number for top
available on 28"H lateral and plastic color number for edges.
files only. FrameOne top will • Open Line laminate on +$ 65 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
add 1/2" to the overall height. laminate top plus cost of laminate
Tip: Service part Y30291SR, cOptions, continued on next page

(paintable black plug), can
be ordered to cover the glide
adjustment holes in the front
of the lateral file.
February 2015
Universal One-High,
1.5-High, and Two
Drawer Lateral Files

Tip: Wood veneer tops are Tops with Wood veneer top
3⁄ 16" taller than other tops Flush Steel • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
and will add 3⁄ 16" to overall Front and indicate wood color number.
case height. Proud Steel • FrameOne wood veneer top +$589 Specify with FrameOne wood veneer top
Front, and indicate wood color number.
Tip: FrameOne tops are continued • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
available on 28"H lateral indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
files only. FrameOne top will • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
add 1/2" to the overall height. indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
Universal Storage
Premium Wood Pricing: veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
For Premium wood 2 or
Premium wood 3 pricing, Tops with Security top
please refer to the electronic Proud Wood • For use on 28"H –$384 Specify with security top.
catalog or SmartTools. Front lateral files only
Tip: Full-fill finish (option) is No top

available on field-installed • For use with a cushion top –$476 Specify with no top.
tops only. or beneath a common top
cPage 258
Laminate top
Tip: Security top reduces • Square edge laminate top –$257 Specify with laminate top and indicate
overall height by laminate color number for top and plastic
approximately 1". color number for edges.
• FrameOne laminate top –$ 52 Specify with FrameOne laminate top and
indicate laminate color number for top
and plastic color number for edges.
Wood veneer top

• FrameOne wood veneer top +$205 Specify with FrameOne wood veneer top
and indicate wood color number.
• Premium wood 2 on proud See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
Tip: 6"H box drawers come wood fronts and top
standard with a divider • Premium wood 3 on proud See information at left Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
package. wood fronts and top
• Customiz stain on proud No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Tip: Some cabinets with the wood fronts and top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
c:scape glide base or
FrameOne foot base require Drawer • HF bar for use on 24"D +$ 12 Specify with HF bar.
a different counterweight Interiors units only
than the Universal 3" base. • Divider package +$ 24 Specify with divider package.
Please specify accordingly. • Rails for use on 18"D +$ 31 Specify with rails.
units only
Tip: Counterweight packages
are recommended based on Pulls Proud Steel or Wood Fronts
case size and interior • Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
options. • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
Tip: Counterweight option • Bar +$ 25 per pull Specify with bar pull.
cabinet is not ganged back- Proud Steel Fronts only
to-back to adjacent cabinets • c:scape +$ 28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
or bolted to the floor or wall.
Cabinets ganged side-to- Counterweights One-High and 1.5-High Lateral Files with Universal 3" Base
side require a counterweight. • Package A +$193 Specify with counterweight.
• Package B +$193 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: A tether bracket is now +$193
• Package C Specify with counterweight.
available to attach universal
• Package D +$165 Specify with counterweight.
units to the c:scape beam.
• Package E +$165 Specify with counterweight.
cPage 202
• Package F +$165 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight
packages ship separately One-High and 1.5-High Lateral Files with c:scape Glide and FrameOne Foot Bases
from case and must be • Package G +$221 Specify with counterweight.
installed on site. • Package H +$280 Specify with counterweight.
• Package J +$280 Specify with counterweight.
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files, continued 197
February 2015
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, Proud Wood,
or Open Fronts, continued

Tip: Counterweight packages Counterweights, Two Drawer with Universal 3" Bases
are recommended based on continued • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.
case size and interior options. • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight option Two Drawer with c:scape Glide and FrameOne Foot Bases
should be specified if the • Package 7 +$168 Specify with counterweight.
cabinet is not ganged back- • Package 8 +$211 Specify with counterweight.
to-back to adjacent cabinets
or bolted to the floor or wall. Lock and Lock
Cabinets ganged side-to- Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
side require a counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight packages • 18"D with two drawers +$122 Specify with individual lock.
ship separately from case • 24"D with two drawers +$136 Specify with individual lock.
and must be installed on site.
Keying
Tip: Height dimension listed • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
is for units with 1" top. Over-
all height will vary if another Related • Cushion tops cPage 203
top is selected. Products • Field-installed tops cPage 258
• Storage accessories cPage 139
Tip: Your specification is • Counterweight packages cPage 270
not complete until you add • Low storage-to-beam tether bracket cPage 202
example, RLF18301__ Specification Information
becomes RLF18301F for
flush steel front). DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
dD W H dPackages dNumber d
dFlush Proud d d dFlush dProud dProud
dSteel Steel/ dUniversal dFrameOne d dSteel dSteel dWood
d Wood d3" Base dFoot and d dFront dFront dFront
d d dc:scape d d d d
d d dGlide Bases d d d d
d d d d d d d
d d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
One 12"H Drawer

18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 16" Package A Package G RLF18301_ $744 $ 765 $1516
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 16" Package B Package H RLF18361_ $824 $ 855 $1602
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 16" Package C Package J RLF18421_ $904 $ 942 $1683
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 16" Package A Package G RLF24301_ $839 $ 875 $1621
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 16" Package B Package H RLF24361_ $973 $1019 $1756
d d d d d d d
Open Configurations
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 16" Not required Not required RSC18301A_ $633 $ 686 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 16" Not required Not required RSC18361A_ $741 $ 805 N.A.
Tip: The suffix for open 18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 16" Not required Not required RSC18421A_ $841 $ 913 N.A.
configurations define the unit
as flush steel or proud steel 231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 16" Not required Not required RSC24301A_ $771 $ 832 N.A.
to match additional Universal
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 16" Not required Not required RSC24361A_ $941 $1020 N.A.
storage.
d d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal One-High,
1.5-High, and Two
Drawer Lateral Files
Tip: For open-open units, DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
the shelf is affixed with dD W H dPackages dNumber d
screws. The screws can dFlush Proud d d dFlush dProud dProud
be removed to adjust the dSteel Steel/ dUniversal dFrameOne d dSteel dSteel dWood
clips/shelf to a different d Wood d3" Base dFoot and d dFront dFront dFront
height. d d dc:scape d d d d
d d d d d d d
Universal Storage
Open–Open Configurations
One 6"H Opening with Fixed Shelf and One 12"H Opening with Fixed Shelf
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 22" Not required Not required RLF18301A_ $ 668 $ 724 N.A.
Tip: The suffix for open-open 18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 22" Not required Not required RLF18361A_ $ 802 $ 870 N.A.
configurations define the unit
as flush steel or proud steel 18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 22" Not required Not required RLF18421A_ $ 930 $1007 N.A.
to match additional Universal 231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 22" Not required Not required RLF24301A_ $ 881 $ 952 N.A.
storage.
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 22" Not required Not required RLF24361A_ $1051 $1134 N.A.
d d d d d d d
Drawer–Drawer Configurations
One 6"H Drawer and One 12"Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 22" Package A Package A RLF18301B_ $ 802 $ 858 $1741
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 22" Package B Package B RLF18361B_ $ 939 $1004 $1866
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 22" Package C Package C RLF18421B_ $1064 $1142 $2111
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 22" Package A Package A RLF24301B_ $1017 $1087 $2087
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 22" Package B Package B RLF24361B_ $1186 $1270 $2244
d d d d d d d
Drawer–Open Configurations
One 6"H Drawer and One 12"H Opening with Fixed Shelf
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 22" Package D Package D RLF18301C_ $ 743 $ 798 $1596
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 22" Package E Package E RLF18361C_ $ 877 $ 940 $1722
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 22" Package F Package F RLF18421C_ $ 998 $1074 $1966
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 22" Package D Package D RLF24301C_ $ 949 $1020 $1943
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 22" Package E Package E RLF24361C_ $1115 $1195 $2100
d d d d d d d
Open–Drawer Configurations
One 6"H Opening with Fixed Shelf and One 12"Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 22" Package A Package A RLF18301D_ $ 743 $ 798 $1596
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 22" Package B Package B RLF18361D_ $ 877 $ 940 $1722
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 22" Package C Package C RLF18421D_ $ 998 $1074 $1966
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 22" Package A Package A RLF24301D_ $ 949 $1020 $1943
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 22" Package B Package B RLF24361D_ $1115 $1195 $2100
d d d d d d d
For Canadian Pricing cSpecification Information, continued on next page
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files, continued 199
February 2015
Universal One-High, 1.5-High, and Two Drawer Lateral Files with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, Proud Wood,
or Open Fronts, continued
DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
dD W H dPackages dNumber d
dSteel Steel/ dUniversal dFrameOne d dSteel dSteel dWood
d Wood d3" Base dFoot and d dFront dFront dFront
d d dc:scape d d d d
d d d d d d d
Two 12"H Drawers

18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 28" Package 3 Package 7 RLF18302_ $ 823 $ 879 $1749
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 28" Package 4 Package 8 RLF18362_ $ 961 $1027 $1874
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 28" Package 4 Package 8 RLF18422_ $1086 $1164 $2119
231⁄8" 24" 30" 28" Package 3 Package 7 RLF24302_ $1008 $1078 $2095
231⁄8" 24" 36" 28" Package 4 Package 8 RLF24362_ $1209 $1292 $2252
d d d d d d d

February 2015
Intermediate Supports Intermediate Supports
For Universal One-High and 1.5 High Lateral Files and Universal Worksurfaces

cNeed help? • Intermediate support: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Paint color number

Surface For intermediate support
Universal Storage
Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color.
• Paint price group 2 +$12 per leg Specify paint color.
• Paint price group 3 +$20 per leg Specify paint color.
Intermediate For laminate or wood storage tops

Support bracing • No brace No cost Specify with no brace.
For steel storage tops

• One brace (30", 36", or 42"W) +$47 Specify with one brace.
• Two braces (30", 36", or 42"W) +$47 Specify with two braces.
DPlanning DDepth DStyle DU.S.
dHeight d dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
For use with One-High Universal Storage

281⁄ 2" 16" UFS1610H $249
d d d d
For use with 1.5-High Universal Storage

281⁄ 2" 16" UFS1615H $227
d d d d

February 2015
Low Storage-to-Beam Tether Bracket

cNeed help? • Pair of tether brackets: black Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware
page 314
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
UFSTB $15
d d

February 2015
Cushion Tops
Cushion Tops
For Universal One-High and 1.5-High Lateral Files

cNeed help? • Cushion top: fabric 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • Attachment hardware suffix in the space provided
page 314 F Flush steel front
P Proud steel front
2 Fabric color number
Universal Storage
Tip: Seam pattern is
determined by upholstery
selected. Surface Upholstery
cSee page 62. Materials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
• Elmosoft leather price group +$580 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.
• Leather price group +$671 Specify leather color number.
• Customer’s Own Material (COM) +$ 16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
or Customer's Own Leather (COL)
Related • Universal One-High and 1.5-High cPage 196

Products lateral files
Tip: Your specification is
not complete until you add DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Price
a suffix to the style number dD W H dNumber d
to define the front style of dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud
the lateral, (for example, dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dSteel/
RPDC1830__ becomes dFront Wood d dFront dWood
RPDC1830F for cushion d Front d d dFront
top for flush steel front, or d d d d
RPDC1830FF for cushion d d dSuffix F dSuffix P
top for flush steel front with d d d d
Fire Code Seating).
Cushion Tops
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 11⁄ 2" RPDC1830_ $571 $571
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 11⁄ 2" RPDC1836_ $582 $582
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 11⁄ 2" RPDC1842_ $593 $593
24" 247⁄ 8" 30" 11⁄ 2" RPDC2430_ $607 $607
24" 247⁄ 8" 36" 11⁄ 2" RPDC2436_ $617 $617

d d d d

February 2015
Universal Open Side Towers

cNeed help? • Tower: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • 1"H top: paint to match tower suffix in the space provided
page 64 • Door and drawer fronts on units with proud wood fronts: F Flush steel front
wood veneer P Proud steel front
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome W Proud wood front
• Base (see below under required selections) 2 Paint color number for tower
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for door and drawer
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts fronts, if proud wood front selected
• Drawer body: black only 4 Base (see below under required
• Adjustable shelves on 52"H and 651⁄2"H: selections)
paint to match tower 5 Pull (see below under required
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black selections)
• Post to support adjustable shelf: paint to match tower 6 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• One box drawer divider and one pencil tray: black only steel or proud wood front selected
• Coat rod: black 7 Options, if selected (see below)
• Four adjustable leveling glides cSee Surface Materials, page 292.

to match tower.
• FrameOne foot base +$174 Specify with FrameOne foot base,
• c:scape glide base +$174 Specify with c:scape glide base,
4799 Platinum only.
Pulls

For Premium wood 2 or wood fronts and top
please refer to the electronic wood fronts and top
wood fronts and top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Tip: Laminate and wood Tops with Laminate top

veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller Flush Steel • Square edge laminate top +$127 Specify with laminate top and indicate
than other tops and will add Front, Proud laminate color number for top
3⁄ 16" to overall case height. Steel Front, and plastic color number for edges.
and Proud • Open Line laminate on +$ 65 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Wood Front laminate top plus cost of laminate

option is selected, wood • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
veneer top color will default indicate wood color number.
to match wood front. • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
veneer top on units with flush cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
steel or proud steel fronts
February 2015

Tip: Glass shelves are not Glass • On 52"H towers +$112 Specify with glass shelves.
available on 18"D towers. Shelves • On 651⁄ 2"H towers +$224 Specify with glass shelves.
Pulls Proud Steel or Wood Fronts

Universal Storage
Proud Steel Fronts only
Counterweights • Tower Package 1 +$ 98 Specify with counterweight.

• Tower Package 2 +$122 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Height dimension listed Lock and Lock

is for units with 1" top. Over- Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
all height will vary if another
top is selected. Keying
not complete until you add Related • Field-installed tops cPage 258
a suffix to the style number Products • Adjustable shelves cPage 262
to define the front style (for • Counterweights cPage 270
example, RQS24244LA__ • Storage accessories cPage 139
becomes RQS24244LAF
for flush steel front).
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Prices DCounterweights
dD W H dNumber d d
d d d dSteel Fronts dWood Fronts
dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud dProud dUniversal dFrameOne dUniversal dFrameOne
dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dSteel dWood d3" Base dFoot and d3" Base dFoot and
dFront Wood d dFront dFront dFront d dc:scape d dc:scape
d Front d d d d d dGlide d dGlide
d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W d dBases d dBases
Tower with Door Hinged on Left

One 6"H Drawer and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS182448LA_ $1882 $2186 $2630 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS242448LA_ $2084 $2388 $2832 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS302448LA_ $2286 $2590 $3034 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Open Side Towers, continued 205
February 2015
Universal Open Side Towers with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued
dD W H dNumber d d
Tower with Door Hinged on Left, continued

One Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RQS18244LA_ $1944 $2248 $2692 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RQS24244LA_ $2162 $2466 $2910 Not required Not required Not required Not required
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" RQS30244LA_ $2381 $2685 $3129 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
Two Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS18245LC_ $2293 $2597 $3041 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS24245LC_ $2548 $2852 $3296 Not required Not required Not required Not required
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS30245LC_ $2803 $3107 $3551 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

February 2015
dD W H dNumber d d
Universal Storage
Tower with Door Hinged on Right
One 6"H Drawer and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS182448RA_ $1882 $2186 $2630 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS242448RA_ $2084 $2388 $2832 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 471⁄ 2" RQS302448RA_ $2286 $2590 $3034 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
One Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RQS18244RA_ $1944 $2248 $2692 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RQS24244RA_ $2162 $2466 $2910 Not required Not required Not required Not required
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" RQS30244RA_ $2381 $2685 $3129 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
Two Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS18245RC_ $2293 $2597 $3041 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 2" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS24245RC_ $2548 $2852 $3296 Not required Not required Not required Not required
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" RQS30245RC_ $2803 $3107 $3551 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal Dual Door Towers

page 64 • Door and drawer fronts on units with proud wood fronts: F Flush steel front
wood veneer P Proud steel front
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome W Proud wood front
• Base (see below under required selections) 2 Paint color number for tower
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for door and drawer
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts fronts, if proud wood front selected
• Drawer body: black only 4 Base (see below under required
• Adjustable shelves on 52"H and 651⁄2"H: selections)
paint to match tower 5 Pull (see below under required
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black selections)
• Post to support adjustable shelf: paint to match tower 6 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• One box drawer divider and one pencil tray: black only steel or proud wood front selected
• Coat rod: black 7 Options, if selected (see below)

to match tower.
• FrameOne foot base +$174 Specify with FrameOne foot base,
• c:scape glide base +$174 Specify with c:scape glide base,
4799 Platinum only.
Pulls


than other tops and will add Front, Proud laminate color number for top
3⁄ 16" to overall case height. Steel Front, and plastic color number for edges.

February 2015

Tip: If wood veneer top Tops with Wood veneer top
option is selected, wood Flush Steel • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
veneer top color will default Front, Proud indicate wood color number.
to match wood front. Steel Front, • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
and Proud indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
Premium Wood Pricing: Wood Front, • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
For Premium wood 2 or continued indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
Premium wood 3 pricing, • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
please refer to the electronic veneer top on units with flush cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Universal Storage
catalog or SmartTools. steel or proud steel fronts
Tip: Height dimension listed Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts

is for units with 1" top. Over- • Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
all height will vary if another • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
top is selected. • Jazz +$ 17 per pull Specify with jazz pull.
not complete until you add Proud steel fronts only
a suffix to the style number • c:scape +$ 28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
example, RDD182448LA__ Counterweights • Tower Package 1 +$ 98 Specify with counterweight.
becomes RDD182448LAF • Tower Package 2 +$122 Specify with counterweight.
for flush steel front).
Lock and Lock
Keying
Related • Field-installed tops cPage 258

Products • Adjustable shelves cPage 262
• Counterweights cPage 270
dD W H dNumber d d
Tower with Doors Hinged on Left

One Fixed Shelf and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD182448LA_ $1662 $1929 $2320 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD242448LA_ $2000 $2097 $2497 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
d d d d d d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Dual Door Towers, continued 209
February 2015
Universal Dual Door Towers with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued
dD W H dNumber d d
Tower with Doors Hinged on Left, continued

One Fixed Shelf, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD182448LB_ $1809 $2082 $2480 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD242448LB_ $2140 $2245 $2662 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, One Adjustable Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RDD18244LA_ $1835 $2085 $2473 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RDD24244LA_ $2160 $2275 $2633 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, One Adjustable Shelf, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RDD18244LB_ $1955 $2205 $2593 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RDD24244LB_ $2280 $2395 $2783 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

February 2015
dD W H dNumber d d
Universal Storage
Tower with Doors Hinged on Left, continued
One Fixed Shelf, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD18245LC_ $2059 $2343 $2730 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD24245LC_ $2280 $2360 $2960 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD18245LD_ $2179 $2452 $2850 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD24245LD_ $2400 $2480 $3080 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Dual Door Towers, continued 211
February 2015
Universal Dual Door Towers with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued
dD W H dNumber d d
Tower with Doors Hinged on Right

One Fixed Shelf and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD182448RA_ $1662 $1929 $2320 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD242448RA_ $2000 $2097 $2497 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD182448RB_ $1809 $2082 $2480 Package 1 Package 1 Package 2 Package 2
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 471⁄ 2" RDD242448RB_ $2140 $2245 $2662 Not required Package 1 Not required Package 1
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, One Adjustable Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RDD18244RA_ $1835 $2085 $2473 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RDD24244RA_ $2160 $2275 $2633 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

February 2015
dD W H dNumber d d
Universal Storage
Tower with Doors Hinged on Right, continued
One Fixed Shelf, One Adjustable Shelf, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 52" RDD18244RB_ $1955 $2205 $2593 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" RDD24244RB_ $2280 $2395 $2783 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD18245RC_ $2059 $2343 $2730 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD24245RC_ $2280 $2360 $2960 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d
One Fixed Shelf, Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 12"H Drawer
18" 187⁄ 8" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD18245RD_ $2179 $2452 $2850 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1 Package 1
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" RDD24245RD_ $2400 $2480 $3080 Not required Not required Not required Not required
d d d d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal Full Front Towers

page 64 • Door fronts on units with proud wood fronts: wood veneer F Flush steel front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts P Proud steel front
• Pulls: metal W Proud wood front
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 2 Paint color number for tower
• Drawer body: black only 3 Wood color number for door, if proud
• Adjustable shelves: paint to match tower wood front selected
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black 4 Pull (see below under required
• Coat rod: black selections)
• Four adjustable leveling glides 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
steel or proud wood front selected
Required Selections
Pulls


than other tops and will add Front, Proud laminate color number for top and plastic
3⁄ 16" to overall case height. Steel Front, color number for edges.

Tip: Counterweight pack- • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
ages are recommended indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
based on case size and • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
interior options. veneer top on units with flush cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
cSee Specification steel or proud steel fronts
Information on next page.
Counter- 52"H tower with proud wood fronts
Tip: Counterweight option weights • Tower package +$ 84 Specify with counterweight.
cabinet is not ganged to Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts
adjacent cabinets or bolted • Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
to the floor or wall. • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
Tip: Counterweight • Bar +$ 25 per pull Specify with bar pull.
packages ship separately
from case and must be Proud steel fronts only
installed on site. • c:scape +$ 28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
February 2015

Lock and Lock
Keying

Universal Storage
Tip: Height dimension listed Specification Information
height will vary if another top DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
is selected. dD W H dPackage dNumber d
Tip: Your specification is dSteel Steel/ d d dSteel dSteel dWood
not complete until you add dFront Wood d d dFront dFront dFront
a suffix to the style number d Front d d d d d
to define the front style (for d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
example, RFF24244LR__
becomes RFF24244LRF for 52"H Tower with Door Hinged on Left
flush steel front).
Partition with Coat Rod and Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244LR_ $2378 $2554 $3040
proud wood fronts only
Partition with Coat Rod, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244LS_ $2315 $2491 $2977
Partition with Coat Rod, One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244LT_ $2256 $2432 $2918
d d d d d d
Tip: The adjustable shelf is

always in the top/upper
position.
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 215
February 2015
Universal Full Front Towers with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

becomes RFF24244LRF for
flush steel front).
52"H Tower with Door Hinged on Right
Partition with Coat Rod and Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244RR_ $2378 $2554 $3040
Partition with Coat Rod, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244RS_ $2315 $2491 $2977
Partition with Coat Rod, One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 for RFF24244RT_ $2256 $2432 $2918
d d d d d d
651⁄ 2"H Tower with Door Hinged on Left

Partition with Coat Rod, One Fixed Shelf, and Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245LU_ $2632 $2808 $3294
Partition with Coat Rod, One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245LV_ $2571 $2747 $3233
d d d d d d
February 2015

becomes RFF24244LRF for 651⁄ 2"H Tower with Door Hinged on Left, continued
Universal Storage
flush steel front).
Partition with Coat Rod, Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245LW_ $2510 $2686 $3172
d d d d d d
651⁄ 2"H Tower with Door Hinged on Right

Partition with Coat Rod, One Fixed Shelf, and Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245RU_ $2632 $2808 $3294
Partition with Coat Rod, One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245RV_ $2571 $2747 $3233
Partition with Coat Rod, Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
231⁄8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RFF24245RW_ $2510 $2686 $3172
d d d d d d
February 2015
Universal Vertical Drawer Towers

page 64 • Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts F Flush steel front
• Pulls: metal P Proud steel front
• Hinged door on units with flush steel or proud steel fronts: W Proud wood front
paint to match tower 2 Paint color number for tower
• Hinged door on units with proud wood fronts: 3 Wood color number for door and drawer
wood veneer to match tower fronts, if proud wood front selected
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with flush 4 Pull (see below under required
steel fronts: paint to match tower selections)
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with proud 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
wood fronts: wood veneer to match tower steel or proud wood front selected
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 6 Options, if selected (see below)
• Drawer body: black only cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Two box drawer dividers and one pencil tray in units
with 6"H box drawers: black only
• Coat rod: black
Required Selections
Pulls



veneer top on units with flush cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
steel or proud steel fronts
February 2015
Universal Vertical
Drawer Towers
5Options U.S. Price Required to Specify

Tip: Counterweight option Counterweights 52"H Towers
should be specified if the • No counterweight No cost Specify without counterweight.
cabinet is not ganged to • Tower package 1 No cost Specify with counterweight.
adjacent cabinets or bolted
to the floor or wall. Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts
Tip: Counterweight • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
packages ship separately • Jazz +$17 per pull Specify with jazz pull.
from case and must be • Bar +$25 per pull Specify with bar pull.
Universal Storage
installed on site.
• c:scape +$28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
Lock and Lock

Keying

cSpecification Information, on next page
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Vertical Drawer Towers, continued 219
February 2015
Universal Vertical Drawer Towers with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

example, RVD24244LA__
becomes RVD24244LAF for Tower with Door Hinged on Left
flush steel front).
Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD24244LA_ $2091 $2349 $2792
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD30244LA_ $2304 $2562 $3005
Three 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD24244LB_ $2267 $2525 $2968
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD30244LB_ $2481 $2739 $3182
Four 12"H Drawers and One 131⁄ 2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD24245LC_ $2467 $2767 $3168
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD30245LC_ $2718 $3018 $3419
Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 131⁄ 2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD24245LD_ $2642 $2942 $3343
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD30245LD_ $2896 $3196 $3597
d d d d d d
February 2015
Universal Vertical
Drawer Towers

example, RVD24244LA__
becomes RVD24244LAF for Tower with Door Hinged on Right
Universal Storage
flush steel front).
Four 12"H Drawers
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD24244RA_ $2091 $2349 $2792
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD30244RA_ $2304 $2562 $3005
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD24244RB_ $2267 $2525 $2968
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 52" Tower package 1 RVD30244RB_ $2481 $2739 $3182
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD24245RC_ $2467 $2767 $3168
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD30245RC_ $2718 $3018 $3419
231⁄ 8" 24" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD24245RD_ $2642 $2942 $3343
291⁄ 8" 30" 24" 651⁄ 2" Not required RVD30245RD_ $2896 $3196 $3597
d d d d d
February 2015
Universal Workstation Verticals

cNeed help? • Vertical: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
page 64 • Door and drawer fronts on units with proud wood fronts, F Flush steel front
if selected: wood veneer P Proud steel front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts W Proud wood front
• Pulls: metal 2 Paint color number for tower
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with flush 3 Wood color number for door and drawer
steel fronts: paint to match tower fronts, if proud wood front selected
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with proud 4 Pull (see below under required
wood fronts: wood veneer to match tower selections)
• Central lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Drawer body: black only steel or proud wood front selected
• Drawer suspensions: black only 6 Options, if selected (see below)
• One pencil tray in units with 6"H box drawers: black only cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Required Selections
Pulls



Tip: Counterweight pack- • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
ages are recommended indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
based on case size and • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
interior options. veneer top on units with flush cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
cSee Specification steel or proud steel fronts
Counter- • Tower package +$ 84 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight option weights
cabinet is not ganged to Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts
adjacent cabinets or bolted • Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
to the floor or wall. • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
Tip: Counterweight • Bar +$ 25 per pull Specify with bar pull.
packages ship separately cOptions, continued on next page
from case and must be
installed on site.
February 2015
Universal

Pulls, Proud steel fronts only
continued • c:scape +$ 28 per pull Specify with c:scape pull.
Lock and Lock

Tip: Individual locking Individual locking drawers

drawer option is not • For use when limiting +$366 Specify with individual lock.
available on verticals with drawer access
Universal Storage
6"H drawers.
Keying

height will vary if another top
is selected.
Tip: Your specification is DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
not complete until you add dD W H dPackage dNumber d
a suffix to the style number dFlush Proud d d dFlush dProud dProud
to define the front style (for dSteel Steel/ d d dSteel dSteel dWood
example, RWV2415A__ dFront Wood d d dFront dFront dFront
becomes RWV2415AF for d Front d d d d d
flush steel front). d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
Four 12"H Drawers

231⁄ 8" 24" 15" 52" Tower package 1 RWV24154A_ $1525 $1702 $2191
291⁄ 8" 30" 15" 52" Tower package 1 RWV30154A_ $1683 $1860 $2349
d d d d d d

231⁄ 8" 24" 15" 52" Tower package 1 RWV24154B_ $1701 $1878 $2367
291⁄ 8" 30" 15" 52" Tower package 1 RWV30154B_ $1862 $2039 $2528
d d d d d d
231⁄ 8" 24" 15" 651⁄ 2" Tower package 1 RWV24155C_ $1810 $2031 $2476
291⁄ 8" 30" 15" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWV30155C_ $1996 $2217 $2662
d d d d d d
231⁄ 8" 24" 15" 651⁄ 2" Tower package 1 RWV24155D_ $1987 $2208 $2653
291⁄ 8" 30" 15" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWV30155D_ $2172 $2393 $2838
d d d d d d
February 2015

cNeed help? • Lateral file: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
page 68 paint to match file F Flush steel front
fronts: wood veneer W Proud wood front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel front 2 Paint color number for file
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for drawer fronts and
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with flush top, if proud wood front selected
steel or proud steel front: paint to match file 4 Pull (see below under required
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units with proud selections)
wood fronts: wood veneer to match file 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Central lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome steel or proud wood front selected
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic 6 Options, if selected (see below)
• Drawer body: black only cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• One hanging folder bar per drawer on 18"D units
• Two rails per drawer on 24"D units
• One hanging folder bar and three dividers on roll-out shelf,
if selected
Required Selections
Pulls

Premium Wood Pricing: Premium wood on proud wood fronts and top
For Premium wood 2 or • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
please refer to the electronic
catalog or SmartTools. Customiz stain on proud wood fronts and top
• 40"H files No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
• 52"H or 651⁄ 2"H files No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Tops with No top on 40"H or 52"H

Flush Steel • For use under a worksurface –$ 92 Specify with no top.
Front and or beneath a common top
Proud Steel
Tip: Laminate and wood Front Laminate top
Tip: Full-fill finish (option) is
available on field-installed Wood veneer top
tops only. • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
cPage 258 indicate wood color number.
veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

February 2015

Tops with No top on 40"H or 52"H
Proud Wood • For use under a worksurface –$476 Specify with no top.
Front or beneath a common top

veneer tops are 3⁄ 16" taller • Square edge laminate top –$257 Specify with laminate top and indicate
Universal Storage
Drawer • HF bar for use on 24"D +$ 12 Specify with HF bar.

Interiors units only
• Divider package +$ 24 Specify with divider package.
• Rails for use on 18"D +$ 31 Specify with rails.
units only
Lift-Up Door 651⁄ 2"H flush steel front files only

With Roll-Out • On 18"D files +$ 39 Specify with roll-out shelf.
Shelf • On 24"D files +$ 55 Specify with roll-out shelf.



ages are recommended weights • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.
interior options. • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
cSee Specification
Information on next page. Lock and Lock
Tip: Counterweight option
should be specified if the Individual locking drawers on 18"D file
cabinet is not ganged • With three drawers +$244 Specify with individual lock.
back-to-back with another • With four drawers +$366 Specify with individual lock.
cabinet or bolted to the floor
or wall. Cabinets bolted Individual locking drawers on 24"D file
side-to-side now require a • With three drawers +$272 Specify with individual lock.
counterweight. • With four drawers +$408 Specify with individual lock.
Tip: Counterweight Keying

packages ship separately • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
from case and must be
installed on site. Related • Field-installed tops cPage 258
Tip: 651⁄ 2"H files with • Bookends cPage 268
individual lock option do not • Counterweight packages cPage 270
have a lock in the lift-up
door. Lift-up door is locked cSpecification Information, on next page
by the drawer below.
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Lateral Files, continued 225
February 2015
Universal Lateral Files with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

is for units with 1" top. Overall Specification Information
is selected.
dD W H dPackage dNumber d
Tip: Your specification is dFlush Proud d d dFlush dProud dProud
not complete until you add dSteel Steel/ d d dSteel dSteel dWood
a suffix to the style number dFront Wood d d dFront dFront dFront
to define the front style (for d Front d d d d d
example, RLF18363__ d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
flush steel front).
Three 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 40" Package 3 RLF18303_ $1084 $1213 $2180
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 40" Package 3 RLF18363_ $1260 $1413 $2347
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 40" Package 3 RLF18423_ $1424 $1597 $2461
231⁄8" 24" 30" 40" Package 2 RLF24303_ $1386 $1554 $2487
231⁄8" 24" 36" 40" Package 2 RLF24363_ $1581 $1772 $2693

d d d d d d
Four 12"H Drawers

18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 52" Package 3 RLF18304_ $1416 $1586 $2681
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 52" Package 4 RLF18364_ $1646 $1842 $2908
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 52" Package 4 RLF18424_ $1859 $2083 $3130
231⁄8" 24" 30" 52" Package 2 RLF24304_ $1774 $1989 $3095

231⁄8" 24" 36" 52" Package 3 RLF24364_ $2063 $2315 $3373
d d d d d d
Four 12"H Drawers and One 131/2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RLF18305_ $1698 $1900 $3033
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RLF18365_ $1969 $2208 $3305
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RLF18425_ $2225 $2494 $3576
231⁄8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 1 RLF24305_ $2128 $2388 $3531
231⁄8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 1 RLF24365_ $2471 $2770 $3870
d d d d d d
February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Combination Cabinets

cNeed help? • Combination cabinet: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
Product details, • 1"H top on units with flush steel or proud steel front: suffix in the space provided
page 72 paint to match cabinet F Flush steel front
front: wood veneer W Proud wood front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel front 2 Paint color number for cabinet
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,
• Hinged doors on units with flush steel or proud steel front, hinged door fronts, and top, if proud
if selected: paint to match wood front selected
• Hinged doors on units with proud wood fronts, if selected: 4 Pull (see below under required
wood veneer to match cabinet selections)
• Individual lock on door, keyed random: 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
9201 Polished Chrome steel or proud wood front selected
• Central lock on drawers, keyed random: 6 Options, if selected (see below)
9201 Polished Chrome cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic
• Adjustable shelves: paint to match cabinet
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black
• One hanging folder bar per drawer on 18"D units
• Two rails per drawer on 24"D units
Required Selections
Pulls

Surface 52"H or 651⁄ 2"H cabinets
831⁄ 2"H cabinets

Tops with No top on 52"H

Proud Steel
February 2015
Universal
Combination Cabinets

Tops with Wood veneer top
Flush Steel • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
Front and indicate wood color number.
Premium Wood Pricing: Proud Steel • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
For Premium wood 2 or Front, indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
Premium wood 3 pricing, continued • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
please refer to the electronic indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
catalog or SmartTools. • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Universal Storage

Tip: Glass doors ship Glass Doors • Frosted glass hinged doors +$264 Specify with frosted glass hinged doors.
separately and must be
installed on site. Drawer • HF bar for use on 24"D +$ 12 Specify with HF bar.
Interiors units only
Tip: Glass door pulls are not • Divider package +$ 24 Specify with divider package.
the same design as drawer • Rails for use on 18"D +$ 31 Specify with rails.
pulls. On flush-front units only
cabinets, glass door pull
color must be specified. On Pulls Proud steel or wood fronts
proud-front cabinets, glass • Contemporary No cost Specify with contemporary pull.
door pull color will default to • Handle No cost Specify with handle pull.
color selected for drawer • Jazz +$ 17 per pull Specify with jazz pull.
pulls. • Bar +$ 25 per pull Specify with bar pull.


ages are recommended weights • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.
cSee Specification • Package 5 +$176 Specify with counterweight.
Lock and Lock
Tip: Counterweight option Keying • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.
cabinet is not ganged to Individual locking drawers on 18"D file
adjacent cabinets or bolted • With two drawers +$122 Specify with individual lock.
to the floor or wall. • With three drawers +$244 Specify with individual lock.
• With four drawers +$366 Specify with individual lock.
Tip: Counterweight
packages ship separately Individual locking drawers on 24"D file
from case and must be • With two drawers +$136 Specify with individual lock.
installed on site. • With three drawers +$272 Specify with individual lock.
• With four drawers +$408 Specify with individual lock.
Keying

Products • Adjustable steel standard shelves cPage 263
For Canadian Pricing cSpecification Information, on next page
February 2015
Universal Combination Cabinets with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

example, RLF18362__
flush steel front).
52"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet
24"H Hinged Doors with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 52" Package 3 RCC18304A_ $1751 $2014 $3026
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 52" Package 4 RCC18364A_ $1934 $2197 $3209
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 52" Package 5 RCC18424A_ $2093 $2356 $3368
231⁄8" 24" 30" 52" Package 3 RCC24304A_ $1935 $2198 $3210
231⁄8" 24" 36" 52" Package 3 RCC24364A_ $2135 $2398 $3410
Open Cabinet with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 52" Package 3 RCC18304D_ $1459 $1657 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 52" Package 4 RCC18364D_ $1641 $1839 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 52" Package 5 RCC18424D_ $1801 $1999 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 30" 52" Package 3 RCC24304D_ $1642 $1840 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 36" 52" Package 3 RCC24364D_ $1841 $2039 N.A.

d d d d d d
651/2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet

251⁄ 2"H Hinged Doors with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18305E_ $2072 $2335 $3347
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18365E_ $2287 $2550 $3562
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 4 RCC18425E_ $2474 $2737 $3749
231⁄8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24305E_ $2288 $2551 $3563
231⁄8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24365E_ $2520 $2783 $3795
Open Cabinet with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18305H_ $1779 $1977 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18365H_ $1994 $2192 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 4 RCC18425H_ $2183 $2381 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24305H_ $1995 $2193 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24365H_ $2229 $2427 N.A.
d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal

example, RLF18362__
becomes RLF18362F for 651/2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet, continued
Universal Storage
flush steel front).
371⁄ 2"H Hinged Doors with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18305J_ $1970 $2233 $3245
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18365J_ $2169 $2432 $3444
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 4 RCC18425J_ $2344 $2607 $3619
231⁄8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24305J_ $2172 $2435 $3447
231⁄8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24365J_ $2388 $2651 $3663
d d d d d d
Open Cabinet with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18305M_ $1645 $1843 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18365M_ $1845 $2043 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 4 RCC18425M_ $2024 $2222 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24305M_ $1846 $2044 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC24365M_ $2069 $2267 N.A.
d d d d d d
831/2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet

311⁄ 2"H Hinged Doors with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Four 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC18306N_ $2500 $2827 $3775
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18366N_ $2756 $3083 $4031
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18426N_ $2981 $3308 $4256
231⁄8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RCC24306N_ $2887 $3214 $4162
231⁄8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC24366N_ $3177 $3504 $4452
Open Cabinet with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Four 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC18306R_ $2178 $2441 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18366R_ $2436 $2699 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18426R_ $2658 $2921 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RCC24306R_ $2565 $2828 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC24366R_ $2856 $3119 N.A.
d d d d d d
February 2015
Universal Combination Cabinets with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

example, RLF18362__
flush steel front).
831/2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet, continued
431⁄ 2"H Hinged Doors with Three Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC18306S_ $2370 $2697 $3645
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18366S_ $2615 $2942 $3890
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 831⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18426S_ $2829 $3156 $4104
231⁄8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RCC24306S_ $2738 $3065 $4013
231⁄8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC24366S_ $3016 $3343 $4291
Open Cabinet with Three Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC18306V_ $2019 $2217 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 2 RCC18366V_ $2263 $2461 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 831⁄ 2" Package 3 RCC18426V_ $2476 $2674 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RCC24306V_ $2388 $2586 N.A.
231⁄8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Package 1 RCC24366V_ $2663 $2861 N.A.
d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal
Universal Storage
February 2015

cNeed help? • Storage cabinet: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
• 13⁄ 16"H top on units with proud wood fronts: P Proud steel front
wood veneer to match cabinet W Proud wood front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts 2 Paint color number for cabinet
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for hinged doors and
• Hinged doors on units with flush steel or proud steel front: top, if proud wood front selected
paint to match cabinet 4 Pull (see below under required
• Hinged doors on units with proud wood front: selections)
wood veneer to match cabinet 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome steel or proud wood front selected
• Adjustable shelves: paint to match cabinet 6 Options, if selected (see below)
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Required Selections
Pulls

Surface 28"H, 40"H, 52"H, or 651⁄ 2"H cabinets
28"H or 40"H cabinets

52"H, 651⁄ 2"H, or 831⁄ 2"H cabinets

831⁄ 2"H cabinets

Premium Wood Pricing: Premium wood on cabinets

For Premium wood 2 or • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
please refer to the electronic
catalog or SmartTools. Tops with Security top
Flush Steel • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
Tip: Security top reduces Front and storage cabinets only
overall height by approx- Proud Steel
imately 1". Front No top on 28"H, 40"H, or 52"H

February 2015

Tops with Wood veneer top
Flush Steel • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
Front and indicate wood color number.
Premium Wood Pricing: Proud Steel • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
For Premium wood 2 or Front, indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
Premium wood 3 pricing, continued • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
Universal Storage
Tip: Security top reduces Tops with Security top
overall height by approx- Proud Wood • For use on 28"H –$384 Specify with security top.
imately 1". Front storage cabinets only

• For use under a worksurface –$476 Specify with no top.



Lock and Lock

Keying

Tip: Height dimension listed • Bookends cPage 268
is for units with 1" top.
Overall height will vary if
another top is selected. Specification Information
dD W H dPackage dNumber d
dSteel Steel/ d d dSteel dSteel dWood
dFront Wood d d dFront dFront dFront
example, RSC18302A__
d Front d d d d d
becomes RSC18302AF for
d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
flush steel front).
28"H Storage Cabinet

With One Adjustable Shelf
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 28" Not required RSC18302A_ $1045 $1184 $2221
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 28" Not required RSC24302A_ $1110 $1249 $2286
For Canadian Pricing 231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 28" Not required RSC24362A_ $1212 $1351 $2388
Multiply U.S. Price by the d d d d d d
Canadian price factor. cSpecification Information, continued on next page
Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Storage Cabinets, continued 235
February 2015
Universal Storage Cabinets with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

example, RSC18302A__
becomes RSC18302AF for
flush steel front).
With Two Adjustable Shelves
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 40" Not required RSC18303C_ $1193 $1332 $2369
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 40" Not required RSC24303C_ $1269 $1408 $2445
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 40" Not required RSC24363C_ $1389 $1528 $2565
d d d d d d

With Three Adjustable Shelves
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 52" Not required RSC18304F_ $1419 $1593 $2669
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 52" Not required RSC24304F_ $1507 $1681 $2757
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 52" Not required RSC24364F_ $1644 $1818 $2894
d d d d d d
651⁄ 2"H Storage Cabinet

With Four Adjustable Shelves
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 651⁄ 2" Not required RSC18305K_ $1491 $1665 $2741
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Not required RSC24305K_ $1585 $1759 $2835
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Not required RSC24365K_ $1731 $1905 $2981
d d d d d d
831⁄ 2"H Storage Cabinet

With Five Adjustable Shelves
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RSC18306Q_ $1714 $1888 $2964
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RSC24306Q_ $1824 $1998 $3074
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Not required RSC24366Q_ $1986 $2160 $3236
d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015

cNeed help? • Wardrobe cabinet: paint price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate front style
• 13⁄ 16"H top on units with proud wood fronts: P Proud steel front
wood veneer to match cabinet W Proud wood front
• Integral pulls on units with flush steel fronts 2 Paint color number for cabinet
• Pulls: metal 3 Wood color number for hinged doors and
• Hinged doors on units with flush steel or proud steel front: top, if proud wood front selected
paint to match cabinet 4 Pull (see below under required
• Hinged doors on units with proud wood front: selections)
wood veneer to match cabinet 5 Metal color number for pulls, if proud
• Lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome steel or proud wood front selected
• Adjustable shelves: paint to match cabinet 6 Options, if selected (see below)
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Coat rod: black
Required Selections
Pulls

Surface 52"H or 651⁄ 2"H cabinets
831⁄ 2"H cabinets

For Premium wood 2 or wood drawer fronts and top
please refer to the electronic wood drawer fronts and top

Proud Steel
Wood veneer top

For Canadian Pricing • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Multiply U.S. Price by the veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
See page 1 for details. cOptions, continued on next page
February 2015


Universal Storage


Lock and Lock

Keying

Tip: Height dimension listed • Bookends cPage 268
is selected.
Tip: Your specification is DDimensions DCounterweight DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
not complete until you add dD W H dPackage dNumber d
a suffix to the style number dFlush Proud d d dFlush dProud dProud
to define the front style (for dSteel Steel/ d d dSteel dSteel dWood
example, RWC24304A dFront Wood d d dFront dFront dFront
becomes RWC24304AF for d Front d d d d d
flush steel front). d d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dSuffix W
With Side-to-Side Coat Rod

231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 52" Not required RWC24304A_ $1266 $1478 $2469
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 52" Not required RWC24364A_ $1389 $1601 $2592
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWC24305A_ $1478 $1690 $2681
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWC24365A_ $1617 $1829 $2820
d d d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cUniversal Wardrobe Cabinets, continued 239
February 2015
Universal Wardrobe Cabinets with Flush Steel, Proud Steel, or Proud Wood Fronts, continued

example, RWC24304A
becomes RWC24304AF for
flush steel front).
With Side-to-Side Coat Rod and One Fixed Shelf
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 831⁄ 2" Not required RWC24306D_ $2032 $2244 $3235
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 831⁄ 2" Not required RWC24366D_ $2197 $2409 $3400
d d d d d d
With Partition, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Coat Rod

231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 52" Not required RWC24304B_ $1645 $1857 $2848
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 52" Not required RWC24364B_ $1793 $2005 $2996
d d d d d d
With Partition, Four Adjustable Shelves, and Coat Rod

231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWC24305C_ $1785 $1997 $2988
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 651⁄ 2" Not required RWC24365C_ $1942 $2154 $3145
d d d d d d

February 2015
Universal Storage
February 2015
Universal Bookcases

cNeed help? • Bookcase: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • 1"H top: paint to match bookcase 2 Paint color number for bookcase and
page 80 • Adjustable shelves: paint to match bookcase counterweight cover, if selected
• Brackets for shelves: black 3 Options, if selected (see below)

Surface 28"H, 40"H, 531⁄ 2"H, or 651⁄ 2"H bookcases
831⁄ 2"H bookcases

Tip: Security top must not Tops Security top

be specified with frosted • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
glass door option. bookcases only
Tip: Security top No top on 28"H, 40"H, or 531⁄ 2"H

reduces overall height by • For use under a worksurface –$ 92 Specify with no top.
approximately 1". or beneath a common top

Wood veneer top

Premium Wood Pricing: • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
For Premium wood 2 or indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
Premium wood 3 pricing, • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
Frosted Glass • 28"H +$343 Specify with frosted glass hinged doors
Hinged Doors • 40"H +$388 and specify pull finish:
• 531⁄ 2"H +$497 0835 Black
• 651⁄ 2"H +$560 9201 Polished Chrome
• 831⁄ 2"H +$703 9211 Nickel
9212 Silver
Tip: Cover of optional Counter- 651⁄ 2"H and 831⁄ 2"H bookcases
counterweight will match weights • Package for 24"W bookcases +$ 88 Specify with counterweight.
paint color of bookcase. with Cover • Package for 30"W bookcases +$ 95 Specify with counterweight.
• Package for 36"W bookcases +$113 Specify with counterweight.
• Package for 42"W bookcases +$122 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Service part Y30291SR, Related • Field-installed tops cPage 258

(paintable black plug), can Products • Adjustable steel standard shelves cPage 263
be ordered to cover the glide • Adjustable steel display shelves cPage 264
adjustment holes in the front • Display shelf brackets cPage 264
of the bookcase. • Bookends cPage 268

February 2015
Universal Bookcases

d d d dPrice
d d d d
Bookcases with Adjustable Shelves

One Adjustable Shelf
Universal Storage
15" 24" 28" Not required RBC15242A $ 704

Two Adjustable Shelves
15" 42" 40" Not required RBC15423A $1053
Three Adjustable Shelves
15" 24" 531⁄ 2" Not required RBC15244A $ 901
15" 30" 531⁄ 2" Not required RBC15304A $ 980
15" 36" 531⁄ 2" Not required RBC15364A $1067
15" 42" 531⁄ 2" Not required RBC15424A $1199
Four Adjustable Shelves
15" 24" 651⁄ 2" 24"W Package RBC15245A $1027
15" 30" 651⁄ 2" 30"W Package RBC15305A $1116
15" 36" 651⁄ 2" 36"W Package RBC15365A $1229
15" 42" 651⁄ 2" 42"W Package RBC15425A $1379
Five Adjustable Shelves
15" 24" 831⁄ 2" 24"W Package RBC15246A $1370
15" 30" 831⁄ 2" 30"W Package RBC15306A $1471
15" 36" 831⁄ 2" 36"W Package RBC15366A $1610
15" 42" 831⁄ 2" 42"W Package RBC15426A $1778

d d d d

February 2015
February 2015
Specifying 900 Series
Products
When ordered and installed 900 Series Lateral Files 246

specification and installation 900 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors and
guidelines, these products Roll-Out Shelves 248
standards. 900 Series Buildup Lateral Files 250
900 Series
February 2015

cNeed help? • Flush-front lateral file with integral pulls: 1 Style number
page 84 • 1"H top: paint to match file 3 Color number for posting shelf pull,
• Lift-up door with fixed shelf, if selected: paint to match file if selected
• Central lock, keyed random: 9201 Polished Chrome 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• One hanging folder bar per drawer
• Posting shelf, if selected: paint to match file
• Posting shelf pull, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome
or paint

Tip: Security top reduces Tops Security top

overall height by approxi- • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
mately 1". lateral files only


Premium Wood Wood veneer top

Pricing: For Premium • Wood veneer top +$384 Specify with wood veneer top and
wood 2 or Premium wood 3 indicate wood color number.
pricing, please refer to the • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
electronic catalog or indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
SmartTools. • Premium wood 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
Tip: One hanging folder • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
bar and three dividers are veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
included with each lift-up
door with roll-out shelf. Drawer • Divider package +$ 24 Specify with divider package.
Interiors • Rails +$ 31 Specify with rails.
are recommended based on Lift-Up Door • On 651⁄ 2"H files +$ 39 Specify with roll-out shelf.
case size and interior With Roll-Out
options. Shelf
cSee Specification
Information at right. Counter- • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.
weights • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.
Tip: Counterweight option • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
cabinet is not ganged to cOptions, continued on next page
to the floor or wall.
ship separately from case
and must be installed on
site.
February 2015

Lock and Lock
Tip: 651⁄ 2"H files with Individual lock

individual lock option do not • With two drawers +$122 Specify with individual lock.
have a lock in the lift-up • With three drawers +$244 Specify with individual lock.
door. Lift-up door is locked • With four drawers +$366 Specify with individual lock.
by the drawer below.
Keying

900 Series
height will vary if another top dD W H dPackage dNumber dBase
is selected. d d d dPrice
d d d d
Lateral Files with Drawers

Two 12"H Drawers
18" 30" 28" Package 3 9LF18302F $ 792
18" 36" 28" Package 4 9LF18362F $ 924
18" 42" 28" Package 4 9LF18422F $1043
Three 12"H Drawers
18" 30" 40" Package 3 9LF18303F $1070
18" 36" 40" Package 3 9LF18363F $1244
18" 42" 40" Package 3 9LF18423F $1406
Four 12"H Drawers
18" 30" 52" Package 3 9LF18304F $1396
18" 36" 52" Package 4 9LF18364F $1624
18" 42" 52" Package 4 9LF18424F $1832
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18305F $1672

18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18365F $1941
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18425F $2194

d d d d
Lateral Files with Posting Shelf

One 12"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf, Four 12"H Drawers, and 11⁄ 2"H Posting Shelf
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18305PF G4/15 $1754
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18365PF G4/15 $2036
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18425PF G4/15 $2303

d d d d

April 19, 2015
February 2015
900 Series Lateral Files with Lift-Up Doors and Roll-Out Shelves

cNeed help? • Flush-front lateral file with integral pulls: 1 Style number
page 88 • 1"H top: paint to match file 3 Color number for posting shelf pull,
• Lift-up doors with roll-out shelves: paint to match file if selected
• One label holder per door: clear plastic cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• One divider package per roll-out shelf
• Posting shelf, if selected: paint to match file
• Posting shelf pull, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome
or paint

Roll-Out Shelf • Two hanging folder bars No cost Specify with hanging folder bars.
Interiors
Tip: Counterweight packages Counter- • Package 2 +$ 94 Specify with counterweight.

are recommended based on weights • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.
case size and interior • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
options. • Package 5 +$176 Specify with counterweight.
cSee Specification
Information at right. Lock and Lock
Keying
cabinet is not ganged to
to the floor or wall.
Tip: Counterweight packages Products • Storage accessories cPage 265
ship separately from case • Bookends cPage 268
and must be installed on • Counterweight packages cPage 270
site.

February 2015
with Lift-Up Doors
dD W H dPackage dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Lateral Files with Roll-Out Shelves

Two 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves
18" 30" 28" Package 3 9LF18302AF $ 905
18" 36" 28" Package 4 9LF18362AF $1054
18" 42" 28" Package 4 9LF18422AF $1192
Three 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves

18" 30" 40" Package 3 9LF18303AF $1221
18" 36" 40" Package 3 9LF18363AF $1420
900 Series
18" 42" 40" Package 3 9LF18423AF $1605
Four 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves
18" 30" 52" Package 3 9LF18304AF $1595
18" 36" 52" Package 3 9LF18364AF $1854
18" 42" 52" Package 4 9LF18424AF $2091
One 131⁄ 2"H Lift-Up Door with Roll-Out Shelf and Four 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18305AF $1911
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18365AF $2217
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18425AF $2503
Four 15"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves and 11⁄ 2"H Filler
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18305BF G4/15 $1936

18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18365BF G4/15 $2239
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18425BF G4/15 $2542

d d d d
Lateral Files with Roll-Out Shelves and Posting Shelf

Four 15"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves and 11⁄ 2"H Posting Shelf
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18305PBF G4/15 $2018
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18365PBF G4/15 $2334
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9LF18425PBF G4/15 $2651
Five 12"H Lift-Up Doors with Roll-Out Shelves and 11⁄ 2"H Posting Shelf
18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18305PAF G4/15 $1993
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18365PAF G4/15 $2312
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 2 9LF18425PAF G4/15 $2612

d d d d

April 19, 2015
February 2015
900 Series Buildup Lateral Files

cNeed help? • Flush-front lateral file buildup with integral pull: 1 Style number of lateral buildup case
page 90 • 1"H top: paint to match file 3 Interior component options
• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Interior components: paint to match buildup case

Tip: Posting shelf option Posting Shelf 11⁄ 2"H posting shelves on 651⁄ 2"H units G4/15
reduces available interior • On 30"W file +$ 94 Specify with 11⁄ 2"H posting shelf.
space to 60"H. • On 36"W file +$108 Specify with 11⁄ 2"H posting shelf.
• On 42"W file +$121 Specify with 11⁄ 2"H posting shelf.
Tip: Security top reduces Tops Security top

overall height by approxi- • For use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.
mately 1". lateral file buildups only
Tip: Security top cannot be No top on 28"H, 40"H, or 52"H

installed on a file with a lift-up • For use under a worksurface –$ 92 Specify with no top.
door in the top position. or beneath a common top

Premium Wood Wood veneer top

Pricing: For Premium wood
2 or Premium wood 3 pricing, indicate wood color number.
please refer to the electronic • Premium wood 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
catalog or SmartTools. indicate Premium wood 2 finish number.
Tip: A drawer is required in indicate Premium wood 3 finish number.
order for the buildup to be
locking. veneer top cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Interior Drawers
Components 6"H drawer with 3 dividers
• On 30"W file +$202 Specify with 6"H drawer with 3 dividers.
12"H drawer with 1 hanging folder bar
• On 30"W file +$237 Specify with 12"H drawer with 1 HF bar.
12"H drawer with 2 rails
• On 30"W file +$237 Specify with 12"H drawer with 2 rails.
12"H drawer with 3 dividers and 1 hanging folder bar
• On 30"W file +$237 Specify with 12"H drawer with 3 dividers
and 1 HF bar.
• On 36"W file +$276 Specify with 12"H drawer with 3 dividers
and 1 HF bar.
For Canadian Pricing • On 42"W file +$310 Specify with 12"H drawer with 3 dividers
Multiply U.S. Price by the and 1 HF bar.
Canadian price factor. cOptions, continued on next page
April 19, 2015
February 2015
900 Series
Buildup Lateral Files

Interior Drawers (continued)
Components 15"H drawer with 1 hanging folder bar on 40"H, 52"H, and 651⁄ 2"H units
(continued) • On 30"W file +$284 Specify with 15"H drawer with 1 HF bar.
15"H drawer with 2 rails on 40"H, 52"H, and 651⁄ 2"H units
Receding Doors
12"H receding door
• On 30"W file +$128 Specify with 12"H receding door.
131⁄ 2"H receding door on 651⁄ 2"H units
• On 30"W file +$138 Specify with 131⁄ 2"H receding door.
15"H receding door on 40"H, 52"H, and 651⁄ 2"H units G4/15
900 Series
Two Roll-Out Shelves

6"H roll-out shelf with 3 dividers
• On 30"W file +$288 Specify with 6"H roll-out shelf with
3 dividers.
3 dividers.
3 dividers.
12"H roll-out shelf with 3 dividers and 1 hanging folder bar
3 dividers and 1 HF bar.
Fixed Shelves
12"H open fixed shelf
• On 30"W file +$107 Specify with 12"H fixed shelf .
• On 36"W file +$129 Specify with 12"H fixed shelf.
131⁄ 2"H open fixed shelf on 651⁄ 2"H units
• On 30"W file +$107 Specify with 131⁄ 2"H fixed shelf.
15"H open fixed shelf on 40"H, 52"H, and 651⁄ 2"H units
Tip: Counterweight pack- Counter- • Package 3 +$106 Specify with counterweight.

ages are recommended weights • Package 4 +$139 Specify with counterweight.
cSee Specification
Information on next page. Lock and Lock
should be specified if the Keying
cabinet is not ganged to • Factory- and field-installed keying cPage 304
to the floor or wall. Related • Field-installed tops cPage 258
Tip: Counterweight • Bookends cPage 268
packages ship separately • Counterweight packages cPage 270
from case and must be cSpecification Information, on next page
installed on site.
April 19, 2015
Storage Specification Guide c900 Series Buildup Lateral Files, continued 251
February 2015
900 Series Buildup Lateral Files with Flush Steel Fronts, continued

d d d dPrice
d d d d
28"H Lateral File Case

18" 30" 28" Package 3 9BU18302F $ 491
18" 36" 28" Package 4 9BU18362F $ 574
18" 42" 28" Package 4 9BU18422F $ 655

d d d d

18" 30" 40" Package 4 9BU18303F $ 599
18" 36" 40" Package 4 9BU18363F $ 700
18" 42" 40" Package 5 9BU18423F $ 794

d d d d

18" 30" 52" Package 5 9BU18304F $ 764
18" 36" 52" Package 6 9BU18364F $ 891
18" 42" 52" Package 6 9BU18424F $1010

d d d d
651⁄ 2"H Lateral File Case

18" 30" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9BU18305F $ 866
18" 36" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9BU18365F $1007
18" 42" 651⁄ 2" Package 5 9BU18425F $1140

d d d d

February 2015
Specifying Overfile
Cabinets
When ordered and installed Overfile Cabinets 254

standards.
Overfile Cabinets
February 2015
Overfile Cabinets

cNeed help? • Overfile cabinet: paint price group 1 1 Style number
18"H Product details, • 1"H top: paint to match cabinet 2 Paint color number for cabinet
page 100 • Integral pulls, if sliding door selected: 3 Pull style and color number (see below)
paint to match cabinet 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• Lock, keyed random, if sliding door selected: cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
9201 Polished Chrome
311/2"H • Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match cabinet
• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black

Keying • Factory-installed keying cPage 304
Related • Adjustable steel standard shelves cPage 263


height will vary if another top DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
is selected. dD W H dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
Open Cabinets
18" 30" 18" 9QF18301AF $ 596
18" 36" 18" 9QF18361AF $ 651

18" 42" 18" 9QF18421AF $ 718
18" 30" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18302AF $ 684
18" 36" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18362AF $ 745
18" 42" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18422AF $ 813

d d d
Cabinets with Sliding Door and Lock

18" 30" 18" 9QF18301BF $ 831
18" 36" 18" 9QF18361BF $ 907
18" 42" 18" 9QF18421BF $ 984
18" 30" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18302BF $ 967
18" 36" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18362BF $1056
18" 42" 311⁄ 2" 9QF18422BF $1144

d d d

February 2015
Specifying Storage Tops,
Shelves, and Accessories
When ordered and installed Connectors 256

specification and installation Steel Security Tops 257
Square Edge Tops 258
standards. Adjustable Shelves for Towers 262
Adjustable Steel Standard Shelves 263
Display Shelves and Brackets 264
Storage Accessories 265
Accessories
Storage
February 2015
Connectors

cNeed help? • Connector: black paint Style number
page 104
dH D dNumber dPrice
d d d
Worksurface-to-Tower Connectors
N.A. 24" UFSTOWER24 $114
N.A. 30" UFSTOWER30 $114

d d d
Low Storage-to-Panel Connectors for One-High Storage

Left-Hand - For use with Answer
83⁄ 4" 24" UFSLOWLHANS $ 83
Right-Hand - For use with Answer
83⁄ 4" 24" UFSLOWRHANS $ 83

d d d
Medium Storage-to-Panel Connectors for 1.5-High, 2-High, and 3-High Storage

16" 24" UFSMEDLHANS $ 83
Left-Hand - For use with Montage
16" 24" UFSMEDLHMON $ 83

16" 24" UFSMEDRHANS $ 83

Right-Hand - For use with Montage
16" 24" UFSMEDRHMON $ 83

d d d
Tall Storage-to-Panel Connectors for 48"H, 4-High, and 5-High Storage

395⁄ 8" N.A. UFSTALLLHANS $ 83
Left-Hand - For use with Montage
395⁄ 8" N.A. UFSTALLLHMON $ 83
395⁄ 8" N.A. UFSTALLRHANS $ 83
Right-Hand - For use with Montage
395⁄ 8" N.A. UFSTALLRHMON $ 83

d d d
February 2015
Steel Security Tops Steel Security Tops
For Use with Flush or Proud Front Products

cNeed help? • Security top: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Paint color number for top
Tip: Tops are for field
installation only.
Tip: Security tops should DDimensions DFor Use On DStyle DU.S.
only be used on units that dD W d dNumber dPrice
are positioned under a d d d d
worksurface—these are
NOT structural tops.
Flush Front
Tip: Security top cannot be 15" 24" Bookcase RATF1524 $94
installed on a file with a lift-
up door in the top position. 15" 30" Bookcase RATF1530 $94
15" 36" Bookcase RATF1536 $94
15" 42" Bookcase RATF1542 $94
18" 30" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF1830F $94
231⁄8" 30" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF2430F $94
231⁄8" 36" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF2436F $94

d d d d
Proud Front
187⁄ 8" 30" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF1830P $94
24" 30" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF2430P $94
24" 36" Lateral file, storage cabinet RATF2436P $94

d d d d
Accessories
Storage

February 2015
Square Edge Tops
For Use with Flush and Proud Front Products

Tip: Contact Specials for cNeed help? • 13⁄ 16"H top with square edge profile on all sides: 1 Style number with appropriate front style
common tops placed over Product details, laminate or wood suffix in the space provided
group storage and placed page 105 F Flush steel front
back-to-back to ensure P Proud steel or proud wood front
correct sizing for the 2 Laminate or wood color number for top
application. 3 Plastic color number for 1 mm edges of
laminate top
Tip: Attachment hardware 4 Options, if selected (see below)
ships with the file cabinet. cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
Additional screws can be
ordered from Service
Parts: 855010126MP Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
(quantity of 100).
Surface Laminate top
Materials • Open Line laminate +$65 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
plus cost of laminate
Wood veneer top

Premium Wood
Pricing: For Premium
wood 2 or Premium wood 3
pricing, please refer to the
electronic catalog or
• Full-fill finish on wood veneer Prices below and at right Specify with full-fill finish and select
SmartTools.
wood color number.

DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Prices DOption
dD W H dNumber d d(Add $ to
dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud Steel dBase Price)
example, RATL1524__
dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dor Proud Wood d
becomes RATL1524F for a
dFront Proud d dFront dFront dFull-Fill
top to be used on a flush
d Wood d d d dFinish
front unit).
d d dSuffix F dSuffix P d
Individual File Laminate Tops

15" N.A. 24" 13⁄ 16" RATL1524_ $163 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 30" 13⁄ 16" RATL1530_ $170 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 36" 13⁄ 16" RATL1536_ $180 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 42" 13⁄ 16" RATL1542_ $202 N.A. N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 13⁄ 16" RATL1830_ $177 $177 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATL1836_ $191 $191 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 13⁄ 16" RATL1842_ $208 $208 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 13⁄ 16" RATL2430_ $196 $196 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATL2436_ $208 $208 N.A.
d d d d d
Laminate Common Tops

15" N.A. 481⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1548_ $253 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1560_ $281 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1566_ $325 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1572_ $366 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1578_ $466 N.A. N.A.
d d d d d
For Canadian Pricing cSpecification Information, continued on next page
February 2015
Square Edge Tops

a suffix to the style number DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base Prices DOption
to define the front style (for dD W H dNumber d d(Add $ to
example, RATL1524__ dFlush Proud d dFlush dProud Steel dBase Price)
becomes RATL1524F for a dSteel Steel/ d dSteel dor Proud Wood d
top to be used on a flush dFront Proud d dFront dFront d
front unit). d Wood d d d dFull-Fill
d d dSuffix F dSuffix P dFinish
Laminate Common Tops, continued

15" N.A. 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1584_ $530 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1590_ $587 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1596_ $647 N.A. N.A.
15" N.A. 1081⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL15108_ $784 N.A. N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1860_ $288 $288 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1866_ $332 $332 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1872_ $373 $373 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1878_ $474 $474 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1884_ $536 $536 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1890_ $597 $597 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL1896_ $657 $657 N.A.
18" 187⁄ 8" 1081⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL18108_ $790 $790 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL2460_ $301 $301 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL2466_ $338 $338 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL2472_ $381 $381 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL2490_ $639 $639 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL2496_ $701 $701 N.A.
231⁄ 8" 24" 1081⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL24108_ $847 $847 N.A.
Accessories
Storage
301⁄ 16" N.A. 481⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3048_ $344 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3060_ $393 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3066_ $424 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3072_ $466 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3078_ $538 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3084_ $612 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3090_ $681 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3096_ $748 N.A. N.A.
301⁄ 16" N.A. 1081⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCL30108_ $900 N.A. N.A.
361⁄ 16" 3713⁄ 16" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3636_ $364 $364 N.A.
361⁄ 16" 3713⁄ 16" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL3672_ $500 $500 N.A.
465⁄ 16" 481⁄ 16" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATCL4836_ $410 $410 N.A.
465⁄ 16" 481⁄ 16" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCL4872_ $564 $564 N.A.
d d d d d

Storage Specification Guide cSquare Edge Tops, continued 259
February 2015
Square Edge Tops For Use with Flush and Proud Front Products, continued

Individual File Wood Tops

15" N.A. 24" 13⁄ 16" RATW1524_ $ 441 N.A. +$27
15" N.A. 30" 13⁄ 16" RATW1530_ $ 452 N.A. +$27
15" N.A. 36" 13⁄ 16" RATW1536_ $ 460 N.A. +$27
15" N.A. 42" 13⁄ 16" RATW1542_ $ 520 N.A. +$27
18" 187⁄ 8" 30" 13⁄ 16" RATW1830_ $ 458 $ 458 +$27
18" 187⁄ 8" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATW1836_ $ 468 $ 468 +$27
18" 187⁄ 8" 42" 13⁄ 16" RATW1842_ $ 527 $ 527 +$27
231⁄ 8" 24" 30" 13⁄ 16" RATW2430_ $ 475 $ 475 +$27
231⁄ 8" 24" 36" 13⁄ 16" RATW2436_ $ 488 $ 488 +$27
d d d d d
Wood Common Tops

15" N.A. 481⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1548_ $ 544 N.A. +$27
15" N.A. 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1560_ $ 640 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1566_ $ 672 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1572_ $ 707 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1578_ $ 848 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1584_ $ 961 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1590_ $1018 N.A. +$45
15" N.A. 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1596_ $1122 N.A. +$45
18" 187⁄ 8" 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1860_ $ 646 $ 646 +$45
18" 187⁄ 8" 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1866_ $ 681 $ 681 +$45
18" 187⁄ 8" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1872_ $ 715 $ 715 +$45
18" 187⁄ 8" 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1878_ $ 855 $ 855 +$45
18" 187⁄ 8" 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1884_ $ 972 $ 972 +$65
18" 187⁄ 8" 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1890_ $1028 $1028 +$65
18" 187⁄ 8" 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW1896_ $1133 $1133 +$65
231⁄ 8" 24" 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW2460_ $ 663 $ 663 +$45
231⁄ 8" 24" 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW2466_ $ 698 $ 698 +$65
231⁄ 8" 24" 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW2472_ $ 740 $ 740 +$65
231⁄ 8" 24" 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW2490_ $1099 $1099 +$65
231⁄ 8" 24" 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW2496_ $1212 $1212 +$65
d d d d d

February 2015
Square Edge Tops

Wood Common Tops, continued

301⁄ 16" N.A. 481⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3048_ $ 665 N.A. +$45
301⁄ 16" N.A. 601⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3060_ $ 750 N.A. +$65
301⁄ 16" N.A. 661⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3066_ $ 786 N.A. +$65
301⁄ 16" N.A. 721⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3072_ $ 825 N.A. +$65
301⁄ 16" N.A. 781⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3078_ $1010 N.A. +$92
301⁄ 16" N.A. 841⁄ 16" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3084_ $1145 N.A. +$92
301⁄ 16" N.A. 901⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3090_ $1213 N.A. +$92
301⁄ 16" N.A. 961⁄ 8" 13⁄ 16" RATCW3096_ $1336 N.A. +$92
d d d d d
Accessories
Storage

February 2015
Adjustable Shelves for Towers
Adjustable Steel Standard Shelves

For Use with Towers

cNeed help? • 3⁄4"H adjustable shelf: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Set of adjustable brackets: black only 2 Paint color number for shelf
Tip: Adjustable shelves are
for field installation only.
dD W dNumber dPrice
d d d
For Use with Open Side Towers

24" 15" RXSA2415 $54
30" 15" RXSA3015 $58

d d d
For Use with Dual Door Towers and Full Front Towers
24" 15" RXSAFFT2415 $54
d d d
Adjustable Glass Shelves

For Use with Open Side Towers Only

cNeed help? • 3⁄8"H adjustable shelf: frosted glass only Style number
Product details, • Set of four adjustable brackets: black only
page 106
dD W dNumber dPrice
d d d
24" 15" RXSG2415 $131
30" 15" RXSG3015 $145

d d d

February 2015
Adjustable Steel Standard Shelves Adjustable Steel Standard
Shelves
For Use with Bookcases, Combination Cabinets, Wardrobe Cabinets, Overfile Cabinets, and Storage Cabinets

cNeed help? • 3⁄4"H adjustable shelf: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Set of four adjustable brackets: black only 2 Paint color number for shelf
dD W dNumber dPrice
d d d
For Use with Bookcases

15" 24" RXSA1524 $54
15" 30" RXSA1530 $58

15" 36" RXSA1536 $64
15" 42" RXSA1542 $84

d d d
Tip: When ordering

additional adjustable
For Use with Combination Cabinets, Wardrobe Cabinets, Overfile Cabinets, and
shelves for wardrobe Storage Cabinets
cabinets with partitions,
note that the partition and 18" 30" RXSA1830 $64
coat space occupy 6" of the
18" 36" RXSA1836 $67
case interior. Order shelves
6" shorter than the overall 18" 42" RXSA1842 $88
width of the cabinet.
24" 24" RXSA2424 $64
24" 30" RXSA2430 $67
24" 36" RXSA2436 $79

d d d
Accessories
Storage

February 2015
Display Shelves and Brackets
Adjustable Steel Display Shelves


cNeed help? • 3⁄4"H adjustable display shelf: all paint price groups 1 Style number
Product details, • Set of two adjustable brackets: black only 2 Paint color number for shelf
Tip: Adjustable steel display

shelves with brackets are Specification Information
used to add additional
shelves or to replace DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
existing shelves in an dD W dNumber dPrice
existing bookcase. d d d
15" 24" RXSD1524 $106
15" 30" RXSD1530 $112
15" 36" RXSD1536 $115
15" 42" RXSD1542 $136

d d d
Display Shelf Brackets


cNeed help? • Pair of display shelf brackets: black only Style number
Product details,
page 107
Tip: For use with a standard Specification Information

bookcase shelf to be DDepth DStyle DU.S.
oriented as a display shelf. d dNumber dPrice
d d d
15" RXADBRKT $49

d d d

February 2015
Storage Accessories Storage Accessories
Rails
For Use in Pedestals Manufactured after February 22, 2004
For Use in Universal Towers and Universal Workstation Verticals

cNeed help? • Package of two rails: black only Style number
Product details,
page 108
Tip: Two rails per drawer

accommodate side-to-side Specification Information
filing of letter-, A4-, and DWidth DStyle DU.S.
legal-size hanging folders. d dNumber dPrice
Exception: Legal-size file d d d
folders cannot be filed in
18"D pedestals. 12" RXADRL15 $22
d d d
Tip: For pedestals
manufactured on or before
February 22, 2004, see
Service Parts catalog.
Dividers

Tip: For pedestals cNeed help? • Package of dividers: black only Style number
manufactured on or before Product details,
February 22, 2004, see page 108
Service Parts catalog.
Accessories
Storage
DWidth DQuantity DStyle DU.S.
d d dNumber dPrice
d d d d

12" 2 RDV1506 $ 35
d d d d

12" 2 RDV1512 $ 38
12" 10 RDV151210 $179

d d d d

February 2015
Pencil Tray
For Use in Pedestals, Universal Towers and Universal Workstation Verticals

41/2" cNeed help? • Pencil tray: black only Style number
117/8"
Product details,
page 109
11/2"
Tip: Pedestals with box Specification Information
drawers include one pencil DStyle DU.S.
tray per pedestal. dNumber dPrice
d d
RPXDPT $32
d d
Reference Shelf

91/2" 117/8" cNeed help? • Reference shelf: black only Style number
Product details, • Insert: clear plastic only
page 109
3/8"
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
RPXDRS $44
d d
Hanging Folder Bars

For Use with Universal Lateral Files and Universal Combination Cabinets Manufactured on or after October 17, 2005
For Use with 900 Series, 800 Series, and TS 200 Series Lateral Files Manufactured on or after May 5, 1997

cNeed help? • Hanging folder bar: black only Style number
Product details,
page 109
DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
30" RAHF30 $12
36" RAHF36 $12
42" RAHF42 $12

d d d

February 2015
Storage Accessories
Rails
For Use with Lateral Files and Combination Cabinets

cNeed help? • Package of two or four rails: black only Style number
Product details,
18"D page 109
24"D DDepth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
Tip: All drawer sizes require d d d
two rails per drawer for
maximum capacity front-to- Package of Two
back filing. 18" 800RW $31
Tip: Actual rail dimensions 24" RXADRL24 $22

are 151⁄2"D for an 18"D
cabinet and 20"D for a Package of Four
24"D cabinet. 24" RXADRL2442 $42
d d d
Dividers
For Use in Lateral Files and Combination Cabinets

cNeed help? • Carton of three dividers: black only Style number
Product details,
page 110
Accessories
Storage
d d d
For Use in 12"H Drawers or 12"H Roll-Out Shelves
117⁄ 8" 1⁄ 16" 61⁄4" 800DV12 $24
For Use in 6"H Roll-Out Shelves or Drawers and 9"H Drawers
131⁄ 2" 1⁄ 16" 35 ⁄ 8 " 800DV6 $24

d d d

February 2015
Shelf Divider Assembly

cNeed help? • Divider bracket: black only Style number
Product details, • Two dividers: clear plastic
page 110
DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
30" RASTDIV30 $88
36" RASTDIV36 $88
42" RASTDIV42 $88

d d d
Bookends

cNeed help? • Package of two or twenty bookends: 6695 Midnight only Style number
Product details,
page 110
dNumber d dPrice
d d d
KDIV02 2 $ 27
KDIV20 20 $256
d d d

February 2015
Storage Accessories
Wood Drawer Pulls

cNeed help? • Pull: wood 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Wood color number

Surface • Customiz stain No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Materials cSee Surface Materials Reference
Manual.
DWidth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
d d d
15" RPULL15W $131
30" RPULL30W $179
36" RPULL36W $203
42" RPULL42W $226

d d d
Counterweight Packages
For Use with Universal One-High and 1.5-High Lateral Files
Accessories
Storage
cNeed help? • Counterweight: black only Style number
page 111
DPackage DStyle DU.S. DPackage DStyle DU.S.
dName dNumber dPrice dName dNumber dPrice
d d d d d d
Package A RAACWA $193 Package F RAACWF $165
Package B RAACWB $193 Package G RAACWG $221
Package C RAACWC $193 Package H RAACWH $280
Package D RAACWD $165 Package J RAACWJ $280
Package E RAACWE $165

d d d d d d

February 2015
For Use with Universal 2H, 3H, 4H, and 5H Lateral Files

page 111
DPackage DStyle DU.S. DPackage DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dNumber dPrice dNumber dNumber dPrice
d d d d d d
Package 1 RAACW1 $ 84 Package 5 RAACW5 $176
Package 2 RAACW2 $ 94 Package 6 RAACW6 $176

Package 3 RAACW3 $106 Package 7 RAACW7 $168
Package 4 RAACW4 $139 Package 8 RAACW8 $211

d d d d d d
For Use with Universal Towers

page 111
DPackage DStyle DU.S.
dName dNumber dPrice
d d d
Tower package 1 RAACT1 $ 98
Tower package 2 RAACT2 $122

d d d

cNeed help? • Counterweight: black only 1 Style number
Product details, • Cover: paint 2 Paint color number for cover
DFor Use with DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
24"W bookcases RAACB2401 $ 88

Multiply U.S. Price by the 30"W bookcases RAACB3001 $ 95
See page 1 for details. 36"W bookcases RAACB3601 $113
42"W bookcases RAACB4201 $122

d d d
February 2015
Storage Accessories
Attachment Brackets

cNeed help? • Bracket: black paint only Style number
page 112
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
To Connect File or Cabinet to Series 9000 Panels
98753 $23
To Connect File or Cabinet to Avenir Panels
PAB7 $24
To Start Run of Avenir Panels from Back or Side of Taller Lateral File
PAB6 $24
d d
Accessories
Storage
Anchor Bracket Package

cNeed help? • Two-piece anchor bracket and attachment hardware Style number
Product details,
page 112
Tip: Four bracket packages Specification Information

are required for each DStyle DU.S.
cabinet. dNumber dPrice
d d
RAANBRK $33
d d

February 2015
Underworksurface Lateral File Fillers

cNeed help? • Filler: paint 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Paint color number

Tip: Order filler to match
nominal depth of Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
worksurfaces. Materials • Paint price group 2 +$28 Specify paint color number.
Tip: 24"D filler is used with
18"D storage. 30"D filler is
used with 18"D or 24"D Specification Information
storage.
DDepth DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
For Lateral Files with Flush Steel Fronts

24" ULFF24F $49
30" ULFF30F $49

d d d
For Lateral Files with Proud Fronts

24" ULFF24P $49
30" ULFF30P $49

d d d
Attachment Cable

• Attachment cable Style number
• Package of 1 or 25
Tip: For use with under- Specification Information

worksurface lateral files.
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
PAB12 (package of 1) $ 16
PAB12M (package of 25) $299

d d

February 2015
Specifying
Lighting
Lighting
Standard Shelf Lights 274
Utility2 Shelf Lights 276
Underline Shelf Lights 278
Bottomline Shelf Lights 280
LED Shelf Lights 281
LED Personal Task Lights 282
Accessories
Vertical Wire Managers 283
Lighting
February 2015
Standard Shelf Lights

Tip: Daisy chaining is not cNeed help? • Light housing with centered on-off switch: 1 Style number
allowed in Chicago. Local Product details, black paint 2 Paint color number, if other than black
electrical codes vary, so you page 120 • End cap cord managers: black plastic only (see options below)
should consult a qualified • Cords: 3 Options, if selected (see below)
electrical contractor or engi- —9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle: cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
neer for proper installation of black plastic only
all electrical equipment. —One 30" and one 48" cord with modular
connectors for daisy chaining: black plastic only
• Contrast sleeve around lamp
• Faceted reflector: white only
• T8 3500K lamp
• Ballast
• Universal mounting hardware package
• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black plastic only
(order separately)

Tip: Because shelf lights Surface • Painted light housing other +$23 Specify paint color number for housing.
are usually recessed, black Materials than black
is the standard paint color.
Paint colors other than black Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mounting
have an upcharge. Option package package.
• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package and
Tip: If an optional paint color paint color number for end cap covers.
is selected for the housing,
the electrical switches and
end caps will remain black Specification Information
plastic.
DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.
dD W H dWattage dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Electronic High-Power-Factor Ballast

91 ⁄ 4 " 25" 13⁄ 4" 17 watts LSM24K $397
91 ⁄ 4 " 37" 13⁄ 4" 25 watts LSM36K $421
91 ⁄ 4 " 49" 13⁄ 4" 32 watts LSM48K $456
With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker
91 ⁄ 4 " 25" 13⁄ 4" 17 watts LSM24KC $458
91 ⁄ 4 " 37" 13⁄ 4" 25 watts LSM36KC $482
91 ⁄ 4 " 49" 13⁄ 4" 32 watts LSM48KC $517
With Daisy Chain Cords
91 ⁄ 4 " 25" 13⁄ 4" 17 watts LSM24KD $431
91 ⁄ 4 " 37" 13⁄ 4" 25 watts LSM36KD $455
91 ⁄ 4 " 49" 13⁄ 4" 32 watts LSM48KD $490

d d d d
Tip: Remember to order a
daisy chain starter cord.
cSee Related Products on
next page.

February 2015
Standard Shelf Lights
Related Products
DQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.
din Package d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
Daisy Chain Starter Cord

1 78" LS1FSC $ 55
6 78" LS6FSC $330
Tip: Use with Standard shelf
d d d d
light only. Do not order with
Utility2.
Lighting

February 2015
Utility2 Shelf Lights

Tip: Daisy chaining is not cNeed help? • Light housing with right-hand on-off switch: black paint 1 Style number
allowed in Chicago. Local Product details, • End cap cord managers: black plastic only 2 Paint color number, if other than black
electrical codes vary, so you page 120 • Cords: (see options below)
should consult a qualified – 9' cord with three-prong plug on stand alone lights and 3 Options, if selected (see below)
electrical contractor or engi- daisy chain starter lights, if selected cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
neer for proper installation of – 78" jumper cord on daisy chain lights, if selected
all electrical equipment. • Prismatic lens
• Angled reflector: silver only
Tip: Specification guidelines • T8 3500K lamp
can be found on the next • Ballast
page. • Universal and flush mounting hardware package
Tip: Cord on stand alone

light has right-hand exit. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Cord on daisy chain light
has off center exit. Surface • Painted light housing other +$23 Specify paint color number for housing.
Materials than black
Tip: Because shelf lights Lens • Batwing lens +$31 Specify with batwing lens.
are usually recessed, black
is the standard paint color.
Paint colors other than black Specification Information
have an upcharge.
Tip: If an optional paint color dD W H dWattage dNumber dBase
is selected for the housing, d d d dPrice
the electrical switches and d d d d
end caps will remain black
plastic. Electronic High-Power-Factor Ballast
67 ⁄ 8 " 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24K2 $262
67 ⁄ 8 " 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36K2 $310
67 ⁄ 8 " 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48K2 $344
67 ⁄ 8 " 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24KC2 $323
67 ⁄ 8 " 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36KC2 $371
67 ⁄ 8 " 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48KC2 $405
Daisy Chain Light with 78" Jumper Cord
67 ⁄ 8 " 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24KD2 $296
67 ⁄ 8 " 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36KD2 $344
67 ⁄ 8 " 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48KD2 $378
Daisy Chain Starter Light with 9' Starter Cord
67 ⁄ 8 " 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24KS2 $296
67 ⁄ 8 " 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36KS2 $344
67 ⁄ 8 " 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48KS2 $378

d d d d
Tip: Minimum of two fixtures
for daisy chaining and maxi-
mum of 10. cSpecification Information, continued on next page
Tip: When ordering starter

light do not order a daisy
chain starter cord.

February 2015
Utility2 Shelf Lights
cSpecification Information, continued from previous page
d d d dPrice
d d d d
Electronic Normal-Power-Factor Ballast

6 7⁄ 8" 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24M2 $187
6 7⁄ 8" 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36M2 $235
6 7⁄ 8" 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48M2 $269

6 7⁄ 8" 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24MC2 $248
6 7⁄ 8" 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36MC2 $296
6 7⁄ 8" 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48MC2 $330
Daisy Chain Light with 78" Jumper Cord
6 7⁄ 8" 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24MD2 $221
6 7⁄ 8" 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36MD2 $269
6 7⁄ 8" 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48MD2 $303
Daisy Chain Starter Light with 9' Starter Cord
6 7⁄ 8" 25" 15⁄ 8" 17 watts LSB24MS2 $221
6 7⁄ 8" 37" 15⁄ 8" 25 watts LSB36MS2 $269
Tip: Minimum of two fixtures 6 7⁄ 8" 49" 15⁄ 8" 32 watts LSB48MS2 $303
for daisy chaining and maxi- d d d d
mum of 10.
Tip: When ordering starter

light do not order a daisy
chain starter cord.
Specification Guidelines
Application Requirement
2 lights 1 starter light fixture and 1 daisy chain light with jumper cord fixtures
Lighting

February 2015
Underline Shelf Lights

cNeed help? • Steel light housing: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Aluminum reflector 2 Paint color number for housing and end
page 122 • Acrylic lens caps:
• Polycarbonate end caps: molded to match housing 0835 Black
• Cords, 9' cord with three-prong plug at 90°/45° angle: 7018 Pewter
black plastic only 7021 Dark Champagne
• Soft touch switch
• Thin profile, energy-efficient T2 fluorescent lamp
Tip: Daisy chaining is not • Universal spring brackets for recessed mount and screw-in
allowed in Chicago. Local for flush mount
electrical codes vary, so you • Tool free clips for New York application
should consult a qualified
electrical contractor or engi-
neer for proper installation of Related Products
• Underline daisy chain starter cord cPage 279
• Underline daisy chain jumper cord cPage 279
dD W H dWattage dNumber dPrice
d d d d
Without Dimming
4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2 $274
With Dimming
4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2D $342

4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2CHI $315
With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker and Dimming
4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2DCHI $391
With Daisy Chain Cord

Tip: Order one daisy chain
jumper cord between fixtures. 4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2Y $274
Must be used with LT2Y or
LT2DY daisy chain lights. With Daisy Chain Cord and Dimming
4 3 ⁄4 " 22" 3 ⁄4 " 13 watts LT2DY $342
d d d d

February 2015
Underline Shelf Lights
Underline Daisy Chain Starter Cord

cNeed help? • 9' cord: black plastic only Style number
Product details, • Modular plug for connector to LT2Y or LT2DY daisy
page 122 chain lights

Related Products
starter cord to bring power to
the start of the daisy chain. • Underline daisy chain jumper cord cSee below.
Must be used with LT2Y or
LT2DY daisy chain light.
DLength DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
108" LTSTART $23

d d d
Underline Daisy Chain Jumper Cord

cNeed help? • Cord: black plastic only Style number
Product details, • Modular plugs for connector to LT2Y or LT2DY daisy chain
page 122 lights

jumper cord between fixtures.
Related Products
Must be used with LT2Y or • Underline daisy chain starter cord cSee above.
LT2DY daisy chain light.
DLength DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
6' Length
72" LTJUMP $11
d d d
Lighting
3' Length
36" LTJUMP3 $11
d d d

February 2015
Bottomline Shelf Lights

cNeed help? • Steel light housing: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Mylar reflector 2 Paint color number for housing and end
page 122 • Batwing lens caps:
• Polycarbonate end caps: molded to match housing 0835 Black
• Acrylic lens 7018 Pewter
• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 90°/45° angle: black 7021 Dark Champagne
Tip: Daisy chaining is not plastic only
allowed in Chicago. Local • Energy efficient electronic ballast
electrical codes vary, so you • Energy efficient 3500K T5 fluorescent light
should consult a qualified • Universal spring brackets for recessed mount and screw-in
electrical contractor or engi- for flush mount
neer for proper installation of • Tool free clips for New York application
d d d d
Without Daisy Chain Cord
4 1 ⁄2 " 231⁄4" 11⁄4" 14 watts L52FT $239
4 1 ⁄2 " 35" 11⁄4" 21 watts L53FT $255
4 1 ⁄2 " 463⁄4" 11⁄4" 28 watts L54FT $274
4 1 ⁄2 " 231⁄4" 11⁄4" 14 watts L52FTCHI $279
4 1 ⁄2 " 35" 11⁄4" 21 watts L53FTCHI $302
4 1 ⁄2 " 463⁄4" 11⁄4" 28 watts L54FTCHI $325

d d d d
With Daisy Chain Cord
4 1 ⁄2 " 231⁄4" 11⁄4" 14 watts L52FTY $262
4 1 ⁄2 " 35" 11⁄4" 21 watts L53FTY $279
4 1 ⁄2 " 463⁄4" 11⁄4" 28 watts L54FTY $297

Tip: When ordering the With Daisy Chain Starter Cord
Bottomline daisy chain
starter you do NOT need 4 1 ⁄2 " 231⁄4" 11⁄4" 14 watts L52FTS $262
to order a starter cord or 4 1 ⁄2 " 35" 11⁄4" 21 watts L53FTS $279
jumper cord.
4 1 ⁄2 " 463⁄4" 11⁄4" 28 watts L54FTS $297
d d d d
Specification Guidelines
Application Requirement
2 lights 1 starter fixture and 1 daisy chain fixture
3 lights 1 starter fixture and 2 daisy chain fixtures
Note: Daisy chaining minimum of two fixtures; maximum of six fixtures.

February 2015
LED Shelf Lights LED Shelf Lights

Tip: Daisy chaining is not cNeed help? • Aluminum extrusion with plastic cover 1 Style number
allowed in Chicago. Local Product details, • Power supply with cord 2 Plastic color number for cover:
electrical codes vary, so you page 124 • Soft touch switch 6000 Black
should consult a qualified • Thin profile accommodates recessed and low profile flush 6009 Arctic White
electrical contractor or engi- mounting 3 Options, if selected (see below)
neer for proper installation of • Ultra energy efficient LED light source
all electrical equipment. • Universal magnetic mounting
• Polycarbonate matte film diffuser
• Continuous dimming
Tip: Maximum number of
lights that can be daisy
chained is three lights. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Mounting • Fastener kit for use with +$8 Specify with fastener kit.
wood or aluminum shelf
d d d dPrice
d d d d
LED Standard Light

2 1⁄ 2" 18" 1⁄ 2" 11 watts LSL18 $328
d d d d
Tip: LED standard light

comes with a 9' 15 watt
power supply.
LED Daisy Chain Starter Light

2 1⁄ 2" 18" 1⁄ 2" 11 watts LSL18YA $351
d d d d
Tip: Daisy chain starter light

comes with a 60 watt power
supply that will support up to
three lights in series (11'
cord, 6' from power supply
to power outlet, 5' from
power supply to fixture).
Does not include daisy chain
Lighting
cords.
LED Daisy Chain Secondary Light

2 1⁄ 2" 18" 1⁄ 2" 11 watts LSL18YB $322
d d d d
Tip: Daisy chain secondary

light does not come with a
power supply. Daisy chain
cord package (8" and 30")
comes standard with each
secondary light.
February 2015

cNeed help? • Housing: 6009 Arctic White plastic only 1 Style number
Product details, • Fixture and stanchions: paint 2 Paint color number for fixture and
page 126 • Power supply with 12' cordage (6' from power supply to stanchions:
power outlet, 6' from power supply to fixture) 4231 Arctic White
• Soft touch switch 4710 Low Gloss Black
• Ultra energy efficient LED light source 4799 Platinum Metallic
• Polycarbonate matte film diffuser
• Continuous dimming
Related Products
• c:scape desk cSee c:scape Specification Guide.
• FrameOne bench cSee FrameOne Specification Guide.
• Details SOTO rail cSee Details SpecGuide.
• Impact cSee Wood Casegoods and Tables
Specification Guide.
• Technology zone integral rail cSee Elective Elements Specification
Guide.
• Worksurfaces cSee Answer Solutions Specification
Guide.
• Campfire Big Table cSee Turnstone Specification Guide.
d d d d
Rail-Mounted LED Personal Task Light

6" 30" 17" 14 watts LPTL30 $576
d d d d
Non Rail-Mounted LED Personal Task Light

6" 30" 17" 14 watts LPTL30NR $576
d d d d
Tip: Non rail-mounted LED

personal task lights will not
work on worksurfaces with
knife edge that is longer
than 11⁄ 4", or with modesty
panels or modesty screens
closer than 6" from the back
edge.

February 2015
Accessories Accessories
Vertical Wire Managers

For Use on Montage Panels
cNeed help? • Vertical wire manager: plastic 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Plastic color number
page 130 6000 Black
6659 Light Grey
DHeight DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dPrice
d d d
13" ZWM13 $14
20" ZWM20 $15

d d d
Vertical Wire Manager

For Use on Answer and Kick Panels
cNeed help? • Vertical wire manager: plastic 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Plastic color number:
page 130 6000 Black
6009 Arctic White
6249 Platinum Solid
6654 Sand
6697 Fog
Tip: Wire manager can
be cut in the field to the DHeight DStyle DU.S.
specific length needed. d dNumber dPrice
d d d
48" TS7PVWM $28

d d d
Lighting

February 2015
February 2015
Specifying
Victor2
Victor2 Mobile Unit 286

Victor2 Freestanding Units 288
Victor2 Tray Shelf and Display 290
Victor2
February 2015
Victor2 Mobile Unit

cNeed help? • Mobile unit: 1 Style number
Product details, - Front and back: wood 2 Wood color number for front and back
page 134 - Sides and top: paint 3 Paint color number for sides and top
• Finished back hinged doors (case)
• Three slot opening with sloped receptacles and built 4 Three acrylic inserts (see below under
in bag holding system Required Selections)
• Acrylic inserts etched with recycling icons and 5 Options, if selected (see below)
wording cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
• Three 100% recycled plastic rigid recycling bins – 12
gallon capacity each
• Four non-locking black casters: two swivel/two fixed
Tip: Acrylic inserts lift out

Required Selections
without tools for ease of Acrylic Inserts (Pick three)
cleaning and changeability.
Tip: Verbiage on each

insert contains English, MIXED COMPOST MIXED WASTE PAPER RETURNABLE RETURNABLE RETURNABLE
Spanish, and French. MIXTOS ABONO MIXTOS BASURA PAPEL RETORNABLE RETORNABLE RETORNABLE
Plastic Compost Mixed Waste Paper Aluminum Returnables Glass

Surface Wood Front and Back
Materials • Premium Wood 2 +$ 65 Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
• Premium Wood 3 +$228 Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
• Customiz stain No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Laminate Front and Back

• Laminate –$312 Specify laminate color number.
• Open Line Laminate –$247 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Paint on Case
d d dPrice
d d d
Tip: Receptacle contains
features to accommodate Mobile Unit - 3 Openings
oversized bags.
18" 36" 36" AWRM183636 $3641
Tip: Soft-touch integral d d d
handle allows easy move-
ment from one location to
another.

February 2015
Victor2 Mobile Unit
Victor2
February 2015
Victor2 Freestanding Units

cNeed help? • Freestanding unit: 1 Style number
Product details, - Front and back: wood 2 Wood color number for front and back
page 134 - Side and top: paint 3 Paint color number for sides and top
• Finished back (case)
• Four or five top slot openings with receptacles 4 Four or five acrylic inserts (see below
• Acrylic inserts etched with recycling icons and under Required Selections)
wording 5 Options, if selected (see below)
• Four or five recycling bins (capacity of 23 gallon each cSee Surface Materials, page 292.
receptacle) – fits 30 gallon size bags and larger
• Leveling glides: black only
Required Selections
Acrylic Inserts (Pick four or five)
MIXED COMPOST MIXED WASTE PAPER RETURNABLE RETURNABLE RETURNABLE
MIXTOS ABONO MIXTOS BASURA PAPEL RETORNABLE RETORNABLE RETORNABLE
Plastic Compost Mixed Waste Paper Aluminum Returnables Glass
Tip: Tray shelf and display

are ordered separately. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Surface Wood Front and Back
Tip: Acrylic inserts lift out Materials • Premium Wood 2 Prices at right Specify Premium wood 2 finish number.
without tools for ease of • Premium Wood 3 Prices at right Specify Premium wood 3 finish number.
cleaning and changeability. • Customiz stain No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Tip: Verbiage on each
insert contains English, Laminate Front and Back
Spanish, and French. • Laminate
- Four opening –$520 Specify laminate color number.
- Five opening –$728 Specify laminate color number.
• Open Line Laminate
- Four opening –$455 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
- Five opening –$663 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Paint on Case
Related • Tray Shelf and Display cPage 290

Products

February 2015
Victor2 Freestanding Units
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptions
dD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ to
d d dPrice dBase Price)
d d d d
d d d dPremium Wood
d d d dWood front and back
d d d d
d d d dWood 2 dWood 3
Freestanding Unit - 4 Openings

25" 48" 36" AWRF254836 $5202 +$118 +$414
Freestanding Unit - 5 Openings

25" 60" 36" AWRF256036 $6555 +$149 +$521
d d d d d
Victor2

February 2015
Victor2 Tray Shelf and Display
Tray Shelf

cNeed help? • Tray shelf: paint 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Paint color number for tray
Tip: Tray shelf fits most
trays up to 203/4" x 12".
Tip: Tray shelf cannot be Options U.S. Price Required to Specify

used with the mobile unit. Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Tip: Two tray shelves can • Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.
be used on the freestanding
4 or 5 slot opening. A 15" Related • Freestanding units cPage 288
gap will separate the two Products
tray shelves if used on the
freestanding 5 unit.
Tip: Maximum tray storage DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
is 20 food trays. dD W H dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
123/4" 221/4" 915/16" AWTS $364

d d d
Display
cNeed help? • Display 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment brackets: paint 2 Paint color number for bracket
Tip: Display holds two

81/2" x 11" papers or one Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
11" x 17".
Tip: Display cannot be used Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.
with the mobile unit. • Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.
Tip: Two displays can be Related • Freestanding units cPage 288

used on the freestanding 4 Products
or 5 slot opening. A gap of
181/2" will separate the two
displays if used on the Specification Information
Freestanding 5 unit. DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
Tip: Paper is placed d d dPrice
between the two acrylic d d d
plates.
13/16" 203/4" 151/2" AWDR $364
d d d

February 2015
Resources and
Surface Materials
Surface Materials
Resources and
Surface Materials 292
Specification Guidelines for Directional Fabrics 295
Paint Color Availability Matrix 296
Laminate Color Availability Matrix 297
Recommended Edge Finishes 300
Lock and Keying
TS Series Storage 302
Universal, TS 200 Series, 900 Series Storage, 304
and Overfile Cabinets
Media Storage Solutions 306
Storage Capacities and Dimensions 310
Safe Use of Storage Products 325
Storage Products Style Number Conversion List 326
Style Number Index 352
February 2015
Surface Materials
.. .. . .. .. ..
.
This listing includes all
. Steelcase Surfaces .. Laminate .
Woodgrain Laminate
. Custom Surfaces .
.. the surface material choices .. .. .. 2406 Clear Cherry .. ..
.. that are available for the .. Price Group 1 .. Tip: All products may not be .. 2409 Clear Maple .. Open Line ..
. products in this specification . Smooth Paint . available in all colors listed . 2410 Graphite Walnut . Laminate (OLL) .
.. guide.
.. 4242 Milk .. below. .. 2412 Natural Cherry
.. ..
.. .. .. .. .. This service allows you to ..
cSee page 297 for an 2422 Medium Cherry order non-standard laminate
. . . overview of the laminate . . .
.. .. Textured Paint .. .. 2511 Winter on Maple .. at an additional processing ..
.. Resources .. 7207 Black .. colors available on each .. 2538 Clear Walnut .. fee of $65 U.S. per worksur- ..
.. For more information about .. 7225 Sand .. product line. .. 2539 Warm Oak E .. face or top, plus the cost of ..
.. .. 7230 Basalt .. .. 2592 Blonde on Maple .. the laminate. ..
7236 Fog E
surface materials, refer to
. . . . 2714 Natural Walnut . .
7237 Slate E
.. the following resources: .. .. Steelcase Surfaces .. .. ..
2772 Medium Mahogany When processing orders
..
. Additional surface
..
.
7238 Fieldstone ..
.
High-Pressure ..
.
on Walnut E ..
. for Open Line laminate on
..
.
.. materials specification .. 7239 Midnight .. Laminate .. 2HAK Clear Oak .. Universal worksurfaces and ..
.. tools are available to .. 7241 Arctic White .. Fiber Laminate .. 2HAT Acacia .. Universal Storage tops, ..
. assist you in the specifica- . 7243 Seagull . . . specify 2900 in the laminate .
.. .. 7278 Dark Bronze .. 2850 Vanadium Fiber .. Turnstone Laminate
.. ..
.. tion process—the Surface .. .. 2851 Rhyme Fiber .. .. finish field and enter the OLL ..
7360 Merle Collection manufacturer information.
. Materials Binders. . . 2852 Tungsten Fiber . . .
.. .. .. 2854 Vellum Fiber .. A selection of laminates and .. Enter the required edge fin- ..
.. The global surface .. Price Group 2 .. .. edge bands in this collection .. ish as you would a standard ..
2859 Novell Fiber
. materials palette is a is . Smooth Metallic Paint .. . are available on Steelcase . laminate. .
. . 2860 Granite Fiber . . .
.. a core collection of finishes .. 4728 Nickel Metallic .. 2861 Coconut Fiber .. brand products. This .. ..
.. that is available across .. 4743 Mineral Metallic .. 2862 Stucco Fiber .. collection is available with .. Laminate Approval and ..
. multiple geographies . 4744 Pearl Metallic . . standard leadtimes and . Material Requirements .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. (Americas/EMEA – Europe, .. 4750 Champagne Metallic .. Metallic Laminate
..
supported like standard
.. To confirm whether a partic- ..
. Middle East, and . 4752 Steel Metallic E .
. 2503 Brushed Silver
.
laminates to help make
. ular laminate has already .
.. Africa/APAC – Asia Pacific) .. 4788 Gold Dust Metallic E .. .. ordering easy. Please see .. been tested for use on a ..
. . . Micro Laminate . the Turnstone section of . specific Steelcase product or .
.. and on global product lines, .. 4798 Sterling Metallic .. .. .. ..
2920 Marl Micro village.steelcase.com for to determine material square
.. where applicable. For a list .. 4799 Platinum Metallic .. .. .. ..
2921 Gypsum Micro swatching information. foot requirements:
. of finishes included in the . 4803 Near Black Metallic . . . .
.. .. .. 2922 Clay Micro .. .. • Visit www.steelcase.com ..
offering, see the Surface 2923 Shadow Micro
.. Materials Reference Manual. .. Textured Metallic Paint .. .. 2535 Virginia Walnut .. ..
. Additional details, like . 7245 Carbon Metallic . . 2536 Blackwood . For additional informa- .
.. .. .. Patina Laminate .. 2612 Marbled Maple
.. ..
.. product approvals by .. 7246 Midnight Metallic .. 2870 Blonde Bronze Patina .. .. tion, refer to the Steelcase ..
2614 Chocolate Walnut Surface Materials Reference
. geography and finish . . 2871 Blackened Bronze . . .
.. number conversions, can .. Select Surfaces .. Patina .. 2615 Marbled Cherry .. Manual. ..
.. also be found in the Surface .. .. 2873 Instant Iron Patina .. .. ..
. Materials Reference Manual . Price Group 3 . . Tip: Turnstone Collection . .
.. .. .. .. Laminates are not available
.. ..
Solid Laminate
E
.. or see steelcase.com/ .. Accent paint .. .. .. ..
2722 Cream on bullnose laminate storage
. surfacematerials. . Accent paints allow you to . . . .
.. .. choose from a pre-matched .. 2730 Arctic White .. tops. .. ..
.. .. color palette of trend driven .. 2746 Black .. .. ..
..
Surface Materials
.. .. 2759 Warm White E .. Low-Pressure .. ..
E
Binders include: colors that are available
. • Surface Materials . without the PerfectMatch . 2811 Mist . Laminate . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. Reference Manual .. registration fee. Refer to the .. 2883 Seagull .. Fiber Laminate .. ..
. • A complete set of swatch . Surface Materials Reference .. 2884 Milk . 2L50 Vanadium Fiber LPL . .
.. cards for hard surfaces, .. Manual for more information .. 2885 Dune .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. 2L52 Tungsten Fiber LPL .. ..
vertical surface fabrics, about this program. Speckle Laminate
.. and seating upholstery .. .. .. Metallic Laminate .. ..
. . . 2820 Coffee Speckle . . .
.. .. Custom Surfaces .. 2822 Woodrose Speckle .. 2L03 Brushed Silver LPL .. ..
.. .. .. 2823 Driftwood Speckle .. .. ..
. Paint . Price Group 3 . . Solid Laminate
. .
.. .. .. 2824 Smoke Speckle .. 247L Black Version 2 LPL .. ..
PerfectMatch 2825 Vanadium Speckle
.. cSee Surface Materials .. PerfectMatch is a service
.. .. 2L30 Arctic White LPL .. ..
. Reference Manual for a . . . 2L83 Seagull LPL . .
.. listing of available paints for
.. that allows you to create .. Note: Some wood veneer .. .. ..
2L85 Dune
.. Victor2.
.. your own paint color. Refer .. finishes and woodgrain lami- .. .. ..
. . to the Surface Materials . nates share the same name. . Woodgrain Laminate . .
.. .. Reference Manual for more .
. .. .. ..
.. Tip: All products may not be .. .. Because of the difference in .. 25L1 Winter on Maple LPL .. ..
information about this materials, veneers and lami- 25L5 Virginia Walnut LPL
.. available in all colors listed .. program.
.. .. .. ..
.. below. .. .. nates of the same name are .. 25L6 Blackwood LPL .. ..
.. cSee page 296 for an .. .. not an exact match but do .. 25L8 Clear Walnut LPL .. ..
. overview of the paint . . coordinate with each other. . 25L9 Warm Oak LPL E . .
.. colors available on each
.. Accessory Paint .. .. 262L Marbled Maple LPL .. ..
.. .. . .. 264L Chocolate Walnut LPL .. ..
Steelcase Surfaces ..
component.
. . . 267L Marbled Cherry V2 . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Applies to: .. .. LPL .. ..
. . • Universal Storage with . . 26L1 Natural Cherry V2 LPL . .
.. .. .. .. 2LAK Clear Oak LPL .. ..
c:scape pulls
.. .. .. .. 2LAT Acacia LPL .. ..
4140 Arctic White Gloss
. . . . 2L09 Clear Maple LPL . .
..
E = Established .. 4144 Black Gloss .. .. .. ..
February 2015
Surface Materials
.. .. .. ..
Quarter-cut open-pore finish choices Steelcase Surfaces
Surface Materials
Resources and
. Wood .. . ..
.. 3042 QC/OP Ash* ..
. Composite Veneer .
.. Applies to: .. 3222 QC/OP Clear Maple* .. ..
.
..
• Universal Storage tops and fronts .. 3272 QC/OP Amber on Maple E .
..
Composite veneers are an engineered wood
intended to create specific grain patterns and
..
• Overhead storage . 3292 QC/OP Blonde on Maple .
.. • 900 Series tops
.. 3302 QC/OP Clear Walnut
.. characteristics. They are pre-stained and finished ..
. • TS 200 Series tops
.. .
.. with Steelcase’s Clarity water-borne UV topcoat, ..
.. .
3312 QC/OP Natural Walnut
.
.. .. which protects the environment while providing ..
.. 3322 QC/OP Dark Mahogany on Walnut
Steelcase carefully selects veneer and solid wood .. .. durability and clarity. Only open-pore finishes are ..
.. 3352 QC/OP Medium Walnut
for consistent color and grain structure. Wood is a .. .. available on composite wood. Composite veneer ..
.. 3362 QC/OP Dark Walnut
natural material and variations will occur in color, .. . and matching edge bands are available on most ..
. 3372 QC/OP Medium Mahogany on Walnut
..
.. grain and texture. These variations are part of the . 3382 QC/OP Graphite Walnut Steelcase brand products. Composites, for use as .
.. inherent natural beauty of wood and are not con-
.. .. a solid nosing substitute, are not available. ..
. sidered defects.
.. .
.. Steelcase does not recommend mixing composite ..
.. .
Rift-cut open-pore finish choices
.
.. .. veneers with natural solid nosings because com- ..
.. 3602 RC/OP Desert Oak
.
..
All wood products will darken with age and expo- .. 3612 RC/OP Warm Oak E .
..
posite and natural wood grain and color matching
are rarely compatible. Composite veneers are
..
sure to ultraviolet light. This is especially apparent . 3692 RC/OP Espresso Oak .
.. with cherry and maple veneer. We recommend
.. .. Graded-In as Wood Group 1 pricing. ..
. that desk accessories be rearranged periodically
.. .
.. ..
.. .
Full-fill finish is a medium-gloss finish that com-
.
to ensure even aging of wood surfaces. .. .. Flat-cut open-pore finish choices ..
.. pletely fills the grain texture, yet allows the grain
.. . 3JDX FC/OP Oak Composite ..
. pattern to be seen. The wood has a lustrous, satiny
.
. When storing your wood furniture, please follow . .. 3JFX FC/OP Maple Composite .
.. .
look, and it is smooth to the touch. This finish is
.
the following guidelines: .. .. 3JHX FC/OP Cherry Composite ..
.. available on the wood worksurface or field-installed
• Do not store products in trailers .. . 3JJX FC/OP Walnut Composite ..
. top only.
..
.. • Store products in areas that simulate office . .
.. temperatures (60°F to 90°F)
.. Flat-cut full-fill finish choices
.. Quarter-cut open-pore finish choices ..
. • Store products in areas that maintain constant,
.. .
.. 3HGX QC/OP Oak Composite ..
.. .
3064 FC/FF Graphite Walnut
.
office-like humidity levels .. . 3JEX QC/OP Maple Composite ..
. 3404 FC/FF Clear Cherry (Aged)
..
..
• Keep product away from light. Cover products .
..
3414 FC/FF Natural Cherry E ..
..
3JGX QC/OP Cherry Composite .
..
to make sure they are not exposed to light. 3424 FC/FF Medium Cherry
. .. .
.. Note: To understand more about composite order- ..
.. .
3524 FC/FF Clear Maple*
.
Steelcase Surfaces .. .. ing, leadtimes, and pricing, please consult the ..
.. 3544 FC/FF Blonde on Maple
.
.. Veneer
.. 3574 FC/FF Amber on Maple E .
..
composite sign-off sheet available through
Steelcase advertising stock, form number
..
. 3704 FC/FF Clear Walnut .
.. Veneers are matched for proper balance and con- .. 3714 FC/FF Natural Walnut
.. 14-0000141. A sign-off sheet is required prior to ..
. sistency. Veneers are available flat cut or quarter .. .
.. orders being accepted for composite projects. ..
.. cut, except for Oak, which is rift cut. Refer to the .
3724 FC/FF Dark Mahogany on Walnut
.
.. Surface Materials Reference Manual for descrip-
.. 3754 FC/FF Medium Walnut .. ..
. .. 3764 FC/FF Dark Walnut .
.. ..
.. tions of each cut.
. 3774 FC/FF Medium Mahogany on Walnut .
.. .. .. ..
. Open-pore finish is a medium gloss finish that .. .
.. ..
.. leaves the wood grain texture visible to the eye ..
Quarter-cut full-fill finish choices
..
.. 3224 QC/FF Clear Maple* ..
..
and distinguishable to the touch. .
.. 3274 QC/FF Amber on Maple E .. .
..
. .. 3294 QC/FF Blonde on Maple .
.. ..
.. cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual for a
. 3304 QC/FF Clear Walnut .
.. listing of available veneers for Victor2. .. 3314 QC/FF Natural Walnut
.. ..
. .. .
.. ..
.. Flat-cut open-pore finish choices ..
3324 QC/FF Dark Mahogany on Walnut
..
.. 3354 QC/FF Medium Walnut ..
3062 FC/OP Graphite Walnut . .
.. 3402 FC/OP Clear Cherry (Aged)
.. 3364 QC/FF Dark Walnut .. ..
.
.. 3412 FC/OP Natural Cherry E ..
.
3374 QC/FF Medium Mahogany on Walnut
3384 QC/FF Graphite Walnut
.
.. ..
.
.. 3422 FC/OP Medium Cherry .. .. ..
. 3522 FC/OP Clear Maple* .. . ..
..
..
3572 FC/OP Amber on Maple E .
..
Rift-cut full-fill finish choices
3604 RC/FF Desert Oak
..
.. .
..
.
..
3592 FC/OP Blonde on Maple
3702 FC/OP Clear Walnut
.. 3614 RC/FF Warm Oak E .
.. ..
. 3694 RC/FF Espresso Oak .
.. 3712 FC/OP Natural Walnut .. .. ..
. 3722 FC/OP Dark Mahogany on Walnut .. .
.. ..
.. 3752 FC/OP Medium Walnut .
*Because no stain is used in the clear-coat process,
.
.. 3762 FC/OP Dark Walnut
.. a sign-off will be required prior to orders being .. ..
.. 3772 FC/OP Medium Mahogany on Walnut
.. accepted for this finish. The sign-off sheet is avail- .. ..
.. .. able through Steelcase advertising stock. .. ..
.. .. Please use form number 09-0000756 for 3042, .. ..
. .. form number 05-0001370 for 3222 and 3224. .
.. ..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. .. .
.. ..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. .. .
.. ..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. .. . ..
..
E = Established .
..
.
Storage Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 293
February 2015
Surface Materials, continued
.. . .. .. .. ..
. Steelcase Surfaces .. Custom Surfaces . Plastic . Metal . Price Group 2 .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Premium Veneers Customiz stain is a ser- Chainmail
.. .. .. Steelcase Surfaces .. Steelcase Surfaces .. ..
A selection of Premium vice that allows you to cre- Cogent: Connect
Cogent: Geode Seating E
. . . . . .
.. veneers in this collection are . ate your own stain colors .. Applies to: .. Applies to: .. ..
Cogent: Geode Vertical E
.. .
available on most Steelcase . and finishes on standard .. • 1 mm square edge profile .. • Universal pulls: .. ..
. .
brand products. The collec- . veneer. Customiz stain color . on Universal Storage . contemporary, handle, . Cogent: Trails .
Cricket E
.. .. .. .. jazz, and bar .. ..
tion will be available as is available on all product laminate tops
..
.. close to standard leadtimes .
.
.. lines that offer wood veneer.
..
.. • Square edge laminate top
..
..
0835 Black E ..
.. Crosswalk
..
..
as possible. However, on TS 200 Series and 900 9201 Polished Chrome Nitelights
Seating Vinyl E
.. . .. .. .. ..
because adequate supplies . A $425 stain-matching fee Series 9211 Nickel
Spyder E
. . . . . .
.. of veneer and solids must be .
.. applies on CUSTOMIZ .. 6000 Black* .. 9212 Silver .. ..
.. secured, all orders will be
.. requests (Exception: The .. 6001 Coffee* .. .. Stand In ..
. scheduled individually. $425 fee does not apply on . 6009 Arctic White* . Applies to: . Zoe2 .
.. .. .. .. • TS Series handle pull: .. ..
Leadtimes will vary based matches to Coalesse stan- 6034 Natural Cherry
.. .. .. .. 0835 Black .. ..
. on Premium veneer and
. dard finishes or for a low-
. 6036 Medium Cherry . . Price Group 3 .
.. Premium solids availability .. gloss finish request on a .. 6037 Winter on Maple .. 9211 Nickel .. Gaja – C2C ..
.. at the time the order is .. standard color). The $425 .. 6038 Blonde on Maple .. .. Imperma ..
. placed. The collection is . fee covers the cost of . 6041 Natural Walnut . . .
.. . .. .. Glass .. Redeem ..
Graded-In as Wood Group 2 . formulating the Customiz 6045 Medium Mahogany
.. .. ..
E .. .. ..
Retrieve
and Wood Group 3, and color finish and applies on Walnut
. . . . Steelcase Surfaces . Texel .
. supported like standard . regardless of whether or . 6052 Milk* . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
veneers to make ordering not an order for product is 6053 Seagull* Applies to: Price Group 5
.. .. .. .. .. ..
easy. Please see the placed. 6231 Graphite Walnut** • Universal storage
. . . . . Bo Peep .
.. Steelcase surface materials .
.. .. 6234 Clear Cherry .. 6530 Frosted .. ..
.. section on village.steel- In addition, an approval form .. 6237 Clear Maple** .. .. Remix ..
.
. case.com for sample infor- . must be signed to indicate . 6242 Virginia Walnut . Applies to: . .
.. .. .. .. .. Price Group 6 ..
mation and product line customer acceptance of 6243 Blackwood • Universal over the case
. . . . . .
.. availability. All premium .. Customiz match. A $5,000 .. 6245 Clear Walnut .. or Universal in the case .. Brisa ..
.. veneers are in clear-coat. .. initiation fee will be charged .. 6246 Warm Oak E .. bin picture frame door .. ..
. . prior to first order entry. This . 6249 Platinum Solid* . glass insert . Price Group 7 .
.. . .. .. .. ..
Quarter-cut open-pore . initiation fee activates the 6615 Grey V5* 6580 Ice White
.. .. ..
E .. .. ..
Steelcut Trio
finish choices finish for unlimited use on 6619 Ice*
. . . . . .
.. Wood Group 2 .. any Steelcase product for an .. 6631 Cream* .. .. Leather ..
.. 3032 QC/OP Dark Thin .. 18 month time period. After .. 6635 Dawn* E .. Acrylic ..
Steelcase Leather
..
. Line Bamboo . the 18 month time period . 6636 Mist* . . .
.. .. .. .. Steelcase Surfaces .. ..
3052 QC/OP Ribbon has lapsed, the Customiz 6654 Sand*
.. .. .. .. .. Elmosoft Leather ..
Sapele finish may be reactivated for 6655 Warm White*
. . . . Applies to: . .
.. .. another 18 months for a .. 6676 Marbled Maple .. • Universal over the case
.. Elmosoft Leather ..
.. Wood Group 3 .. $1,000 fee at any point .. 6677 Chocolate Walnut .. or Universal in the case
.. ..
. 3832 QC/OP Figured . within five years after the . 6678 Marbled Cherry . . Select Surfaces .
.. .. .. .. bin picture frame door .. For information
..
Anegre $5,000 initiation fee was 6694 Slate*
.. .. .. .. acrylic insert .. on products within ..
3842 QC/OP Figured paid. If the finish is not reac- 6695 Midnight*
.. .. .. .. 6538 Satin .. Select Surfaces, ..
Makore tivated within five years after 6697 Fog*
. . . . . including accent paints .
.. .. the $5,000 initiation fee was .. 6698 Fieldstone* .. .. .
.. Note: Full-fill finish is not .. paid, the finish will be culled .. * These solid color and .. .. and fabrics from Designtex, ..
Seating Upholstery Gabriel, Kvadrat, and ..
. available on Premium . and the customer will need . woodgrain edge colors are a . .
.. .. .. .. Applies to: .. Pollack, please refer to the ..
veneers as a standard. To to pay the $5,000 initiation polyolefin blend, PVC-free
.. . .. .. • Mobile pedestal cushion .. Surface Materials Reference .
ensure an understanding of . fee again. All style number material for 3 mm and 1 mm .
.. .. .. .. top and one- and 1.5-high .. Manual or visit ..
the color ranges and related Customiz charges edge bandings.
. . . . lateral file cushions . steelcase.com/selectsurfaces. .
.. characteristic variations of .. products are no cost as of .. .. .. ..
.. natural veneer, a sign-off .. April 2014. The matching .. Note: Light color plas- .. .. Custom Surfaces ..
. sheet is required prior to . and initiation fees are not . tic edges are susceptible . Steelcase Surfaces . Price Group COM .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
orders being accepted for discountable. to degradation due to normal Price Group 1 (Customer’s Own
.. .. .. .. .. ..
this clear-coat finish. The wear and tear. Staining Material)
. . . . Buzz2 . .
.. sign-off sheet is available .. Customiz stain takes 10 days .. (e.g., ball point pen or cloth- .. .. Fabric Approval and
..
.. through Steelcase advertis- . to formulate. Consult the .. .. Jacks .. ..
.. ing dyes such as blue jeans) Yardage
. ing stock. Please use form Surface Materials Reference . . Link . .
.. .. .. and dirt effects are more .. .. To confirm whether a ..
number 09-0000755 for Manual for more information. Playground
.. .. .. pronounced in light colors .. .. particular COM material .
.. 3032, form number
.. Custom veneers are also avail-
.. and are not considered .. .. has already been tested for ..
.. 09-0000757 for 3052, form
.. able and must be quoted by
.. defects. .. .. use on a specific Steelcase ..
.. number 09-0000758 for
.. Steelcase specials group.
.. .. .. product or to determine ..
3832, and form number Customiz stain on custom actual yardage requirements: .
. . . . . .
.. 09-0000759 for 3842. .. veneers takes 2 to 4 weeks to .. .. .. • Visit www.steelcase.com ..
.. .. formulate. .. .. .. For additional infor- ..
. . . . . mation regarding .
.. .. .. .. .. Customer’s Own ..
Requirements and informa-
.. .. .. .. .. Material, call ..
tion on ordering a Customiz
. . . . . 1.888.STEELCASE .
.. .. stain color are found in the .. .. .. ..
.. .. Surface Materials Reference .. .. .. (1.888.783.3522) or ..
. . . . . send an email to .
Manual.
..
E = Established .. .. .. .. lineone@steelcase.com ..
February 2015
Specification Guidelines for Directional Fabrics Specification Guidelines for
Directional Fabrics
.. .. ..
..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. o n Warp Horizontal .
.. cti .. ..
D ire
.. rp .. ..
. Wa . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
66" Fabric
.. .. ..
Width
.. .. ..
.. . ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. The standard application direction of fabric is warp horizontal. . ..
.. .. ..
Standard Steelcase fabrics were designed for this application direction.
. .. .
.. . ..
.. .. ..
. ri c .. .
.. ab Warp Vertical .. ..
"F
.. 66 idth .. ..
W
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. .
Warp Direction
.. . ..
..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. The optional application direction of fabrics is warp vertical. This is ..
.. . ..
most commonly used on COMs designed for warp vertical application. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
For more information about the warp direction of fabrics, see
.. . ..
. the Surface Materials Reference Manual. .. .
.. .. ..
.. . ..
. .. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. . ..
. .. .
.. .. ..
.. . ..
. .. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. ..
.. . ..
..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. . ..
February 2015
Paint Color Availability Matrix
.. Legend ..
. .
c:scape pulls on Universal storage

.. ˜= Not available ..
.. Å= Available ..
. ˛= Available with exceptions .
..
..
E= Established
..
..
TS 200 Series storage

. .
.. ..
TS Series bar pulls
900 Series storage

TS Series storage
Universal storage
.. ..
Overfile cabinets
.. ..
.. ..
Shelf lights
Lighting
. Storage .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Paint Price Group 1 (Smooth)
. .
.. 4242 Milk AANNAAAAN ..
.. ..
. Paint Price Group 1 (Textured) .
.. ..
7207 Black AAANAAAAA
.. ..
. 7225 Sand AANNAAAAA .
. .
.. 7230 Basalt AANNAAAAA ..
..
. 7236 Fog E AANNAAAAA
..
.
.. 7237 Slate E AANNAAAAA ..
.. ..
. 7238 Fieldstone AANNAAAAA .
.. ..
7239 Midnight AANNAAAAA
. .
.. 7241 Arctic White AANNAAAAA ..
.. ..
. 7243 Seagull AANNAAAAA .
.. ..
7278 Dark Bronze AANNAAAAA
.. ..
. 7360 Merle AANNAAAAA .
.. ..
.. Paint Price Group 2 (Metallic) ..
. 4728 Nickel Metallic AANNAAAAA .
.. ..
.. 4743 Mineral Metallic AANNAAAAN ..
. 4744 Pearl Metallic AANNAAAAN .
.. ..
.. 4750 Champagne Metallic AANNAAAAA ..
.
.. 4752 Steel Metallic E AANNAAAAA .
..
.. 4788 Gold Dust Metallic E AANNAAAAA ..
.. ..
4798 Sterling Metallic AANNAAAAA
. .
.. 4799 Platinum Metallic AAAAAAAAN ..
.. ..
. 4803 Near Black Metallic AANNAAANN .
.. ..
7245 Carbon Metallic AANNAAANA
.. ..
.. 7246 Midnight Metallic AANNAAANA ..
. Accessory Paint .
.. ..
.. 4140 Arctic White Gloss NNNANNNNN ..
. NNNANNNNN .
.. 4144 Black Gloss ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Laminate Color Availability Matrix Laminate Color
Availability Matrix
.. Legend ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. .
Storage tops, shelves, and accessories

.. ˜ = Not available ..
.. Å = Available ..
.
.. E = Established .
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Universal storage tops

.. ..
TS 200 Series tops

.. ..
TS Series storage
.. ..
900 Series tops

. .
.. ..
.. ..
Victor2
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. High-Pressure Laminates (HPL) ..
.. ..
. Fiber .
.. 2850 Vanadium Fiber AAAAAA
..
.. ..
. 2851 Rhyme Fiber AAAAAA .
. .
.. 2852 Tungsten Fiber AAAAAA ..
.. ..
2854 Vellum Fiber AAAAAA
. .
.. 2859 Novell Fiber AAAAAA
..
.. ..
. 2860 Granite Fiber AAAAAA .
.. ..
. 2861 Coconut Fiber AAAAAA .
.. 2862 Stucco Fiber AAAAAA
..
.. ..
. Metallic .
.. ..
.. 2503 Brushed Silver NNNANN ..
. Micro .
.. ..
.. 2920 Marl Micro AAAAAA ..
. AAAAAA
.
.. 2921 Gypsum Micro ..
.. 2922 Clay Micro AAAAAA ..
. .
.. 2923 Shadow Micro AAAAAA ..
.. ..
. Patina .
.. 2870 Blonde Bronze Patina AAAAAA
..
.. ..
.. 2871 Blackened Bronze Patina AAAAAA ..
. 2873 Instant Iron Patina AAAAAA .
.. ..
.. Solid ..
.
.. 2722 Cream E AAAAAA
.
..
.. 2730 Arctic White AAAAAA ..
.. ..
. 2746 Black AAAAAA .
..
.. 2759 Warm White E AAAAAA
..
..
.
..
2811 Mist E AAAAAA .
..
.. 2883 Seagull AAAAAA ..
. 2884 Milk AAAAAA .
.. ..
.. 2885 Dune AAAAAA ..
. .
.. Speckle ..
.. 2820 Coffee Speckle AAAAAA ..
.. ..
.. 2822 Woodrose Speckle AAAAAA ..
.. 2823 Driftwood Speckle AAAAAA ..
. AAAAAA
.
.. 2824 Smoke Speckle ..
.. 2825 Vanadium Speckle AAAAAA ..
. .
.. ..
.. cContinued on next page ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Storage Specification Guide cLaminate Color Availability Matrix, continued 297
February 2015
Laminate Color Availability Matrix, continued
.. Legend ..
. .

.
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..

.. ..
TS 200 Series tops

.. ..
TS Series storage
.. ..
900 Series tops

. .
.. ..
.. ..
Victor2
. .
.. ..
.. cContinued from previous page ..
. .
.. Woodgrain ..
.. ..
2406 Clear Cherry A A A A A A
. .
.. 2409 Clear Maple A A A A A A
..
.. ..
. 2410 Graphite Walnut A A A A A A .
. .
.. 2412 Natural Cherry A A A A A A ..
.. A A A A A A
..
2422 Medium Cherry
. .
.. 2511 Winter on Maple A A A A A A ..
.. ..
. 2538 Clear Walnut A A A A A A .
..
. 2539 Warm Oak E A A A A A A
..
.
.. 2592 Blonde on Maple A A A A A A ..
.. ..
. 2714 Natural Walnut A A A A A A .
..
.. 2772 Medium Mahogany on Walnut E A A A A A A
..
..
. 2HAK Clear Oak A A A A A A .
.. ..
.. 2HAT Acacia A A A A A A ..
. Turnstone Laminate Collection .
.. ..
.. 2535 Virginia Walnut A A A A A A ..
. .
.. 2536 Blackwood A A A A A A ..
.. 2612 Marbled Maple A A A A A A
..
. .
.. 2614 Chocolate Walnut A A A A A A ..
.. ..
.. 2615 Marbled Cherry A A A A A A ..
. .
.. cContinued on next page ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Laminate Color
Availability Matrix
.. Legend ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. .
.
..
.. ..

. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..

.. ..
TS 200 Series tops
TS Series storage
. .
.. ..
900 Series tops

.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Victor2
. .
.. cContinued from previous page ..
.. ..
. Low-Pressure Laminates (LPL) .
. .
.. Fiber
..
.. ..
. 2L50 Vanadium Fiber LPL A N N N N N .
.. ..
.. 2L52 Tungsten Fiber LPL A N N N N N ..
. Metallic .
.. ..
. 2L03 Brushed Silver LPL A N N N N N .
.. ..
.. Solid ..
. .
.. 247L Black Version 2 LPL A N N N N N ..
.. ..
. 2L30 Arctic White LPL A N N N N N .
.. ..
.. 2L83 Seagull LPL A N N N N N ..
. 2L85 Dune A N N N N N .
.. ..
.. Woodgrain ..
. .
.. 25L1 Winter on Maple LPL A N N N N N ..
.. ..
25L5 Virginia Walnut LPL A N N N N N
. .
.. ..
25L6 Blackwood LPL A N N N N N
.. ..
.. 25L8 Clear Walnut LPL A N N N N N ..
.
.. 25L9 Warm Oak LPL E A N N N N N .
..
.. 262L Marbled Maple LPL A N N N N N ..
. .
.. 264L Chocolate Walnut LPL A N N N N N ..
.. ..
.. 267L Marbled Cherry V2 LPL A N N N N N ..
. 26L1 Natural Cherry V2 LPL A N N N N N .
.. ..
.. 2L09 Clear Maple LPL A N N N N N ..
. A N N N N N
.
.. 2LAK Clear Oak LPL ..
.. 2LAT Acacia LPL A N N N N N
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Recommended Edge Finishes
.. ..
.. Recommended Edge Colors for Universal Products—High-Pressure Laminate ..
.. Edges ..
. The recommended edge color will complement the laminate .
.. ..
.. color you specify. Edge color is specified separately. ..
. .
.. Laminate Color Recommended 3 mm ..
.. or 1 mm Edge Color ..
. .
.. Fiber Laminate ..
.. ..
. 2850 Vanadium Fiber 6654 Sand .
.. 2851 Rhyme Fiber 6631 Cream
..
.. ..
. 2852 Tungsten Fiber 6636 Mist .
.. ..
2854 Vellum Fiber 6655 Warm White
.. ..
. 2859 Novell Fiber 6001 Coffee .
.. ..
2860 Granite Fiber 6000 Black
.. ..
. 2861 Coconut Fiber 6654 Sand .
.. ..
.. 2862 Stucco Fiber 6053 Seagull ..
. .
.. Micro Laminate ..
.. 2920 Marl Micro 6053 Seagull ..
. .
.. 2921 Gypsum Micro 6654 Sand ..
.. 2922 Clay Micro 6654 Sand ..
. .
.. 2923 Shadow Micro 6249 Platinum Solid ..
.. ..
. Patina Laminate .
.. ..
. 2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 6654 Sand .
.. ..
.. 2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 6615 Grey V5 ..
. 2873 Instant Iron Patina 6615 Grey V5 .
.. ..
.. Solid Laminate ..
. .
.. 2722 Cream E 6631 Cream ..
.. 2730 Arctic White 6009 Arctic White
..
. .
.. 2746 Black 6000 Black ..
..
. 2759 Warm White E 6655 Warm White
..
.
..
..
2811 Mist E 6636 Mist ..
..
2883 Seagull 6053 Seagull
.. ..
. 2884 Milk 6052 Milk .
.. ..
.. 2885 Dune 6654 Sand ..
. .
.. Speckle Laminate ..
. 2820 Coffee Speckle 6631 Cream .
.. ..
.. 2822 Woodrose Speckle 6635 Dawn E ..
. .
.. 2823 Driftwood Speckle 6631 Cream ..
.. 2824 Smoke Speckle 6636 Mist ..
.
.. 2825 Vanadium Speckle 6619 Ice E .
..
.. ..
. Woodgrain Laminate .
.. ..
.. 2406 Clear Cherry 6234 Clear Cherry ..
. 2409 Clear Maple 6237 Clear Maple .
.. ..
.. 2410 Graphite Walnut 6231 Graphite Walnut ..
. 2412 Natural Cherry 6034 Natural Cherry .
.. ..
.. 2422 Medium Cherry 6036 Medium Cherry ..
. 2511 Winter on Maple 6037 Winter on Maple .
.. ..
.. 2538 Clear Walnut 6245 Clear Walnut ..
.
.. 2539 Warm Oak E 6246 Warm Oak E .
..
.. 2592 Blonde on Maple 6038 Blonde on Maple ..
. 2714 Natural Walnut 6041 Natural Walnut .
.. ..
.. 2772 Medium Mahogany on Walnut E 6045 Medium Mahogany on Walnut E ..
. 2HAK Clear Oak 6219 Clear Oak .
..
. 2HAT Acacia 6213 Acacia
E = Established ..
.
February 2015
Recommended Edge
Finishes
.. ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. Recommended Edge Colors for Universal Products—High-Pressure Laminate (continued) ..
..
.. Edges ..
. The recommended edge color .
.. ..
will complement the laminate ..
.. color you specify. Edge color is
. ..
.. specified separately. ..
.. Laminate Color Recommended 3 mm .
. ..
.. or 1 mm Edge Color ..
.. .
. Turnstone laminate Collection ..
.. 2535 Virginia Walnut 6242 Virginia Walnut ..
.. .
. 2536 Blackwood 6243 Blackwood ..
.. 2612 Marbled Maple 6676 Marbled Maple ..
.. .
. 2614 Chocolate Walnut 6677 Chocolate Walnut ..
.. 2615 Marbled Cherry 6678 Marbled Cherry ..
.. .
. *A selection of laminates and edge bands in this collection are available on Steelcase brand products. ..
.. This collection is available with standard leadtimes and supported like standard laminates to help ..
.. make ordering easy. .
. .
.. ..
.. .
..
. ..
..
.. .
..
. ..
..
.. .
..
. ..
..
.. .
.
. ..
.. ..
. ..
..
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. ..
..
.. ..
.. .
..
.. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
.
February 2015
Lock and Keying Options
TS Series Storage
cSee page 304 for TS 200 Series lateral file keying options.
.. .. .. . . ..
. .. .. To specify lock cylin- .. An example of how your
..
.. Lock face ring Step 1 .. Step 2 .. ders, list the total number .. order should look is shown
.
.. .. ..
.. .
Furniture will be Order enough lock . of lock cylinders that you . below:
. .. shipped with a plastic .
. cylinders to fill each lock
.. want with the appropriate
.. ..
.. .. shipping plug. Specify
.. location. You must also
.. .. .
style number. If you are Example: ..
.. . .. . .
. ..
lock cylinder and keying order a lock tool. .. specifying key numbers, list ..
10 LOCK9201FR FR320 ..
.. . Tip: Lock tools are reusable. . ..
..
options separately. Only .. ..
the breakdown of the quan- 5 LOCK9201FR FR350 .
.. products with factory- .. You don’t need to order tity of each key number. .
15 LOCK9201XF XF1100 ..
. .. .. ..
.. .. installed lock mechanisms . additional lock tools with 30 Total
.. .. can accept lock cylinders in .
. every furniture order.
.. .. .
Lock cylinder .. . . ..
. .. the field. .. ..
1 877102003SR standard .
.. .. . ..
..
Tip: Be sure to specify a lock . Lock cylinders and the .. lock tool ..
Front-removable lock
. color number (9201 Polished .
. installation tool will be .. .. ..
. cylinders can be installed .. .. 1 877102002SR master
..
.. ..
Chrome or 9250 Ember shipped separately so that .. ..
lock tool
..
or removed in the field with a
Chrome) for the lock face
.. you can install the locks . . .
special tool. This feature . .. .. .. ..
. .. ring. when you are ready. ..
.. allows you to field install lock
.. . . .
.. cylinders after the furniture is ..
. Keying Options ..
. installed. ..
.. .
..
.. Key random means that .. Key specific means that .. Key consecutive means .. Master key consecu- ..
All locks are designated . the locks will be assigned .. you can specify any key .. that you can specify lock .. tive means that you can ..
. . .
. with key numbers. You can .. arbitrarily at the factory with . number from FR305 to . numbers in a consecutive . specify lock numbers in a .
.. specify a key number; how- .. .. .. . .
.. key numbers ranging from
..
FR454. This option can be .. order to ensure that no .. consecutive order to ensure ..
ever, if you don’t specify a . FR305 to FR454. used to key all the furniture two locks have the same .. that no two locks have the ..
. .. . .
.. key number, the locks in
.. Tip: Random keying can .. units in a workstation or .. key number until the key . same key number until the ..
.. your order will be keyed
. mean that different furniture .. department the same. .. sequence repeats. You must .. key sequence repeats. You .
.
..
random. .. units will have the same key . Tip: Designate the quantity .
.. select a beginning key num- .. must select a beginning key ..
.. .. . number from XF1001 to .
. number. If you must have all
..
per key number in your .. ber from FR305 to FR454. .. ..
.. Two types of locks are . locks keyed differently, you specification when ordering .. XF1150. All the locks in the ..
.. . .
.. available — the standard
. should specify key numbers .. more than one product with .. . XF series can be opened .
. keying system (FR series) .. for all locks. . the same style number. . .. with a master key. ..
.. and the master keying sys- .. .. .. FR350
. .
.. . .. .. ..
tem (XF series). All the locks . .. . ..
. .. . ..
.. in the XF series can be
.. FR305 .. FR350 .. ..
.. opened with a single master .. .. .. XF1020
..
. FR351 ..
. key. .. . . .
.. .. .. .. . ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. FR421 FR350 ..
. .. . .
.. Standard Keying .. XF Master ..
.. .. . XF1021 .
.. .. .. FR352 .. Key
..
All products are standard . ..
. .. . . .
.. keyed random.
.. FR305 .. FR350
.. . ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. .. XF1022
.. .. . . .
. .. .. .. . ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. Master key random Master key specific ..
.. . . . .
. .. means that the locks will be .. means that you can specify .. . ..
.. assigned arbitrarily at the .. any key number from .. .. ..
.. ..
.. .. factory with key numbers . XF1001 to XF1150. All the . ..
.. .. . ..
. ranging from XF1001 to
.. locks in the XF series can be .. .
. .. XF1150. All XF locks can be .. .. ..
.. . opened with a master key.
.. opened with a master key. .. .. . ..
.. Tip: Designate the quantity .. .
. Tip: Random keying can .. per key number in your .. .. ..
. ..
.. .. mean that different furniture . specification when ordering .. . ..
.. .. ..
. units will have the same key
.. more than one product with .. .
. .. number. If you must have all .. .. ..
.. . the same style number.
.. locks keyed differently, you .. .. . ..
.. .. .
. should specify key numbers .. .. .. ..
. ..
.. .. for all locks. . . . ..
.. .. XF1020 .. ..
. .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. . . .. ..
.. ..
.. .. XF1011
.. .. .. ..
. .. . XF1020
XF Master . .. ..
.. .. .. Key .. . ..
.. . .. .. .
. .. .. ..
. .. XF1042 .
.. ..
XF Master .. .. . ..
Key ..
.. . . XF1020 .. .
. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. .. .. . ..
.. XF1011 . .. .. .
. .. . ..
. .. .
.. . .
February 2015
Surface Materials
Resources and
Lock Cylinders
• Lock cylinder, keyed random: 9201 Polished 1 Style number
Chrome or 9250 Ember Chrome 2 Options, if selected (see below)
• Two keys

Key specific No cost Select key number from FR305–FR454.
Key consecutive No cost Specify key consecutive and must select

Tip: Lock price is included in beginning key number from FR305–FR454.
price of furniture with locks.
Master key +$23 Specify master key random.
random each
Master key +$23 Specify key number from XF1001–XF1150.

specific each
Master key +$23 Specify master key consecutive and must select
consecutive each beginning key number from XF1001–XF1150.
Tip: For replacement lock Specification Information

cylinders, refer to Service
Parts. DColor DStyle DU.S.
d dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
FR Series (Standard Keying System) – Lock Cylinder

Polished Chrome LOCK9201FR No cost
Ember Chrome LOCK9250FR No cost

d d d
Standard Lock Tool

877102003SR $23
d d d
XF Series (Master Keying System) – Lock Cylinder

Polished Chrome LOCK9201XF No additional cost. Price included in price
of furniture with master-keyed locks.
Ember Chrome LOCK9250XF No additional cost. Price included in price

of furniture with master-keyed locks.
d d d
Master Lock Tool

Tip: You can change lock
cylinders in the field by using 877102002SR $23
the appropriate lock tool. d d d

February 2015
Universal Storage, TS 200 Series Lateral Files, 900 Series Storage, and Overfile Cabinets
.. All locking products Exceptions: Individual Locks consist of a factory-

.. Two types of locks are
. Lock face ring .
.. are standard with factory- locking drawers are only or field-installed lock cylinder ..available — the standard
.. installed, keyed-random available with field-installed and a factory-installed lock ..
keying system (FR series)
. locks. Consecutive, specific, locks. Overfiles are only face ring. .
and the master keying
.. and random keying are available with factory-
..
system (XF series). All the
.. available as field-installed installed locks.
..
locks in the XF series can
. .
.. options. ..
be opened with a single
.. ..
master key.
.. ..
.. Lock cylinder ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Factory-Installed Keying .
.. ..
.. Factory-installed locks Tip: Random keying can ..
. Key Random Required to Specify .
.. are always key random mean that different furniture ..
(standard) or master key units will have the same key FR305 Master key +$23 Specify with master key
.. ..
. random (option). Key ran- number. If you must have all FR421 random random. .
.. dom means that the locks locks keyed differently, ..
.. will be assigned arbitrarily at you should specify field- FR305 ..
. the factory with key numbers installed, key specific or key .
. .
.. ranging from FR305 to consecutive lock cylinders. or ..
.. FR454 (Master keying num- cSee below. ..
XF1011
. bers: XF1001 to XF1150). All XF .
.. ..
.. locks within a unit will be XF1042 Master ..
. keyed alike. Key .
.. XF1011 ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Field-Installed Keying ..
.. ..
. Field-installed locks are Specify “plug” when Front-removable lock Lock cylinders will be .
.. ..
only available on products specifying furniture, and the cylinders must be speci- shipped separately so that
.. ..
that include factory-installed product will ship with a plas- fied separately. You must you can install the locks
. .
.. lock mechanisms. tic plug in place of the lock also order a special lock tool when you are ready. ..
.. Exception: Overfiles are only cylinder. to install or remove lock ..
. available with factory- Tip: For products with cylinders in the field. .
.. ..
installed locks. optional lock colors, make Tip: Lock tools are reusable.
.. ..
sure to specify the color for You do not need to order
. .
.. both the lock and lock face additional lock tools with ..
.. ring. every furniture order. ..
.. ..
. Three keying choices are Key random means that Key specific means that Key consecutive means Example of a typical lock .
.. ..
.. available for field installation— the locks will be assigned you can specify any key that you can specify lock cylinder specification is ..
. random (standard), specific, arbitrarily at the factory with number from FR305 to numbers in a consecutive shown below: .
.. and consecutive. All three are key numbers ranging from FR454 (Master keying num- order to ensure that no ..
.. also available with master FR305 to FR454 (Master bers: XF1001 to XF1150). two locks have the same 10 LOCK9201FR FR320 ..
.. keying, which means that all keying numbers: XF1001 This option can be used to key number until the key 5 LOCK9201FR FR350 ..
. locks can be opened with a to XF1150). key all the furniture units in a sequence repeats. You must 15 LOCK9201XF XF1100 .
.. ..
.. single master key. Tip: Random keying can workstation or department select a beginning key num- 30 Total ..
. mean that different furniture the same. ber from FR305 to FR454 .
.. units will have the same key Tip: Designate the quantity (Master keying numbers: 1 877102003SR standard .
.
.. number. If you must have all per key number in your XF1001 to XF1150). lock tool
..
. locks keyed differently, you specification. .
.. 1 877102002SR master ..
.. should specify key specific cSee example at right. lock tool ..
. or key consecutive lock .
.. cylinders. ..
.. ..
.. Key Random Key Specific Key Consecutive ..
.. FR305 FR350 FR350 ..
.. ..
. FR421 FR350 FR351 .
.. ..
.. FR305 FR350 FR352 ..
. .
.. or or or ..
.. ..
. XF1011 XF1020 XF1020 .
.. XF XF XF ..
.. XF1042 Master XF1020 Master XF1021 Master ..
. Key Key Key .
.. XF1011 XF1020 XF1022 ..
February 2015
Surface Materials
Resources and
February 2015
Media Storage Solutions
.. .
. Paper Media ..
.. ..
.. .. .
Folders Paper .. Binders ..
.
.. . ..
.. .. .
. .. ..
.. H . ..
.. H .. .
.. .. H
..
.. . ..
.. .
. W .. ..
.. W
.. D . ..
.. D .
. .. ..
.. W
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Letter-Size Legal-Size ..
. .
.. Letter-size 1
8 ⁄ 2"W x 11"H . Tip: Binder dimensions vary greatly ..
Manila folder 113⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H 143⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H .. .
.. Guide height 113⁄4"W x 915⁄16"H 143⁄4"W x 915⁄16"H Legal-size 81⁄ 2"W x 14"H .. with model and manufacturer. Check ..
. . the dimensions of the specific .
. .. binders you want to store to be sure ..
.. Top tab folder 113⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H 143⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H EDP 11"W x 147⁄ 8"H
.. .. they will fit. .
Guide height 113⁄4"W x 915⁄16"H 143⁄4"W x 915⁄16"H .
. A4 international 81⁄ 4"W x 115⁄ 8"H .. ..
.. Side tab folder 121⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H 151⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H .. Typical dimension ranges: ..
.. .. Depth 10" to 121⁄ 2" .
. Hanging file folder 113⁄4"W x 93⁄8"H* 143⁄4"W x 93⁄ 8"H*
..
.. . Width 1⁄ 2" to 4" ..
*excluding rods and tabs ..
.
.. (A4 International 123⁄ 8"W x 91⁄2"H*)
.. Height 11" to 12" .
..
.. . ..
..
. Red rope expandable folder 113⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H 143⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H . Where to Store ..
.. Guide height 113⁄4"W x 10"H 143⁄4"W x 10"H ..
.. ..
. 13 ⁄ 2"H lateral file 1
..
. End-tab expandable folder 123⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H 153⁄4"W x 91⁄2"H ..
.. .. lift-up doors .
..
.. . Universal Storage, TS 200 Series, ..
. .. and 900 Series
.. .. Overfile cabinets .. Universal Storage .. cPages 68, 18, and 84 .
.. Where to Store ..
.. cPage 100 .. • Pedestals . • With fixed shelves ..
. .. .. ..
12"H lateral file drawers cPages 30–32
..
. . .. • With 12"H roll-out shelves .
..
.. or roll-out shelves .. Universal bins and shelves .. – 12"H file drawers
. ..
. Universal Storage, 200 Series, .. Curved front bins and L-shelves .. • Open side towers .. Combination cabinets
.. and 900 Series. cPage 190 • Dual door towers .. Universal Storage ..
.. . . .
cPages 68, 18, and 84 .. .. cPage 64 . cPages 72 ..
.. .. .. ..
• Hanging file folder frames – 12"H drawers • Adjustable shelves ..
. . . ..
.. (side to side) .. .. – Adjustable shelves .
.. ..
• Rails (front to back) • Full front towers
.. .. .. . Buildup lateral file cabinets ..
. • Dividers (side to side) . . cPage 64 .
.. 900 Series lateral files
.. .. .. – File drawers 90 .
.. .. cPage ..
Combination cabinets .. .. – Adjustable shelves • 15"H and 13 1⁄ 2"H fixed shelves
.
.. .
Universal Storage .. .
.. • Vertical drawer towers .. • 15"H and 131⁄ 2"H lift-up doors with ..
. cPages 72 .. cPage 64 .. 12"H roll-out shelves ..
.. ..
.. • Adjustable shelves .. – 12"H drawers . • 15"H drawers ..
. . .. .
. • 12"H lateral file drawers .. .. • Workstation verticals ..
.. .. ..
• Hanging file folder frames cPage 64
.. .
.. . . Overfile cabinets ..
(side to side) .. – 12"H drawers .. cPage 100 .
. • Rails (front to back) .. • Storage cabinets .. ..
.. ..
.. • Dividers (side to side) . cPage 80 . Universal bins and shelves ..
.. . .. .
. .. .. – Adjustable shelves Curved front bins and L-shelves ..
.. .. ..
Buildup lateral file cabinets . • Bookcases 190 ..
.. .. . . cPage
900 Series lateral files .. cPage 80 .. .
.. cPage 90 .. – Adjustable shelves . ..
.. .. .. .. ..
• 15"H and 12"H lateral file drawers .
.. .. .. .. ..
or roll-out shelves
. .. .. .. ..
.. • 15"H, 131⁄ 2"H, and 12"H fixed
. . . ..
.. shelves .. .. ..
. .. ..
.. . .. ..
.. .
.. .. . .. .
.. ..
. . .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. . .
.. .. ..
. .. .. .
.. . ..
. .
February 2015
.. .. ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. Paper Media, continued .. Electronic Media .
.. ..
.. . .. .. ..
Where to Store, continued .. Cards .. Checks and Envelopes .. 1
3 ⁄2" Disk
. .. .
.. Universal Storage .. . ..
.. . .. .. ..
• Open side towers .. ..
. • Dual door towers .. . H .
.. .. .. ..
.. cPage 64 .. .. .. ..
.. – Adjustable shelves .. . . ..
H .. W ..
.. • Full front towers . H ..
.. .. ..
. cPage 64 .. .
.. W . H . ..
– Adjustable shelves . .. .. W
.. • Vertical drawer towers and .. ..
. .. .. .
.. workstation verticals .. . W . ..
.. cPage 64 . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. – Fixed shelf (5H only) .. .
.. • Combination cabinets . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
cPage 72 .. .. ..
. – Adjustable shelves .. Index Cards 91⁄ 2"W x 41⁄ 8"H 31⁄ 2"W x 33⁄ 4"H; 3.5 diskette .
.. . . ..
.. – Fixed shelves . .. .. ..
. 5"W x 3"H .. .. 2"D x 4"W x 4"H (box of 10)
. • Storage cabinets .. .
. cPage 80 .. . Where to Store . .
.. 6"W x 4"H .. . 1⁄4"D x 313⁄ 16"W x 313⁄ 16"H; ..
.. – Adjustable shelves . .. .. ..
.. Buildup lateral file cabinets . 3.5 hard disk
. • Wardrobe cabinets . 8"W x 5"H . .. .
.. .. .. 900 Series lateral files ..
cPage 78 ..
.. .. Media and Tab Cards .. cPage 90 ..
– Adjustable shelves .
. . . • 6"H drawers .. Where to Store .
.. • Bookcases .. 3 1
7 ⁄ 8"W x 3 ⁄ 4"H (magnetic, tab, .. ..
. cPage 80 .. .. Buildup lateral file cabinets .
.. .. and aperture) Universal Storage . ..
– Adjustable shelves . .. 900 Series lateral files
.. . .. • Pedestals ..
.. .. cPage 90
. .. . cPages 30–32 • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves ..
.. Where to Store .. – 6"H box drawers . .
.. . . .. • Card trays with 6"H drawers ..
.. .. • Open side towers ..
. Buildup lateral file cabinets .
.. .. .. • Dual door towers . ..
900 Series lateral files .. Universal Storage
.. . . cPage 64 ..
.. cPage 90 . .. • Pedestals
. .. • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves .. – 6"H box drawers cPages 30–32 .
.. • Vertical drawer towers .. ..
.. .. • Card trays with 6"H drawers . – 6"H box drawers ..
.. cPage 64 .
. . . .. • Open side towers .
.. .. .. – 6"H box drawers .. ..
• Dual door towers
.. .. .. • Workstation verticals . ..
.. cPage 64
. . . cPage 64 .
.. .. .. .. – 6"H box drawers ..
.. – 6"H box drawers • Vertical drawer towers
.. .. . ..
.. . . .. cPage 64 ..
.. .. ..
. – 6"H box drawers .
.. .. .. . ..
.. • Workstation verticals
.. . . ..
.. .. .. cPage 64
. .. – 6"H box drawers .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. . .. ..
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. ..
. .. . .
.. .. . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. ..
. .. . .
.. .. . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. ..
. .. . .
.. .. . ..
.. . .. .. ..
.. ..
. .. . .
.. .. . ..
. .
Storage Specification Guide cMedia Storage Solutions, continued 307
February 2015
Media Storage Solutions, continued
.. .. ..
. Electronic Media, continued .. Film Media ..
.. ..
.. .. . .
DVDs and CDs Data Cartridges .. Microfiche .. Microfilm/Roll Film ..
. .. .. ..
.. .. .
..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. . .. ..
.. H .. .
..
.. . ..
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. .
.. W .. H .. ..
D . H
..
H
. .. .. ..
.. H . .. .. .
.. D W
.. . W .. D W ..
. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .
.. D W . ..
.. . ..
. .. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .
.. . ..
. . .. .. ..
.. 7⁄ 16"D x 37⁄ 8"W x 37⁄ 8"H; 3.5 disk .. 7⁄ 8"D x 63⁄ 8"W x 41⁄ 4"H (in case);
.. 6"W x 4"H . 1"D x 4" diameter
.. 5.25 QIC .. .
.. . ..
.
7⁄ 16"D x 53⁄ 8"W x 53⁄ 4"H; 5.25 disk . .. .. 41⁄ 4"W x 11⁄ 4"D x 41⁄ 4"H (in box)
..
. .. 5⁄ 8"D x 6"W x 4"H; 5.25 QIC .. .
.. 7⁄ 16"D x 125⁄ 8"W x 137⁄ 8"H; 12" disk .. Where to Store . .
. .. ..
.. . 11⁄ 16"D x 31⁄ 2"W x 25⁄ 8"H (in case); .. Buildup lateral file cabinets ..
. 3⁄ 8"D x 5"W x 53⁄ 4"H; CD . .. Where to Store
.. .. 3.5 QIC .. 900 Series lateral files . .
.. . cPage 90 .. Buildup lateral file cabinets ..
.. 1⁄ 2"D x 33⁄ 16"W x 23⁄ 8"H; 3.5 QIC .. ..
. .
.. .. • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves .. 900 Series lateral files
.. Where to Store • Card trays with 6"H drawers . cPage 90 .
.. 1"D x 47⁄ 8"W x 41⁄ 4"H; 3480 tape . .. ..
. Buildup lateral file cabinets .. • Card trays with 6"H roll-out
.. . cartridge .. ..
.. 900 Series lateral files .. .. . shelves or drawers
.
cPage 90 . 5⁄ 8"D x 33⁄ 16"W x 25⁄ 16"H; 4mm DDS .. .. • 6"H roll-out shelf or drawer ..
. ..
.. • 6"H drawers or roll-out shelves .. . .
..
.. . 3
1"D x 4"W x 2 ⁄ 4"H; 8mm DAT ..
Tip: For spine-up CD storage, .. .. . Universal Storage
..
. specify two 6"H roll-out shelves .. . .. • Pedestals
.. .. .
..
.. behind a 15"H lift-up door. . .. cPages 30–32
.. Where to Store .. . ..
– 6"H box drawers
. .. .. ..
.. Buildup lateral file cabinets • Open side towers .
..
.. . . ..
.. 900 Series lateral files .. . • Dual door towers
..
. .. cPage 90 .. .. cPage 64
.. .
..
.. . • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves .. .. – 6"H box drawers
.. . . • Vertical drawer towers ..
. .. • Card trays with 6"H drawers .. ..
.. • 6"H roll-out shelf cPage 64 .
..
.. . . ..
.. • 6"H drawer .. .. – 6"H box drawers
..
.. .. .. • Workstation verticals
.
. . ..
.. .. Universal Storage . .. cPage 64
.. .. ..
. • Pedestals – 6"H box drawers
.. .. .. .
. cPages 30–32 . ..
.. .. . ..
– 6"H box drawers .. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. • Open side towers .. .
.. • Dual door towers . ..
. .. .. .. ..
.. . cPage 64 .. ..
.. – 6"H box drawers .
.. . . ..
. .. • Vertical drawer towers .. .. ..
.. . cPage 64 .. .. .
.. .. . . ..
.. – 6"H box drawers .. ..
. • Workstation verticals ..
.. . .. .. .
.. .. cPage 64 . . ..
. .. – 6"H box drawers .. .. ..
.. . .. . .
.. .. .. ..
. ..
.. . .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .
..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. . .. ..
.. .. .
..
.. . .
.. .. .. ..
. . .. ..
.. .. .
..
.. . ..
.. .. .. ..
. .. ..
.. . .
..
.. .. . ..
.. .. ..
. . ..
.. .. . .
. . . .
February 2015
.. .. . ..
..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. Audio Visual Media . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
Audio Cassettes .. Video Cassettes .
. .. . .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
.. .
. .. . .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .
.. . .. .
.. H . H .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. D W . W .. .. ..
.. D .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. . .
. .
.. 7⁄ 16"D x 21⁄ 2"W x 11⁄ 2"H .. 1 ⁄ 8"D x 7 ⁄ 8"W x 4 ⁄ 8"H (in sleeves) ..
1 3 1 .. ..
.. (microcassette) . .. . ..
. 11⁄ 8"D x 8"W x 43⁄ 4"H (in cases) . .. .
. .. .. ..
. 11⁄ 16"D x 45⁄ 16"W x 23⁄ 4"H (standard)
.. ..
.. 1"D x 4"W x 23⁄ 4"H; 8mm .. . ..
.. 7⁄ 8"D x 61⁄ 4"W x 41⁄ 4"H (large) . . .. .
.. .. ..
. . ..
.. 5⁄ 8"D x 33⁄ 16"W x 25⁄ 16"H; 4mm DAT .. .. . ..
.. .. Where to Store . .. .
. . .. .
.. . Buildup lateral file cabinets .. ..
.. .. . ..
. Where to Store .. 900 Series lateral files .
.. . .. .
cPage 90 .. ..
.. Buildup lateral file cabinets . ..
.. • 6"H drawers and roll-out shelves . .
. 900 Series lateral files .. .. . ..
.. with dividers ..
cPage 90 . • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves .. . .
.. • Card trays with 6"H roll-out shelves .. .. ..
. .
.. or drawers .. .. .. ..
Universal Storage . .
.. • 6"H roll-out shelf . .. .. ..
.. • Pedestals
. • 6"H drawer .. .. . ..
.. cPages 30–32 ..
.. .. – 6"H box drawers . .. .
Universal Storage .. ..
. . • Open side towers .. . ..
.. • Pedestals .. ..
• Dual door towers . .
.. cPages 30–32 .. .. .. ..
cPage 64
. – 6"H box drawers . .. . ..
.. .. – 6"H box drawers ..
• Open side towers .. • Vertical drawer towers . .. .
.. • Dual door towers .. ..
.. . cPage 64 .. .. ..
cPage 64 ..
. .. – 6"H box drawers . . .
.. – 6"H box drawers .. .. ..
• Workstation verticals
.. • Vertical drawer towers . .. .. ..
.. cPage 64
. cPage 64 .. .. . ..
.. – 6"H box drawers ..
– 6"H box drawers .. .. .. ..
.. • Workstation verticals
.. . .. .. ..
cPage 64 .. .. ..
. .. .
.. – 6"H box drawers . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
. .. .
.. . .. .
.. . .. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .
. .. .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. .. . .. .
.. .. ..
.. . .. .. ..
..
. .. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. ..
..
. .. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. ..
..
. .. .. . ..
.. ..
. . .
February 2015
Storage Capacities and Dimensions
.. ..
. .
.. TS Series Pedestals ..
.. ..
. Box Drawers Size/Type Inside Dimensions .
.. ..
D W H
.. ..
. 22"D 18" 12" 47⁄ 8" .
.. ..
.. 28"D 25" 12" 47⁄ 8" ..
.. ..
.. File Drawers Size/Type Inside Dimensions ..
. D W H Letter-Size Legal-Size .
.. ..
22"D 183⁄ 4" 12" 103⁄ 4" 18" front-to-back filing 12" side-to-side filing
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 12" side-to-side filing ..
.. 6" front-to-back filing ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. 28"D 25" 12" 103⁄ 4" 24" front-to-back filing 12" side-to-side filing ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. 12" front-to-back filing .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. TS Series Bins Size/Type Inside Dimensions ..
.. D W H ..
.. 24"W bin 133⁄8" 2313⁄16" 1311⁄16" ..
. .
.. 30"W bin 133⁄8" 2913⁄16" 1311⁄16" ..
.. ..
. 36"W bin 133⁄8" 3513⁄16" 1311⁄16" .
.. ..
.. 42"W bin 133⁄8" 4113⁄16" 1311⁄16" ..
.. 48"W bin 133⁄8" 4713⁄16" 1311⁄16" ..
. .
.. 60"W bin 133⁄8" 5913⁄16" 1311⁄16" ..
.. ..
72"W bin 133⁄8" 7113⁄16" 1311⁄16"
. .
.. ..
.. TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files ..
. .
.. ..
Lateral File Drawers Size/Type Inside Dimensions
.. ..
D W H
. .
.. 30"W 16" 275⁄ 8" 103⁄ 4" ..
.. 36"W 16" 323⁄ 4" 103⁄ 4" ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. ..
.
..
February 2015
Storage Capacities
and Dimensions
.. ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. .
.. TS Series Tower Too ..
.. ..
. Size/Type Inside Dimensions .
.. D W H
..
.. ..
. Wardrobe Area .
.. ..
.. 48"H with coat hook 223⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 405⁄ 8" ..
.. 54"H with coat hook 223⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 517⁄ 8" ..
.. 66"H with coat hook 223⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 637⁄ 8" ..
. 48"H with coat hook 223⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 391⁄ 2" (8"H shelf space) .
.. and shelf ..
.. 54"H with coat rod 233⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 415⁄ 8" (8"H shelf space) ..
. and shelf .
.. ..
.. 66"H with coat hook 223⁄4" 87⁄ 8" 535⁄ 8" (8"H shelf space) ..
. and shelf .
.. ..
.. ..
. Size/Type Inside Dimensions .
.. D W H ..
.. ..
. Shelf Area .
. 223⁄4" 143⁄4"
.
.. 48"H 5" ..
.. 54"H 223⁄4" 143⁄4" 12" ..
. 66"H 223⁄4" 143⁄4" 18" .
.. 66"H 223⁄4" 143⁄4" 111⁄4" (top opening)
..
.. (3 drawer option) 12" (bottom opening)
..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. Size/Type Inside Dimensions ..
.. D W H Letter-Size Legal-Size ..
. .
.. File Drawer 201⁄ 4" 121⁄ 4" 111⁄ 2" 20" front-to-back filing 12" side-to-side filing ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. 71⁄4" front-to-back filing .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Size/Type Inside Dimensions
..
. .
.. D W H ..
.. ..
.. Box Drawer 201⁄ 4" 121⁄ 4" 5" ..
. (option) .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Storage Specification Guide cStorage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 311
February 2015
Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued
.. .. ..
. TS 200 Series Lateral File . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Top . .
.. .. ..
.. Opening .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Note: Interior height for roll-out shelf option .. ..
.. is 3⁄ 16" less than for fixed shelf. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Case Dimensions .. ..
.. for TS 200 Series Laterial Files .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Size Interior Depth .. ..
18"D 15
17 ⁄ 16"
. . .
. . .
.. Size Interior Width .. ..
.. 30"W 281⁄ 2" .. ..
. 36"W 341⁄ 2" . .
.. .. ..
.. 42"W 401⁄ 2" .. ..
. . .
.. Size Interior Height* .. ..
. All Other Products: . .
.. .. ..
.. 28"H 24" .. ..
. 40"H 36" . .
.. 52"H 48" .. ..
.. 1
65 ⁄ 2"H 1
61 ⁄ 2" .. ..
. 831⁄ 2"H 791⁄ 2" . .
.. .. ..
.. . ..
. *Interior height is without any interior components. .. .
.. (Example: Fixed shelf, adjustable shelf, etc.) .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. 131⁄ 2"H Fixed Size Inside Dimensions Inside .. ..
. Shelf with D W H Height . .
.. Receding Door Clearance .. ..
.. .. ..
.. 30"W lateral file 163⁄4" 281⁄ 2" 117⁄ 8" 117⁄ 8" .. ..
. 36"W lateral file 163⁄4" 341⁄ 2" 117⁄ 8" 117⁄ 8"
. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. 42"W lateral file 163⁄4" 401⁄ 2" 117⁄ 8" 117⁄ 8" . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. .. ..
. .
.. ..
February 2015
Storage Capacities
and Dimensions
.. ..
Surface Materials
Resources and
. .
.. TS 200 Series Lateral Files ..
.. Laterial File Drawers ..
. .
.. ..
.. Size Inside Dimensions Inside Height Letter-Size Legal-Size ..
. D W H Clearance Storage Storage .
.. ..
.. 30"W drawer 18"D 151⁄ 16" 267⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 113⁄ 8" 261⁄ 2" 30" 261⁄ 2" 15" + 11" ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 36"W drawer 18"D 151⁄ 16" 327⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 113⁄ 8" 321⁄ 2" 30" 321⁄ 2" 30"
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 30" + 8"
.
. 42"W drawer 18"D 151⁄ 16" 387⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 113⁄ 8" 381⁄ 2" 45" 381⁄ 2" .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
12"H Roll-Out Size Inside Dimensions Inside Height
.. ..
Shelves with D W H Clearance
. .
.. 131⁄ 2"H Door ..
.. 30"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 267⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 1111⁄ 16" ..
.. ..
. 36"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 327⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 1111⁄ 16" .
.. ..
.. 42"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 387⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 1111⁄ 16" ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. 12"H Roll-Out Size Inside Dimensions Inside Height ..
. Shelves with D W H Clearance .
.. 12"H Door ..
.. 30"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 267⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 103⁄ 16" ..
. .
.. 36"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 327⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 103⁄ 16"
..
.. ..
. 42"W lateral file 151⁄ 16" 387⁄ 8" 93⁄ 8" 103⁄ 16" .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Tip: Three-ring binders do not fit standing upright. ..
.. Tip: Overall depth of 12"H roll-out shelves without hanging folder bar is 16". ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Storage Specification Guide cStorage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 313
February 2015
Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued
.. ..
. Universal Pedestals .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 6"H Box Drawers ..
.. ..
. Size Inside Dimensions Inside Height .
.. D W H Clearance ..
.. ..
.. 18"D drawer 1319⁄ 32" 123⁄ 4" 47⁄ 32" 41⁄ 2" ..
.. ..
. 24"D drawer 1823⁄ 32" 123⁄ 4" 47⁄ 32" 41⁄ 2" .
.. ..
.. 30"D drawer 2423⁄ 32" 123⁄ 4" 47⁄ 32" 41⁄ 2" ..
. .
.. ..
.. 12"H File Drawers ..
. .
.. Size Inside Dimensions Inside Height Letter-Size Legal-Size
..
.. D W H Clearance Storage Storage
..
. .
.. ..
.. 15"W drawer 18"D 131⁄ 8" 121⁄ 16" 93⁄ 8" 103⁄ 8" 13" 12" + 1" N.A. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 24"D 181⁄

Storage

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Storage

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Storage

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

Spec News is available on village.steelcase.com.

For Canadian Pricing

.. .. .. product detail page in ..

Lateral Files Open Side Towers

. used for each part of .

Full Front Towers Vertical Drawer Towers

Universal Fixed Pedestals Universal Fixed Pedestals

.. Use the Statement of .. .. ..

.. Line pages for an .. .. support worksurfaces at

.. overview of the available . .. Finished back and

components, their sizes, and ..

page references for hardware is included. and available with proud or

additional information. pedestals and secures

. Drawer bodies, drawer

. . . range, and 27"H pedestals

.. .. .. range. depth for total access to the

.. .. .. wood pull attaches to

.. .. .. pedestal and is field installed.

. . . pull installed lock cylinders must

Individual drawer locks

.. .. .. 90 Storage Specification Guide Storage Specification Guide

2 Storage Specification Guide

153⁄4" 30" 161⁄4" 1 RBB30QTAK N.A. $476

Specify paint color number.

Overhead bin with two doors

Specify paint color number.

. • One vertical off-module bracket +$ 50

.. Tip: Maximum width for a

Bins with Flat Fronts for Use with Avenir

installed on a file with a lift- . .

Learn what you cannot . .

153⁄4" 48" 161⁄4" 1 RBB48QMON N.A. $534

Storage Specification Guide 3

.. Storage products are .. .. .. .. ..

4 Storage Specification Guide

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 5

TS Series Fixed Pedestals TS Series Mobile Pedestals with Steel Top

TS Series Mobile Pedestals with Seat Cushion TS Series Bins

TS Series Laminate Common Shelves TS Series Under-Worksurface Lateral Files

TS Series Tower Too TS 200 Series Lateral Files

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 7

8 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 9

.. TS Series bins can be

10 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide

.. .. Additional support for .. .. .. ..

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 11

.. cSpecifying, page 145

12 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 13

.. cSpecifying, page 146

14 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 15

.. TS Series Tower Too

16 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide

Storage Speciﬁcation Guide 17

.. TS 200 Series lateral .. ..

18 Storage Speciﬁcation Guide